head 1.5;
access;
symbols
netbsd-11-0-RC4:1.3
netbsd-11-0-RC3:1.3
netbsd-11-0-RC2:1.3
netbsd-11-0-RC1:1.3
perseant-exfatfs-base-20250801:1.3
netbsd-11:1.3.0.2
netbsd-11-base:1.3;
locks; strict;
comment @# @;
1.5
date 2026.03.14.22.17.39; author christos; state Exp;
branches;
next 1.4;
commitid Onm5nfF3EI2pBZxG;
1.4
date 2025.08.27.23.52.30; author christos; state Exp;
branches;
next 1.3;
commitid WC24MHlsaVjzxq8G;
1.3
date 2024.08.27.17.10.36; author christos; state Exp;
branches;
next 1.2;
commitid mDtya9zLCs0g3unF;
1.2
date 2024.08.27.17.07.03; author christos; state Exp;
branches;
next 1.1;
commitid iTMpb5UIkvcW1unF;
1.1
date 2024.08.18.03.52.41; author rin; state Exp;
branches;
next ;
commitid xNJry68WCd1eVfmF;
desc
@@
1.5
log
@merge changes between gdb-16.3 and gdb-17.1; regen
@
text
@This is stabs.info, produced by makeinfo version 7.2 from stabs.texinfo.
Copyright © 1992-2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Contributed by
Cygnus Support. Written by Julia Menapace, Jim Kingdon, and David
MacKenzie.
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
Free Documentation License".
INFO-DIR-SECTION Software development
START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
* Stabs: (stabs). The "stabs" debugging information format.
END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
This document describes the stabs debugging symbol tables.
Copyright © 1992-2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Contributed by
Cygnus Support. Written by Julia Menapace, Jim Kingdon, and David
MacKenzie.
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
Free Documentation License".
File: stabs.info, Node: Top, Next: Overview, Up: (dir)
The "stabs" representation of debugging information
***************************************************
This document describes the stabs debugging format.
* Menu:
* Overview:: Overview of stabs
* Program Structure:: Encoding of the structure of the program
* Constants:: Constants
* Variables::
* Types:: Type definitions
* Macro define and undefine:: Representation of #define and #undef
* Symbol Tables:: Symbol information in symbol tables
* Cplusplus:: Stabs specific to C++
* Stab Types:: Symbol types in a.out files
* Symbol Descriptors:: Table of symbol descriptors
* Type Descriptors:: Table of type descriptors
* Expanded Reference:: Reference information by stab type
* Questions:: Questions and anomalies
* Stab Sections:: In some object file formats, stabs are
in sections.
* GNU Free Documentation License:: The license for this documentation
* Symbol Types Index:: Index of symbolic stab symbol type names.
File: stabs.info, Node: Overview, Next: Program Structure, Prev: Top, Up: Top
1 Overview of Stabs
*******************
“Stabs” refers to a format for information that describes a program to a
debugger. This format was apparently invented by Peter Kessler at the
University of California at Berkeley, for the ‘pdx’ Pascal debugger; the
format has spread widely since then.
This document is one of the few published sources of documentation on
stabs. It is believed to be comprehensive for stabs used by C. The
lists of symbol descriptors (*note Symbol Descriptors::) and type
descriptors (*note Type Descriptors::) are believed to be completely
comprehensive. Stabs for COBOL-specific features and for variant
records (used by Pascal and Modula-2) are poorly documented here.
Other sources of information on stabs are ‘Dbx and Dbxtool
Interfaces’, 2nd edition, by Sun, 1988, and ‘AIX Version 3.2 Files
Reference’, Fourth Edition, September 1992, "dbx Stabstring Grammar" in
the a.out section, page 2-31. This document is believed to incorporate
the information from those two sources except where it explicitly
directs you to them for more information.
* Menu:
* Flow:: Overview of debugging information flow
* Stabs Format:: Overview of stab format
* String Field:: The string field
* C Example:: A simple example in C source
* Assembly Code:: The simple example at the assembly level
File: stabs.info, Node: Flow, Next: Stabs Format, Up: Overview
1.1 Overview of Debugging Information Flow
==========================================
The GNU C compiler compiles C source in a ‘.c’ file into assembly
language in a ‘.s’ file, which the assembler translates into a ‘.o’
file, which the linker combines with other ‘.o’ files and libraries to
produce an executable file.
With the ‘-g’ option, GCC puts in the ‘.s’ file additional debugging
information, which is slightly transformed by the assembler and linker,
and carried through into the final executable. This debugging
information describes features of the source file like line numbers, the
types and scopes of variables, and function names, parameters, and
scopes.
For some object file formats, the debugging information is
encapsulated in assembler directives known collectively as “stab”
(symbol table) directives, which are interspersed with the generated
code. Stabs are the native format for debugging information in the
a.out and XCOFF object file formats. The GNU tools can also emit stabs
in the COFF and ECOFF object file formats.
The assembler adds the information from stabs to the symbol
information it places by default in the symbol table and the string
table of the ‘.o’ file it is building. The linker consolidates the ‘.o’
files into one executable file, with one symbol table and one string
table. Debuggers use the symbol and string tables in the executable as
a source of debugging information about the program.
File: stabs.info, Node: Stabs Format, Next: String Field, Prev: Flow, Up: Overview
1.2 Overview of Stab Format
===========================
There are three overall formats for stab assembler directives,
differentiated by the first word of the stab. The name of the directive
describes which combination of four possible data fields follows. It is
either ‘.stabs’ (string), ‘.stabn’ (number), or ‘.stabd’ (dot). IBM's
XCOFF assembler uses ‘.stabx’ (and some other directives such as ‘.file’
and ‘.bi’) instead of ‘.stabs’, ‘.stabn’ or ‘.stabd’.
The overall format of each class of stab is:
.stabs "STRING",TYPE,OTHER,DESC,VALUE
.stabn TYPE,OTHER,DESC,VALUE
.stabd TYPE,OTHER,DESC
.stabx "STRING",VALUE,TYPE,SDB-TYPE
For ‘.stabn’ and ‘.stabd’, there is no STRING (the ‘n_strx’ field is
zero; see *note Symbol Tables::). For ‘.stabd’, the VALUE field is
implicit and has the value of the current file location. For ‘.stabx’,
the SDB-TYPE field is unused for stabs and can always be set to zero.
The OTHER field is almost always unused and can be set to zero.
The number in the TYPE field gives some basic information about which
type of stab this is (or whether it _is_ a stab, as opposed to an
ordinary symbol). Each valid type number defines a different stab type;
further, the stab type defines the exact interpretation of, and possible
values for, any remaining STRING, DESC, or VALUE fields present in the
stab. *Note Stab Types::, for a list in numeric order of the valid TYPE
field values for stab directives.
File: stabs.info, Node: String Field, Next: C Example, Prev: Stabs Format, Up: Overview
1.3 The String Field
====================
For most stabs the string field holds the meat of the debugging
information. The flexible nature of this field is what makes stabs
extensible. For some stab types the string field contains only a name.
For other stab types the contents can be a great deal more complex.
The overall format of the string field for most stab types is:
"NAME:SYMBOL-DESCRIPTOR TYPE-INFORMATION"
NAME is the name of the symbol represented by the stab; it can
contain a pair of colons (*note Nested Symbols::). NAME can be omitted,
which means the stab represents an unnamed object. For example,
‘:t10=*2’ defines type 10 as a pointer to type 2, but does not give the
type a name. Omitting the NAME field is supported by AIX dbx and GDB
after about version 4.8, but not other debuggers. GCC sometimes uses a
single space as the name instead of omitting the name altogether;
apparently that is supported by most debuggers.
The SYMBOL-DESCRIPTOR following the ‘:’ is an alphabetic character
that tells more specifically what kind of symbol the stab represents.
If the SYMBOL-DESCRIPTOR is omitted, but type information follows, then
the stab represents a local variable. For a list of symbol descriptors,
see *note Symbol Descriptors::. The ‘c’ symbol descriptor is an
exception in that it is not followed by type information. *Note
Constants::.
TYPE-INFORMATION is either a TYPE-NUMBER, or ‘TYPE-NUMBER=’. A
TYPE-NUMBER alone is a type reference, referring directly to a type that
has already been defined.
The ‘TYPE-NUMBER=’ form is a type definition, where the number
represents a new type which is about to be defined. The type definition
may refer to other types by number, and those type numbers may be
followed by ‘=’ and nested definitions. Also, the Lucid compiler will
repeat ‘TYPE-NUMBER=’ more than once if it wants to define several type
numbers at once.
In a type definition, if the character that follows the equals sign
is non-numeric then it is a TYPE-DESCRIPTOR, and tells what kind of type
is about to be defined. Any other values following the TYPE-DESCRIPTOR
vary, depending on the TYPE-DESCRIPTOR. *Note Type Descriptors::, for a
list of TYPE-DESCRIPTOR values. If a number follows the ‘=’ then the
number is a TYPE-REFERENCE. For a full description of types, *note
Types::.
A TYPE-NUMBER is often a single number. The GNU and Sun tools
additionally permit a TYPE-NUMBER to be a pair
(FILE-NUMBER,FILETYPE-NUMBER) (the parentheses appear in the string, and
serve to distinguish the two cases). The FILE-NUMBER is 0 for the base
source file, 1 for the first included file, 2 for the next, and so on.
The FILETYPE-NUMBER is a number starting with 1 which is incremented for
each new type defined in the file. (Separating the file number and the
type number permits the ‘N_BINCL’ optimization to succeed more often;
see *note Include Files::).
There is an AIX extension for type attributes. Following the ‘=’ are
any number of type attributes. Each one starts with ‘@@’ and ends with
‘;’. Debuggers, including AIX's dbx and GDB 4.10, skip any type
attributes they do not recognize. GDB 4.9 and other versions of dbx may
not do this. Because of a conflict with C++ (*note Cplusplus::), new
attributes should not be defined which begin with a digit, ‘(’, or ‘-’;
GDB may be unable to distinguish those from the C++ type descriptor ‘@@’.
The attributes are:
‘aBOUNDARY’
BOUNDARY is an integer specifying the alignment. I assume it
applies to all variables of this type.
‘pINTEGER’
Pointer class (for checking). Not sure what this means, or how
INTEGER is interpreted.
‘P’
Indicate this is a packed type, meaning that structure fields or
array elements are placed more closely in memory, to save memory at
the expense of speed.
‘sSIZE’
Size in bits of a variable of this type. This is fully supported
by GDB 4.11 and later.
‘S’
Indicate that this type is a string instead of an array of
characters, or a bitstring instead of a set. It doesn't change the
layout of the data being represented, but does enable the debugger
to know which type it is.
‘V’
Indicate that this type is a vector instead of an array. The only
major difference between vectors and arrays is that vectors are
passed by value instead of by reference (vector coprocessor
extension).
All of this can make the string field quite long. All versions of
GDB, and some versions of dbx, can handle arbitrarily long strings. But
many versions of dbx (or assemblers or linkers, I'm not sure which)
cretinously limit the strings to about 80 characters, so compilers which
must work with such systems need to split the ‘.stabs’ directive into
several ‘.stabs’ directives. Each stab duplicates every field except
the string field. The string field of every stab except the last is
marked as continued with a backslash at the end (in the assembly code
this may be written as a double backslash, depending on the assembler).
Removing the backslashes and concatenating the string fields of each
stab produces the original, long string. Just to be incompatible (or so
they don't have to worry about what the assembler does with
backslashes), AIX can use ‘?’ instead of backslash.
File: stabs.info, Node: C Example, Next: Assembly Code, Prev: String Field, Up: Overview
1.4 A Simple Example in C Source
================================
To get the flavor of how stabs describe source information for a C
program, let's look at the simple program:
main()
{
printf("Hello world");
}
When compiled with ‘-g’, the program above yields the following ‘.s’
file. Line numbers have been added to make it easier to refer to parts
of the ‘.s’ file in the description of the stabs that follows.
File: stabs.info, Node: Assembly Code, Prev: C Example, Up: Overview
1.5 The Simple Example at the Assembly Level
============================================
This simple "hello world" example demonstrates several of the stab types
used to describe C language source files.
1 gcc2_compiled.:
2 .stabs "/cygint/s1/users/jcm/play/",100,0,0,Ltext0
3 .stabs "hello.c",100,0,0,Ltext0
4 .text
5 Ltext0:
6 .stabs "int:t1=r1;-2147483648;2147483647;",128,0,0,0
7 .stabs "char:t2=r2;0;127;",128,0,0,0
8 .stabs "long int:t3=r1;-2147483648;2147483647;",128,0,0,0
9 .stabs "unsigned int:t4=r1;0;-1;",128,0,0,0
10 .stabs "long unsigned int:t5=r1;0;-1;",128,0,0,0
11 .stabs "short int:t6=r1;-32768;32767;",128,0,0,0
12 .stabs "long long int:t7=r1;0;-1;",128,0,0,0
13 .stabs "short unsigned int:t8=r1;0;65535;",128,0,0,0
14 .stabs "long long unsigned int:t9=r1;0;-1;",128,0,0,0
15 .stabs "signed char:t10=r1;-128;127;",128,0,0,0
16 .stabs "unsigned char:t11=r1;0;255;",128,0,0,0
17 .stabs "float:t12=r1;4;0;",128,0,0,0
18 .stabs "double:t13=r1;8;0;",128,0,0,0
19 .stabs "long double:t14=r1;8;0;",128,0,0,0
20 .stabs "void:t15=15",128,0,0,0
21 .align 4
22 LC0:
23 .ascii "Hello, world!\12\0"
24 .align 4
25 .global _main
26 .proc 1
27 _main:
28 .stabn 68,0,4,LM1
29 LM1:
30 !#PROLOGUE# 0
31 save %sp,-136,%sp
32 !#PROLOGUE# 1
33 call ___main,0
34 nop
35 .stabn 68,0,5,LM2
36 LM2:
37 LBB2:
38 sethi %hi(LC0),%o1
39 or %o1,%lo(LC0),%o0
40 call _printf,0
41 nop
42 .stabn 68,0,6,LM3
43 LM3:
44 LBE2:
45 .stabn 68,0,6,LM4
46 LM4:
47 L1:
48 ret
49 restore
50 .stabs "main:F1",36,0,0,_main
51 .stabn 192,0,0,LBB2
52 .stabn 224,0,0,LBE2
File: stabs.info, Node: Program Structure, Next: Constants, Prev: Overview, Up: Top
2 Encoding the Structure of the Program
***************************************
The elements of the program structure that stabs encode include the name
of the main function, the names of the source and include files, the
line numbers, procedure names and types, and the beginnings and ends of
blocks of code.
* Menu:
* Main Program:: Indicate what the main program is
* Source Files:: The path and name of the source file
* Include Files:: Names of include files
* Line Numbers::
* Procedures::
* Nested Procedures::
* Block Structure::
* Alternate Entry Points:: Entering procedures except at the beginning.
File: stabs.info, Node: Main Program, Next: Source Files, Up: Program Structure
2.1 Main Program
================
Most languages allow the main program to have any name. The ‘N_MAIN’
stab type tells the debugger the name that is used in this program.
Only the string field is significant; it is the name of a function which
is the main program. Most C compilers do not use this stab (they expect
the debugger to assume that the name is ‘main’), but some C compilers
emit an ‘N_MAIN’ stab for the ‘main’ function. I'm not sure how XCOFF
handles this.
File: stabs.info, Node: Source Files, Next: Include Files, Prev: Main Program, Up: Program Structure
2.2 Paths and Names of the Source Files
=======================================
Before any other stabs occur, there must be a stab specifying the source
file. This information is contained in a symbol of stab type ‘N_SO’;
the string field contains the name of the file. The value of the symbol
is the start address of the portion of the text section corresponding to
that file.
Some compilers use the desc field to indicate the language of the
source file. Sun's compilers started this usage, and the first
constants are derived from their documentation. Languages added by
gcc/gdb start at 0x32 to avoid conflict with languages Sun may add in
the future. A desc field with a value 0 indicates that no language has
been specified via this mechanism.
‘N_SO_AS’ (0x1)
Assembly language
‘N_SO_C’ (0x2)
K&R traditional C
‘N_SO_ANSI_C’ (0x3)
ANSI C
‘N_SO_CC’ (0x4)
C++
‘N_SO_FORTRAN’ (0x5)
Fortran
‘N_SO_PASCAL’ (0x6)
Pascal
‘N_SO_FORTRAN90’ (0x7)
Fortran90
‘N_SO_OBJC’ (0x32)
Objective-C
‘N_SO_OBJCPLUS’ (0x33)
Objective-C++
Some compilers (for example, GCC2 and SunOS4 ‘/bin/cc’) also include
the directory in which the source was compiled, in a second ‘N_SO’
symbol preceding the one containing the file name. This symbol can be
distinguished by the fact that it ends in a slash. Code from the
‘cfront’ C++ compiler can have additional ‘N_SO’ symbols for nonexistent
source files after the ‘N_SO’ for the real source file; these are
believed to contain no useful information.
For example:
.stabs "/cygint/s1/users/jcm/play/",100,0,0,Ltext0 # 100 is N_SO
.stabs "hello.c",100,0,0,Ltext0
.text
Ltext0:
Instead of ‘N_SO’ symbols, XCOFF uses a ‘.file’ assembler directive
which assembles to a ‘C_FILE’ symbol; explaining this in detail is
outside the scope of this document.
If it is useful to indicate the end of a source file, this is done
with an ‘N_SO’ symbol with an empty string for the name. The value is
the address of the end of the text section for the file. For some
systems, there is no indication of the end of a source file, and you
just need to figure it ended when you see an ‘N_SO’ for a different
source file, or a symbol ending in ‘.o’ (which at least some linkers
insert to mark the start of a new ‘.o’ file).
File: stabs.info, Node: Include Files, Next: Line Numbers, Prev: Source Files, Up: Program Structure
2.3 Names of Include Files
==========================
There are several schemes for dealing with include files: the
traditional ‘N_SOL’ approach, Sun's ‘N_BINCL’ approach, and the XCOFF
‘C_BINCL’ approach (which despite the similar name has little in common
with ‘N_BINCL’).
An ‘N_SOL’ symbol specifies which include file subsequent symbols
refer to. The string field is the name of the file and the value is the
text address corresponding to the end of the previous include file and
the start of this one. To specify the main source file again, use an
‘N_SOL’ symbol with the name of the main source file.
The ‘N_BINCL’ approach works as follows. An ‘N_BINCL’ symbol
specifies the start of an include file. In an object file, only the
string is significant; the linker puts data into some of the other
fields. The end of the include file is marked by an ‘N_EINCL’ symbol
(which has no string field). In an object file, there is no significant
data in the ‘N_EINCL’ symbol. ‘N_BINCL’ and ‘N_EINCL’ can be nested.
If the linker detects that two source files have identical stabs
between an ‘N_BINCL’ and ‘N_EINCL’ pair (as will generally be the case
for a header file), then it only puts out the stabs once. Each
additional occurrence is replaced by an ‘N_EXCL’ symbol. I believe the
GNU linker and the Sun (both SunOS4 and Solaris) linker are the only
ones which supports this feature.
A linker which supports this feature will set the value of a
‘N_BINCL’ symbol to the total of all the characters in the stabs strings
included in the header file, omitting any file numbers. The value of an
‘N_EXCL’ symbol is the same as the value of the ‘N_BINCL’ symbol it
replaces. This information can be used to match up ‘N_EXCL’ and
‘N_BINCL’ symbols which have the same filename. The ‘N_EINCL’ value,
and the values of the other and description fields for all three, appear
to always be zero.
For the start of an include file in XCOFF, use the ‘.bi’ assembler
directive, which generates a ‘C_BINCL’ symbol. A ‘.ei’ directive, which
generates a ‘C_EINCL’ symbol, denotes the end of the include file. Both
directives are followed by the name of the source file in quotes, which
becomes the string for the symbol. The value of each symbol, produced
automatically by the assembler and linker, is the offset into the
executable of the beginning (inclusive, as you'd expect) or end
(inclusive, as you would not expect) of the portion of the COFF line
table that corresponds to this include file. ‘C_BINCL’ and ‘C_EINCL’ do
not nest.
File: stabs.info, Node: Line Numbers, Next: Procedures, Prev: Include Files, Up: Program Structure
2.4 Line Numbers
================
An ‘N_SLINE’ symbol represents the start of a source line. The desc
field contains the line number and the value contains the code address
for the start of that source line. On most machines the address is
absolute; for stabs in sections (*note Stab Sections::), it is relative
to the function in which the ‘N_SLINE’ symbol occurs.
GNU documents ‘N_DSLINE’ and ‘N_BSLINE’ symbols for line numbers in
the data or bss segments, respectively. They are identical to ‘N_SLINE’
but are relocated differently by the linker. They were intended to be
used to describe the source location of a variable declaration, but I
believe that GCC2 actually puts the line number in the desc field of the
stab for the variable itself. GDB has been ignoring these symbols
(unless they contain a string field) since at least GDB 3.5.
For single source lines that generate discontiguous code, such as
flow of control statements, there may be more than one line number entry
for the same source line. In this case there is a line number entry at
the start of each code range, each with the same line number.
XCOFF does not use stabs for line numbers. Instead, it uses COFF
line numbers (which are outside the scope of this document). Standard
COFF line numbers cannot deal with include files, but in XCOFF this is
fixed with the ‘C_BINCL’ method of marking include files (*note Include
Files::).
File: stabs.info, Node: Procedures, Next: Nested Procedures, Prev: Line Numbers, Up: Program Structure
2.5 Procedures
==============
All of the following stabs normally use the ‘N_FUN’ symbol type.
However, Sun's ‘acc’ compiler on SunOS4 uses ‘N_GSYM’ and ‘N_STSYM’,
which means that the value of the stab for the function is useless and
the debugger must get the address of the function from the non-stab
symbols instead. On systems where non-stab symbols have leading
underscores, the stabs will lack underscores and the debugger needs to
know about the leading underscore to match up the stab and the non-stab
symbol. BSD Fortran is said to use ‘N_FNAME’ with the same restriction;
the value of the symbol is not useful (I'm not sure it really does use
this, because GDB doesn't handle this and no one has complained).
A function is represented by an ‘F’ symbol descriptor for a global
(extern) function, and ‘f’ for a static (local) function. For a.out,
the value of the symbol is the address of the start of the function; it
is already relocated. For stabs in ELF, the SunPRO compiler version
2.0.1 and GCC put out an address which gets relocated by the linker. In
a future release SunPRO is planning to put out zero, in which case the
address can be found from the ELF (non-stab) symbol. Because looking
things up in the ELF symbols would probably be slow, I'm not sure how to
find which symbol of that name is the right one, and this doesn't
provide any way to deal with nested functions, it would probably be
better to make the value of the stab an address relative to the start of
the file, or just absolute. See *note ELF Linker Relocation:: for more
information on linker relocation of stabs in ELF files. For XCOFF, the
stab uses the ‘C_FUN’ storage class and the value of the stab is
meaningless; the address of the function can be found from the csect
symbol (XTY_LD/XMC_PR).
The type information of the stab represents the return type of the
function; thus ‘foo:f5’ means that foo is a function returning type 5.
There is no need to try to get the line number of the start of the
function from the stab for the function; it is in the next ‘N_SLINE’
symbol.
Some compilers (such as Sun's Solaris compiler) support an extension
for specifying the types of the arguments. I suspect this extension is
not used for old (non-prototyped) function definitions in C. If the
extension is in use, the type information of the stab for the function
is followed by type information for each argument, with each argument
preceded by ‘;’. An argument type of 0 means that additional arguments
are being passed, whose types and number may vary (‘...’ in ANSI C). GDB
has tolerated this extension (parsed the syntax, if not necessarily used
the information) since at least version 4.8; I don't know whether all
versions of dbx tolerate it. The argument types given here are not
redundant with the symbols for the formal parameters (*note
Parameters::); they are the types of the arguments as they are passed,
before any conversions might take place. For example, if a C function
which is declared without a prototype takes a ‘float’ argument, the
value is passed as a ‘double’ but then converted to a ‘float’.
Debuggers need to use the types given in the arguments when printing
values, but when calling the function they need to use the types given
in the symbol defining the function.
If the return type and types of arguments of a function which is
defined in another source file are specified (i.e., a function prototype
in ANSI C), traditionally compilers emit no stab; the only way for the
debugger to find the information is if the source file where the
function is defined was also compiled with debugging symbols. As an
extension the Solaris compiler uses symbol descriptor ‘P’ followed by
the return type of the function, followed by the arguments, each
preceded by ‘;’, as in a stab with symbol descriptor ‘f’ or ‘F’. This
use of symbol descriptor ‘P’ can be distinguished from its use for
register parameters (*note Register Parameters::) by the fact that it
has symbol type ‘N_FUN’.
The AIX documentation also defines symbol descriptor ‘J’ as an
internal function. I assume this means a function nested within another
function. It also says symbol descriptor ‘m’ is a module in Modula-2 or
extended Pascal.
Procedures (functions which do not return values) are represented as
functions returning the ‘void’ type in C. I don't see why this couldn't
be used for all languages (inventing a ‘void’ type for this purpose if
necessary), but the AIX documentation defines ‘I’, ‘P’, and ‘Q’ for
internal, global, and static procedures, respectively. These symbol
descriptors are unusual in that they are not followed by type
information.
The following example shows a stab for a function ‘main’ which
returns type number ‘1’. The ‘_main’ specified for the value is a
reference to an assembler label which is used to fill in the start
address of the function.
.stabs "main:F1",36,0,0,_main # 36 is N_FUN
The stab representing a procedure is located immediately following
the code of the procedure. This stab is in turn directly followed by a
group of other stabs describing elements of the procedure. These other
stabs describe the procedure's parameters, its block local variables,
and its block structure.
If functions can appear in different sections, then the debugger may
not be able to find the end of a function. Recent versions of GCC will
mark the end of a function with an ‘N_FUN’ symbol with an empty string
for the name. The value is the address of the end of the current
function. Without such a symbol, there is no indication of the address
of the end of a function, and you must assume that it ended at the
starting address of the next function or at the end of the text section
for the program.
File: stabs.info, Node: Nested Procedures, Next: Block Structure, Prev: Procedures, Up: Program Structure
2.6 Nested Procedures
=====================
For any of the symbol descriptors representing procedures, after the
symbol descriptor and the type information is optionally a scope
specifier. This consists of a comma, the name of the procedure, another
comma, and the name of the enclosing procedure. The first name is local
to the scope specified, and seems to be redundant with the name of the
symbol (before the ‘:’). This feature is used by GCC, and presumably
Pascal, Modula-2, etc., compilers, for nested functions.
If procedures are nested more than one level deep, only the
immediately containing scope is specified. For example, this code:
int
foo (int x)
{
int bar (int y)
{
int baz (int z)
{
return x + y + z;
}
return baz (x + 2 * y);
}
return x + bar (3 * x);
}
produces the stabs:
.stabs "baz:f1,baz,bar",36,0,0,_baz.15 # 36 is N_FUN
.stabs "bar:f1,bar,foo",36,0,0,_bar.12
.stabs "foo:F1",36,0,0,_foo
File: stabs.info, Node: Block Structure, Next: Alternate Entry Points, Prev: Nested Procedures, Up: Program Structure
2.7 Block Structure
===================
The program's block structure is represented by the ‘N_LBRAC’ (left
brace) and the ‘N_RBRAC’ (right brace) stab types. The variables
defined inside a block precede the ‘N_LBRAC’ symbol for most compilers,
including GCC. Other compilers, such as the Convex, Acorn RISC machine,
and Sun ‘acc’ compilers, put the variables after the ‘N_LBRAC’ symbol.
The values of the ‘N_LBRAC’ and ‘N_RBRAC’ symbols are the start and end
addresses of the code of the block, respectively. For most machines,
they are relative to the starting address of this source file. For the
Gould NP1, they are absolute. For stabs in sections (*note Stab
Sections::), they are relative to the function in which they occur.
The ‘N_LBRAC’ and ‘N_RBRAC’ stabs that describe the block scope of a
procedure are located after the ‘N_FUN’ stab that represents the
procedure itself.
Sun documents the desc field of ‘N_LBRAC’ and ‘N_RBRAC’ symbols as
containing the nesting level of the block. However, dbx seems to not
care, and GCC always sets desc to zero.
For XCOFF, block scope is indicated with ‘C_BLOCK’ symbols. If the
name of the symbol is ‘.bb’, then it is the beginning of the block; if
the name of the symbol is ‘.be’; it is the end of the block.
File: stabs.info, Node: Alternate Entry Points, Prev: Block Structure, Up: Program Structure
2.8 Alternate Entry Points
==========================
Some languages, like Fortran, have the ability to enter procedures at
some place other than the beginning. One can declare an alternate entry
point. The ‘N_ENTRY’ stab is for this; however, the Sun FORTRAN
compiler doesn't use it. According to AIX documentation, only the name
of a ‘C_ENTRY’ stab is significant; the address of the alternate entry
point comes from the corresponding external symbol. A previous revision
of this document said that the value of an ‘N_ENTRY’ stab was the
address of the alternate entry point, but I don't know the source for
that information.
File: stabs.info, Node: Constants, Next: Variables, Prev: Program Structure, Up: Top
3 Constants
***********
The ‘c’ symbol descriptor indicates that this stab represents a
constant. This symbol descriptor is an exception to the general rule
that symbol descriptors are followed by type information. Instead, it
is followed by ‘=’ and one of the following:
‘b VALUE’
Boolean constant. VALUE is a numeric value; I assume it is 0 for
false or 1 for true.
‘c VALUE’
Character constant. VALUE is the numeric value of the constant.
‘e TYPE-INFORMATION , VALUE’
Constant whose value can be represented as integral.
TYPE-INFORMATION is the type of the constant, as it would appear
after a symbol descriptor (*note String Field::). VALUE is the
numeric value of the constant. GDB 4.9 does not actually get the
right value if VALUE does not fit in a host ‘int’, but it does not
do anything violent, and future debuggers could be extended to
accept integers of any size (whether unsigned or not). This
constant type is usually documented as being only for enumeration
constants, but GDB has never imposed that restriction; I don't know
about other debuggers.
‘i VALUE’
Integer constant. VALUE is the numeric value. The type is some
sort of generic integer type (for GDB, a host ‘int’); to specify
the type explicitly, use ‘e’ instead.
‘r VALUE’
Real constant. VALUE is the real value, which can be ‘INF’
(optionally preceded by a sign) for infinity, ‘QNAN’ for a quiet
NaN (not-a-number), or ‘SNAN’ for a signalling NaN. If it is a
normal number the format is that accepted by the C library function
‘atof’.
‘s STRING’
String constant. STRING is a string enclosed in either ‘'’ (in
which case ‘'’ characters within the string are represented as ‘\'’
or ‘"’ (in which case ‘"’ characters within the string are
represented as ‘\"’).
‘S TYPE-INFORMATION , ELEMENTS , BITS , PATTERN’
Set constant. TYPE-INFORMATION is the type of the constant, as it
would appear after a symbol descriptor (*note String Field::).
ELEMENTS is the number of elements in the set (does this means how
many bits of PATTERN are actually used, which would be redundant
with the type, or perhaps the number of bits set in PATTERN? I
don't get it), BITS is the number of bits in the constant (meaning
it specifies the length of PATTERN, I think), and PATTERN is a
hexadecimal representation of the set. AIX documentation refers to
a limit of 32 bytes, but I see no reason why this limit should
exist. This form could probably be used for arbitrary constants,
not just sets; the only catch is that PATTERN should be understood
to be target, not host, byte order and format.
The boolean, character, string, and set constants are not supported
by GDB 4.9, but it ignores them. GDB 4.8 and earlier gave an error
message and refused to read symbols from the file containing the
constants.
The above information is followed by ‘;’.
File: stabs.info, Node: Variables, Next: Types, Prev: Constants, Up: Top
4 Variables
***********
Different types of stabs describe the various ways that variables can be
allocated: on the stack, globally, in registers, in common blocks,
statically, or as arguments to a function.
* Menu:
* Stack Variables:: Variables allocated on the stack.
* Global Variables:: Variables used by more than one source file.
* Register Variables:: Variables in registers.
* Common Blocks:: Variables statically allocated together.
* Statics:: Variables local to one source file.
* Based Variables:: Fortran pointer based variables.
* Parameters:: Variables for arguments to functions.
File: stabs.info, Node: Stack Variables, Next: Global Variables, Up: Variables
4.1 Automatic Variables Allocated on the Stack
==============================================
If a variable's scope is local to a function and its lifetime is only as
long as that function executes (C calls such variables “automatic”), it
can be allocated in a register (*note Register Variables::) or on the
stack.
Each variable allocated on the stack has a stab with the symbol
descriptor omitted. Since type information should begin with a digit,
‘-’, or ‘(’, only those characters precluded from being used for symbol
descriptors. However, the Acorn RISC machine (ARM) is said to get this
wrong: it puts out a mere type definition here, without the preceding
‘TYPE-NUMBER=’. This is a bad idea; there is no guarantee that type
descriptors are distinct from symbol descriptors. Stabs for stack
variables use the ‘N_LSYM’ stab type, or ‘C_LSYM’ for XCOFF.
The value of the stab is the offset of the variable within the local
variables. On most machines this is an offset from the frame pointer
and is negative. The location of the stab specifies which block it is
defined in; see *note Block Structure::.
For example, the following C code:
int
main ()
{
int x;
}
produces the following stabs:
.stabs "main:F1",36,0,0,_main # 36 is N_FUN
.stabs "x:1",128,0,0,-12 # 128 is N_LSYM
.stabn 192,0,0,LBB2 # 192 is N_LBRAC
.stabn 224,0,0,LBE2 # 224 is N_RBRAC
See *note Procedures:: for more information on the ‘N_FUN’ stab, and
*note Block Structure:: for more information on the ‘N_LBRAC’ and
‘N_RBRAC’ stabs.
File: stabs.info, Node: Global Variables, Next: Register Variables, Prev: Stack Variables, Up: Variables
4.2 Global Variables
====================
A variable whose scope is not specific to just one source file is
represented by the ‘G’ symbol descriptor. These stabs use the ‘N_GSYM’
stab type (C_GSYM for XCOFF). The type information for the stab (*note
String Field::) gives the type of the variable.
For example, the following source code:
char g_foo = 'c';
yields the following assembly code:
.stabs "g_foo:G2",32,0,0,0 # 32 is N_GSYM
.global _g_foo
.data
_g_foo:
.byte 99
The address of the variable represented by the ‘N_GSYM’ is not
contained in the ‘N_GSYM’ stab. The debugger gets this information from
the external symbol for the global variable. In the example above, the
‘.global _g_foo’ and ‘_g_foo:’ lines tell the assembler to produce an
external symbol.
Some compilers, like GCC, output ‘N_GSYM’ stabs only once, where the
variable is defined. Other compilers, like SunOS4 /bin/cc, output a
‘N_GSYM’ stab for each compilation unit which references the variable.
File: stabs.info, Node: Register Variables, Next: Common Blocks, Prev: Global Variables, Up: Variables
4.3 Register Variables
======================
Register variables have their own stab type, ‘N_RSYM’ (‘C_RSYM’ for
XCOFF), and their own symbol descriptor, ‘r’. The stab's value is the
number of the register where the variable data will be stored.
AIX defines a separate symbol descriptor ‘d’ for floating point
registers. This seems unnecessary; why not just just give floating
point registers different register numbers? I have not verified whether
the compiler actually uses ‘d’.
If the register is explicitly allocated to a global variable, but not
initialized, as in:
register int g_bar asm ("%g5");
then the stab may be emitted at the end of the object file, with the
other bss symbols.
File: stabs.info, Node: Common Blocks, Next: Statics, Prev: Register Variables, Up: Variables
4.4 Common Blocks
=================
A common block is a statically allocated section of memory which can be
referred to by several source files. It may contain several variables.
I believe Fortran is the only language with this feature.
A ‘N_BCOMM’ stab begins a common block and an ‘N_ECOMM’ stab ends it.
The only field that is significant in these two stabs is the string,
which names a normal (non-debugging) symbol that gives the address of
the common block. According to IBM documentation, only the ‘N_BCOMM’
has the name of the common block (even though their compiler actually
puts it both places).
The stabs for the members of the common block are between the
‘N_BCOMM’ and the ‘N_ECOMM’; the value of each stab is the offset within
the common block of that variable. IBM uses the ‘C_ECOML’ stab type,
and there is a corresponding ‘N_ECOML’ stab type, but Sun's Fortran
compiler uses ‘N_GSYM’ instead. The variables within a common block use
the ‘V’ symbol descriptor (I believe this is true of all Fortran
variables). Other stabs (at least type declarations using ‘C_DECL’) can
also be between the ‘N_BCOMM’ and the ‘N_ECOMM’.
File: stabs.info, Node: Statics, Next: Based Variables, Prev: Common Blocks, Up: Variables
4.5 Static Variables
====================
Initialized static variables are represented by the ‘S’ and ‘V’ symbol
descriptors. ‘S’ means file scope static, and ‘V’ means procedure scope
static. One exception: in XCOFF, IBM's xlc compiler always uses ‘V’,
and whether it is file scope or not is distinguished by whether the stab
is located within a function.
In a.out files, ‘N_STSYM’ means the data section, ‘N_FUN’ means the
text section, and ‘N_LCSYM’ means the bss section. For those systems
with a read-only data section separate from the text section (Solaris),
‘N_ROSYM’ means the read-only data section.
For example, the source lines:
static const int var_const = 5;
static int var_init = 2;
static int var_noinit;
yield the following stabs:
.stabs "var_const:S1",36,0,0,_var_const # 36 is N_FUN
...
.stabs "var_init:S1",38,0,0,_var_init # 38 is N_STSYM
...
.stabs "var_noinit:S1",40,0,0,_var_noinit # 40 is N_LCSYM
In XCOFF files, the stab type need not indicate the section;
‘C_STSYM’ can be used for all statics. Also, each static variable is
enclosed in a static block. A ‘C_BSTAT’ (emitted with a ‘.bs’ assembler
directive) symbol begins the static block; its value is the symbol
number of the csect symbol whose value is the address of the static
block, its section is the section of the variables in that static block,
and its name is ‘.bs’. A ‘C_ESTAT’ (emitted with a ‘.es’ assembler
directive) symbol ends the static block; its name is ‘.es’ and its value
and section are ignored.
In ECOFF files, the storage class is used to specify the section, so
the stab type need not indicate the section.
In ELF files, for the SunPRO compiler version 2.0.1, symbol
descriptor ‘S’ means that the address is absolute (the linker relocates
it) and symbol descriptor ‘V’ means that the address is relative to the
start of the relevant section for that compilation unit. SunPRO has
plans to have the linker stop relocating stabs; I suspect that their the
debugger gets the address from the corresponding ELF (not stab) symbol.
I'm not sure how to find which symbol of that name is the right one.
The clean way to do all this would be to have the value of a symbol
descriptor ‘S’ symbol be an offset relative to the start of the file,
just like everything else, but that introduces obvious compatibility
problems. For more information on linker stab relocation, *Note ELF
Linker Relocation::.
File: stabs.info, Node: Based Variables, Next: Parameters, Prev: Statics, Up: Variables
4.6 Fortran Based Variables
===========================
Fortran (at least, the Sun and SGI dialects of FORTRAN-77) has a feature
which allows allocating arrays with ‘malloc’, but which avoids blurring
the line between arrays and pointers the way that C does. In stabs such
a variable uses the ‘b’ symbol descriptor.
For example, the Fortran declarations
real foo, foo10(10), foo10_5(10,5)
pointer (foop, foo)
pointer (foo10p, foo10)
pointer (foo105p, foo10_5)
produce the stabs
foo:b6
foo10:bar3;1;10;6
foo10_5:bar3;1;5;ar3;1;10;6
In this example, ‘real’ is type 6 and type 3 is an integral type
which is the type of the subscripts of the array (probably ‘integer’).
The ‘b’ symbol descriptor is like ‘V’ in that it denotes a statically
allocated symbol whose scope is local to a function; see *Note
Statics::. The value of the symbol, instead of being the address of the
variable itself, is the address of a pointer to that variable. So in
the above example, the value of the ‘foo’ stab is the address of a
pointer to a real, the value of the ‘foo10’ stab is the address of a
pointer to a 10-element array of reals, and the value of the ‘foo10_5’
stab is the address of a pointer to a 5-element array of 10-element
arrays of reals.
File: stabs.info, Node: Parameters, Prev: Based Variables, Up: Variables
4.7 Parameters
==============
Formal parameters to a function are represented by a stab (or sometimes
two; see below) for each parameter. The stabs are in the order in which
the debugger should print the parameters (i.e., the order in which the
parameters are declared in the source file). The exact form of the stab
depends on how the parameter is being passed.
Parameters passed on the stack use the symbol descriptor ‘p’ and the
‘N_PSYM’ symbol type (or ‘C_PSYM’ for XCOFF). The value of the symbol is
an offset used to locate the parameter on the stack; its exact meaning
is machine-dependent, but on most machines it is an offset from the
frame pointer.
As a simple example, the code:
main (argc, argv)
int argc;
char **argv;
produces the stabs:
.stabs "main:F1",36,0,0,_main # 36 is N_FUN
.stabs "argc:p1",160,0,0,68 # 160 is N_PSYM
.stabs "argv:p20=*21=*2",160,0,0,72
The type definition of ‘argv’ is interesting because it contains
several type definitions. Type 21 is pointer to type 2 (char) and
‘argv’ (type 20) is pointer to type 21.
The following symbol descriptors are also said to go with ‘N_PSYM’.
The value of the symbol is said to be an offset from the argument
pointer (I'm not sure whether this is true or not).
pP (<>)
pF Fortran function parameter
X (function result variable)
* Menu:
* Register Parameters::
* Local Variable Parameters::
* Reference Parameters::
* Conformant Arrays::
File: stabs.info, Node: Register Parameters, Next: Local Variable Parameters, Up: Parameters
4.7.1 Passing Parameters in Registers
-------------------------------------
If the parameter is passed in a register, then traditionally there are
two symbols for each argument:
.stabs "arg:p1" . . . ; N_PSYM
.stabs "arg:r1" . . . ; N_RSYM
Debuggers use the second one to find the value, and the first one to
know that it is an argument.
Because that approach is kind of ugly, some compilers use symbol
descriptor ‘P’ or ‘R’ to indicate an argument which is in a register.
Symbol type ‘C_RPSYM’ is used in XCOFF and ‘N_RSYM’ is used otherwise.
The symbol's value is the register number. ‘P’ and ‘R’ mean the same
thing; the difference is that ‘P’ is a GNU invention and ‘R’ is an IBM
(XCOFF) invention. As of version 4.9, GDB should handle either one.
There is at least one case where GCC uses a ‘p’ and ‘r’ pair rather
than ‘P’; this is where the argument is passed in the argument list and
then loaded into a register.
According to the AIX documentation, symbol descriptor ‘D’ is for a
parameter passed in a floating point register. This seems
unnecessary--why not just use ‘R’ with a register number which indicates
that it's a floating point register? I haven't verified whether the
system actually does what the documentation indicates.
On the sparc and hppa, for a ‘P’ symbol whose type is a structure or
union, the register contains the address of the structure. On the
sparc, this is also true of a ‘p’ and ‘r’ pair (using Sun ‘cc’) or a ‘p’
symbol. However, if a (small) structure is really in a register, ‘r’ is
used. And, to top it all off, on the hppa it might be a structure which
was passed on the stack and loaded into a register and for which there
is a ‘p’ and ‘r’ pair! I believe that symbol descriptor ‘i’ is supposed
to deal with this case (it is said to mean "value parameter by
reference, indirect access"; I don't know the source for this
information), but I don't know details or what compilers or debuggers
use it, if any (not GDB or GCC). It is not clear to me whether this case
needs to be dealt with differently than parameters passed by reference
(*note Reference Parameters::).
File: stabs.info, Node: Local Variable Parameters, Next: Reference Parameters, Prev: Register Parameters, Up: Parameters
4.7.2 Storing Parameters as Local Variables
-------------------------------------------
There is a case similar to an argument in a register, which is an
argument that is actually stored as a local variable. Sometimes this
happens when the argument was passed in a register and then the compiler
stores it as a local variable. If possible, the compiler should claim
that it's in a register, but this isn't always done.
If a parameter is passed as one type and converted to a smaller type
by the prologue (for example, the parameter is declared as a ‘float’,
but the calling conventions specify that it is passed as a ‘double’),
then GCC2 (sometimes) uses a pair of symbols. The first symbol uses
symbol descriptor ‘p’ and the type which is passed. The second symbol
has the type and location which the parameter actually has after the
prologue. For example, suppose the following C code appears with no
prototypes involved:
void
subr (f)
float f;
{
if ‘f’ is passed as a double at stack offset 8, and the prologue
converts it to a float in register number 0, then the stabs look like:
.stabs "f:p13",160,0,3,8 # 160 is ‘N_PSYM’, here 13 is ‘double’
.stabs "f:r12",64,0,3,0 # 64 is ‘N_RSYM’, here 12 is ‘float’
In both stabs 3 is the line number where ‘f’ is declared (*note Line
Numbers::).
GCC, at least on the 960, has another solution to the same problem.
It uses a single ‘p’ symbol descriptor for an argument which is stored
as a local variable but uses ‘N_LSYM’ instead of ‘N_PSYM’. In this
case, the value of the symbol is an offset relative to the local
variables for that function, not relative to the arguments; on some
machines those are the same thing, but not on all.
On the VAX or on other machines in which the calling convention
includes the number of words of arguments actually passed, the debugger
(GDB at least) uses the parameter symbols to keep track of whether it
needs to print nameless arguments in addition to the formal parameters
which it has printed because each one has a stab. For example, in
extern int fprintf (FILE *stream, char *format, ...);
...
fprintf (stdout, "%d\n", x);
there are stabs for ‘stream’ and ‘format’. On most machines, the
debugger can only print those two arguments (because it has no way of
knowing that additional arguments were passed), but on the VAX or other
machines with a calling convention which indicates the number of words
of arguments, the debugger can print all three arguments. To do so, the
parameter symbol (symbol descriptor ‘p’) (not necessarily ‘r’ or symbol
descriptor omitted symbols) needs to contain the actual type as passed
(for example, ‘double’ not ‘float’ if it is passed as a double and
converted to a float).
File: stabs.info, Node: Reference Parameters, Next: Conformant Arrays, Prev: Local Variable Parameters, Up: Parameters
4.7.3 Passing Parameters by Reference
-------------------------------------
If the parameter is passed by reference (e.g., Pascal ‘VAR’ parameters),
then the symbol descriptor is ‘v’ if it is in the argument list, or ‘a’
if it in a register. Other than the fact that these contain the address
of the parameter rather than the parameter itself, they are identical to
‘p’ and ‘R’, respectively. I believe ‘a’ is an AIX invention; ‘v’ is
supported by all stabs-using systems as far as I know.
File: stabs.info, Node: Conformant Arrays, Prev: Reference Parameters, Up: Parameters
4.7.4 Passing Conformant Array Parameters
-----------------------------------------
Conformant arrays are a feature of Modula-2, and perhaps other
languages, in which the size of an array parameter is not known to the
called function until run-time. Such parameters have two stabs: a ‘x’
for the array itself, and a ‘C’, which represents the size of the array.
The value of the ‘x’ stab is the offset in the argument list where the
address of the array is stored (it this right? it is a guess); the
value of the ‘C’ stab is the offset in the argument list where the size
of the array (in elements? in bytes?) is stored.
File: stabs.info, Node: Types, Next: Macro define and undefine, Prev: Variables, Up: Top
5 Defining Types
****************
The examples so far have described types as references to previously
defined types, or defined in terms of subranges of or pointers to
previously defined types. This chapter describes the other type
descriptors that may follow the ‘=’ in a type definition.
* Menu:
* Builtin Types:: Integers, floating point, void, etc.
* Miscellaneous Types:: Pointers, sets, files, etc.
* Cross-References:: Referring to a type not yet defined.
* Subranges:: A type with a specific range.
* Arrays:: An aggregate type of same-typed elements.
* Strings:: Like an array but also has a length.
* Enumerations:: Like an integer but the values have names.
* Structures:: An aggregate type of different-typed elements.
* Typedefs:: Giving a type a name.
* Unions:: Different types sharing storage.
* Function Types::
File: stabs.info, Node: Builtin Types, Next: Miscellaneous Types, Up: Types
5.1 Builtin Types
=================
Certain types are built in (‘int’, ‘short’, ‘void’, ‘float’, etc.); the
debugger recognizes these types and knows how to handle them. Thus,
don't be surprised if some of the following ways of specifying builtin
types do not specify everything that a debugger would need to know about
the type--in some cases they merely specify enough information to
distinguish the type from other types.
The traditional way to define builtin types is convoluted, so new
ways have been invented to describe them. Sun's ‘acc’ uses special
builtin type descriptors (‘b’ and ‘R’), and IBM uses negative type
numbers. GDB accepts all three ways, as of version 4.8; dbx just
accepts the traditional builtin types and perhaps one of the other two
formats. The following sections describe each of these formats.
* Menu:
* Traditional Builtin Types:: Put on your seat belts and prepare for kludgery
* Builtin Type Descriptors:: Builtin types with special type descriptors
* Negative Type Numbers:: Builtin types using negative type numbers
File: stabs.info, Node: Traditional Builtin Types, Next: Builtin Type Descriptors, Up: Builtin Types
5.1.1 Traditional Builtin Types
-------------------------------
This is the traditional, convoluted method for defining builtin types.
There are several classes of such type definitions: integer, floating
point, and ‘void’.
* Menu:
* Traditional Integer Types::
* Traditional Other Types::
File: stabs.info, Node: Traditional Integer Types, Next: Traditional Other Types, Up: Traditional Builtin Types
5.1.1.1 Traditional Integer Types
.................................
Often types are defined as subranges of themselves. If the bounding
values fit within an ‘int’, then they are given normally. For example:
.stabs "int:t1=r1;-2147483648;2147483647;",128,0,0,0 # 128 is N_LSYM
.stabs "char:t2=r2;0;127;",128,0,0,0
Builtin types can also be described as subranges of ‘int’:
.stabs "unsigned short:t6=r1;0;65535;",128,0,0,0
If the lower bound of a subrange is 0 and the upper bound is -1, the
type is an unsigned integral type whose bounds are too big to describe
in an ‘int’. Traditionally this is only used for ‘unsigned int’ and
‘unsigned long’:
.stabs "unsigned int:t4=r1;0;-1;",128,0,0,0
For larger types, GCC 2.4.5 puts out bounds in octal, with one or
more leading zeroes. In this case a negative bound consists of a number
which is a 1 bit (for the sign bit) followed by a 0 bit for each bit in
the number (except the sign bit), and a positive bound is one which is a
1 bit for each bit in the number (except possibly the sign bit). All
known versions of dbx and GDB version 4 accept this (at least in the
sense of not refusing to process the file), but GDB 3.5 refuses to read
the whole file containing such symbols. So GCC 2.3.3 did not output the
proper size for these types. As an example of octal bounds, the string
fields of the stabs for 64 bit integer types look like:
long int:t3=r1;001000000000000000000000;000777777777777777777777;
long unsigned int:t5=r1;000000000000000000000000;001777777777777777777777;
If the lower bound of a subrange is 0 and the upper bound is
negative, the type is an unsigned integral type whose size in bytes is
the absolute value of the upper bound. I believe this is a Convex
convention for ‘unsigned long long’.
If the lower bound of a subrange is negative and the upper bound is
0, the type is a signed integral type whose size in bytes is the
absolute value of the lower bound. I believe this is a Convex
convention for ‘long long’. To distinguish this from a legitimate
subrange, the type should be a subrange of itself. I'm not sure whether
this is the case for Convex.
File: stabs.info, Node: Traditional Other Types, Prev: Traditional Integer Types, Up: Traditional Builtin Types
5.1.1.2 Traditional Other Types
...............................
If the upper bound of a subrange is 0 and the lower bound is positive,
the type is a floating point type, and the lower bound of the subrange
indicates the number of bytes in the type:
.stabs "float:t12=r1;4;0;",128,0,0,0
.stabs "double:t13=r1;8;0;",128,0,0,0
However, GCC writes ‘long double’ the same way it writes ‘double’, so
there is no way to distinguish.
.stabs "long double:t14=r1;8;0;",128,0,0,0
Complex types are defined the same way as floating-point types; there
is no way to distinguish a single-precision complex from a
double-precision floating-point type.
The C ‘void’ type is defined as itself:
.stabs "void:t15=15",128,0,0,0
I'm not sure how a boolean type is represented.
File: stabs.info, Node: Builtin Type Descriptors, Next: Negative Type Numbers, Prev: Traditional Builtin Types, Up: Builtin Types
5.1.2 Defining Builtin Types Using Builtin Type Descriptors
-----------------------------------------------------------
This is the method used by Sun's ‘acc’ for defining builtin types.
These are the type descriptors to define builtin types:
‘b SIGNED CHAR-FLAG WIDTH ; OFFSET ; NBITS ;’
Define an integral type. SIGNED is ‘u’ for unsigned or ‘s’ for
signed. CHAR-FLAG is ‘c’ which indicates this is a character type,
or is omitted. I assume this is to distinguish an integral type
from a character type of the same size, for example it might make
sense to set it for the C type ‘wchar_t’ so the debugger can print
such variables differently (Solaris does not do this). Sun sets it
on the C types ‘signed char’ and ‘unsigned char’ which arguably is
wrong. WIDTH and OFFSET appear to be for small objects stored in
larger ones, for example a ‘short’ in an ‘int’ register. WIDTH is
normally the number of bytes in the type. OFFSET seems to always
be zero. NBITS is the number of bits in the type.
Note that type descriptor ‘b’ used for builtin types conflicts with
its use for Pascal space types (*note Miscellaneous Types::); they
can be distinguished because the character following the type
descriptor will be a digit, ‘(’, or ‘-’ for a Pascal space type, or
‘u’ or ‘s’ for a builtin type.
‘w’
Documented by AIX to define a wide character type, but their
compiler actually uses negative type numbers (*note Negative Type
Numbers::).
‘R FP-TYPE ; BYTES ;’
Define a floating point type. FP-TYPE has one of the following
values:
‘1 (NF_SINGLE)’
IEEE 32-bit (single precision) floating point format.
‘2 (NF_DOUBLE)’
IEEE 64-bit (double precision) floating point format.
‘3 (NF_COMPLEX)’
‘4 (NF_COMPLEX16)’
‘5 (NF_COMPLEX32)’
These are for complex numbers. A comment in the GDB source
describes them as Fortran ‘complex’, ‘double complex’, and
‘complex*16’, respectively, but what does that mean? (i.e.,
Single precision? Double precision?).
‘6 (NF_LDOUBLE)’
Long double. This should probably only be used for Sun format
‘long double’, and new codes should be used for other floating
point formats (‘NF_DOUBLE’ can be used if a ‘long double’ is
really just an IEEE double, of course).
BYTES is the number of bytes occupied by the type. This allows a
debugger to perform some operations with the type even if it
doesn't understand FP-TYPE.
‘g TYPE-INFORMATION ; NBITS’
Documented by AIX to define a floating type, but their compiler
actually uses negative type numbers (*note Negative Type
Numbers::).
‘c TYPE-INFORMATION ; NBITS’
Documented by AIX to define a complex type, but their compiler
actually uses negative type numbers (*note Negative Type
Numbers::).
The C ‘void’ type is defined as a signed integral type 0 bits long:
.stabs "void:t19=bs0;0;0",128,0,0,0
The Solaris compiler seems to omit the trailing semicolon in this
case. Getting sloppy in this way is not a swift move because if a type
is embedded in a more complex expression it is necessary to be able to
tell where it ends.
I'm not sure how a boolean type is represented.
File: stabs.info, Node: Negative Type Numbers, Prev: Builtin Type Descriptors, Up: Builtin Types
5.1.3 Negative Type Numbers
---------------------------
This is the method used in XCOFF for defining builtin types. Since the
debugger knows about the builtin types anyway, the idea of negative type
numbers is simply to give a special type number which indicates the
builtin type. There is no stab defining these types.
There are several subtle issues with negative type numbers.
One is the size of the type. A builtin type (for example the C types
‘int’ or ‘long’) might have different sizes depending on compiler
options, the target architecture, the ABI, etc. This issue doesn't come
up for IBM tools since (so far) they just target the RS/6000; the sizes
indicated below for each size are what the IBM RS/6000 tools use. To
deal with differing sizes, either define separate negative type numbers
for each size (which works but requires changing the debugger, and,
unless you get both AIX dbx and GDB to accept the change, introduces an
incompatibility), or use a type attribute (*note String Field::) to
define a new type with the appropriate size (which merely requires a
debugger which understands type attributes, like AIX dbx or GDB). For
example,
.stabs "boolean:t10=@@s8;-16",128,0,0,0
defines an 8-bit boolean type, and
.stabs "boolean:t10=@@s64;-16",128,0,0,0
defines a 64-bit boolean type.
A similar issue is the format of the type. This comes up most often
for floating-point types, which could have various formats (particularly
extended doubles, which vary quite a bit even among IEEE systems).
Again, it is best to define a new negative type number for each
different format; changing the format based on the target system has
various problems. One such problem is that the Alpha has both VAX and
IEEE floating types. One can easily imagine one library using the VAX
types and another library in the same executable using the IEEE types.
Another example is that the interpretation of whether a boolean is true
or false can be based on the least significant bit, most significant
bit, whether it is zero, etc., and different compilers (or different
options to the same compiler) might provide different kinds of boolean.
The last major issue is the names of the types. The name of a given
type depends _only_ on the negative type number given; these do not vary
depending on the language, the target system, or anything else. One can
always define separate type numbers--in the following list you will see
for example separate ‘int’ and ‘integer*4’ types which are identical
except for the name. But compatibility can be maintained by not
inventing new negative type numbers and instead just defining a new type
with a new name. For example:
.stabs "CARDINAL:t10=-8",128,0,0,0
Here is the list of negative type numbers. The phrase “integral
type” is used to mean twos-complement (I strongly suspect that all
machines which use stabs use twos-complement; most machines use
twos-complement these days).
‘-1’
‘int’, 32 bit signed integral type.
‘-2’
‘char’, 8 bit type holding a character. Both GDB and dbx on AIX
treat this as signed. GCC uses this type whether ‘char’ is signed
or not, which seems like a bad idea. The AIX compiler (‘xlc’)
seems to avoid this type; it uses -5 instead for ‘char’.
‘-3’
‘short’, 16 bit signed integral type.
‘-4’
‘long’, 32 bit signed integral type.
‘-5’
‘unsigned char’, 8 bit unsigned integral type.
‘-6’
‘signed char’, 8 bit signed integral type.
‘-7’
‘unsigned short’, 16 bit unsigned integral type.
‘-8’
‘unsigned int’, 32 bit unsigned integral type.
‘-9’
‘unsigned’, 32 bit unsigned integral type.
‘-10’
‘unsigned long’, 32 bit unsigned integral type.
‘-11’
‘void’, type indicating the lack of a value.
‘-12’
‘float’, IEEE single precision.
‘-13’
‘double’, IEEE double precision.
‘-14’
‘long double’, IEEE double precision. The compiler claims the size
will increase in a future release, and for binary compatibility you
have to avoid using ‘long double’. I hope when they increase it
they use a new negative type number.
‘-15’
‘integer’. 32 bit signed integral type.
‘-16’
‘boolean’. 32 bit type. GDB and GCC assume that zero is false,
one is true, and other values have unspecified meaning. I hope
this agrees with how the IBM tools use the type.
‘-17’
‘short real’. IEEE single precision.
‘-18’
‘real’. IEEE double precision.
‘-19’
‘stringptr’. *Note Strings::.
‘-20’
‘character’, 8 bit unsigned character type.
‘-21’
‘logical*1’, 8 bit type. This Fortran type has a split personality
in that it is used for boolean variables, but can also be used for
unsigned integers. 0 is false, 1 is true, and other values are
non-boolean.
‘-22’
‘logical*2’, 16 bit type. This Fortran type has a split
personality in that it is used for boolean variables, but can also
be used for unsigned integers. 0 is false, 1 is true, and other
values are non-boolean.
‘-23’
‘logical*4’, 32 bit type. This Fortran type has a split
personality in that it is used for boolean variables, but can also
be used for unsigned integers. 0 is false, 1 is true, and other
values are non-boolean.
‘-24’
‘logical’, 32 bit type. This Fortran type has a split personality
in that it is used for boolean variables, but can also be used for
unsigned integers. 0 is false, 1 is true, and other values are
non-boolean.
‘-25’
‘complex’. A complex type consisting of two IEEE single-precision
floating point values.
‘-26’
‘complex’. A complex type consisting of two IEEE double-precision
floating point values.
‘-27’
‘integer*1’, 8 bit signed integral type.
‘-28’
‘integer*2’, 16 bit signed integral type.
‘-29’
‘integer*4’, 32 bit signed integral type.
‘-30’
‘wchar’. Wide character, 16 bits wide, unsigned (what format?
Unicode?).
‘-31’
‘long long’, 64 bit signed integral type.
‘-32’
‘unsigned long long’, 64 bit unsigned integral type.
‘-33’
‘logical*8’, 64 bit unsigned integral type.
‘-34’
‘integer*8’, 64 bit signed integral type.
File: stabs.info, Node: Miscellaneous Types, Next: Cross-References, Prev: Builtin Types, Up: Types
5.2 Miscellaneous Types
=======================
‘b TYPE-INFORMATION ; BYTES’
Pascal space type. This is documented by IBM; what does it mean?
This use of the ‘b’ type descriptor can be distinguished from its
use for builtin integral types (*note Builtin Type Descriptors::)
because the character following the type descriptor is always a
digit, ‘(’, or ‘-’.
‘B TYPE-INFORMATION’
A volatile-qualified version of TYPE-INFORMATION. This is a Sun
extension. References and stores to a variable with a
volatile-qualified type must not be optimized or cached; they must
occur as the user specifies them.
‘d TYPE-INFORMATION’
File of type TYPE-INFORMATION. As far as I know this is only used
by Pascal.
‘k TYPE-INFORMATION’
A const-qualified version of TYPE-INFORMATION. This is a Sun
extension. A variable with a const-qualified type cannot be
modified.
‘M TYPE-INFORMATION ; LENGTH’
Multiple instance type. The type seems to composed of LENGTH
repetitions of TYPE-INFORMATION, for example ‘character*3’ is
represented by ‘M-2;3’, where ‘-2’ is a reference to a character
type (*note Negative Type Numbers::). I'm not sure how this
differs from an array. This appears to be a Fortran feature.
LENGTH is a bound, like those in range types; see *note
Subranges::.
‘S TYPE-INFORMATION’
Pascal set type. TYPE-INFORMATION must be a small type such as an
enumeration or a subrange, and the type is a bitmask whose length
is specified by the number of elements in TYPE-INFORMATION.
In CHILL, if it is a bitstring instead of a set, also use the ‘S’
type attribute (*note String Field::).
‘* TYPE-INFORMATION’
Pointer to TYPE-INFORMATION.
File: stabs.info, Node: Cross-References, Next: Subranges, Prev: Miscellaneous Types, Up: Types
5.3 Cross-References to Other Types
===================================
A type can be used before it is defined; one common way to deal with
that situation is just to use a type reference to a type which has not
yet been defined.
Another way is with the ‘x’ type descriptor, which is followed by ‘s’
for a structure tag, ‘u’ for a union tag, or ‘e’ for a enumerator tag,
followed by the name of the tag, followed by ‘:’. If the name contains
‘::’ between a ‘<’ and ‘>’ pair (for C++ templates), such a ‘::’ does
not end the name--only a single ‘:’ ends the name; see *note Nested
Symbols::.
For example, the following C declarations:
struct foo;
struct foo *bar;
produce:
.stabs "bar:G16=*17=xsfoo:",32,0,0,0
Not all debuggers support the ‘x’ type descriptor, so on some
machines GCC does not use it. I believe that for the above example it
would just emit a reference to type 17 and never define it, but I
haven't verified that.
Modula-2 imported types, at least on AIX, use the ‘i’ type
descriptor, which is followed by the name of the module from which the
type is imported, followed by ‘:’, followed by the name of the type.
There is then optionally a comma followed by type information for the
type. This differs from merely naming the type (*note Typedefs::) in
that it identifies the module; I don't understand whether the name of
the type given here is always just the same as the name we are giving
it, or whether this type descriptor is used with a nameless stab (*note
String Field::), or what. The symbol ends with ‘;’.
File: stabs.info, Node: Subranges, Next: Arrays, Prev: Cross-References, Up: Types
5.4 Subrange Types
==================
The ‘r’ type descriptor defines a type as a subrange of another type.
It is followed by type information for the type of which it is a
subrange, a semicolon, an integral lower bound, a semicolon, an integral
upper bound, and a semicolon. The AIX documentation does not specify
the trailing semicolon, in an effort to specify array indexes more
cleanly, but a subrange which is not an array index has always included
a trailing semicolon (*note Arrays::).
Instead of an integer, either bound can be one of the following:
‘A OFFSET’
The bound is passed by reference on the stack at offset OFFSET from
the argument list. *Note Parameters::, for more information on
such offsets.
‘T OFFSET’
The bound is passed by value on the stack at offset OFFSET from the
argument list.
‘a REGISTER-NUMBER’
The bound is passed by reference in register number
REGISTER-NUMBER.
‘t REGISTER-NUMBER’
The bound is passed by value in register number REGISTER-NUMBER.
‘J’
There is no bound.
Subranges are also used for builtin types; see *note Traditional
Builtin Types::.
File: stabs.info, Node: Arrays, Next: Strings, Prev: Subranges, Up: Types
5.5 Array Types
===============
Arrays use the ‘a’ type descriptor. Following the type descriptor is
the type of the index and the type of the array elements. If the index
type is a range type, it ends in a semicolon; otherwise (for example, if
it is a type reference), there does not appear to be any way to tell
where the types are separated. In an effort to clean up this mess, IBM
documents the two types as being separated by a semicolon, and a range
type as not ending in a semicolon (but this is not right for range types
which are not array indexes, *note Subranges::). I think probably the
best solution is to specify that a semicolon ends a range type, and that
the index type and element type of an array are separated by a
semicolon, but that if the index type is a range type, the extra
semicolon can be omitted. GDB (at least through version 4.9) doesn't
support any kind of index type other than a range anyway; I'm not sure
about dbx.
It is well established, and widely used, that the type of the index,
unlike most types found in the stabs, is merely a type definition, not
type information (*note String Field::) (that is, it need not start with
‘TYPE-NUMBER=’ if it is defining a new type). According to a comment in
GDB, this is also true of the type of the array elements; it gives
‘ar1;1;10;ar1;1;10;4’ as a legitimate way to express a two dimensional
array. According to AIX documentation, the element type must be type
information. GDB accepts either.
The type of the index is often a range type, expressed as the type
descriptor ‘r’ and some parameters. It defines the size of the array.
In the example below, the range ‘r1;0;2;’ defines an index type which is
a subrange of type 1 (integer), with a lower bound of 0 and an upper
bound of 2. This defines the valid range of subscripts of a
three-element C array.
For example, the definition:
char char_vec[3] = {'a','b','c'};
produces the output:
.stabs "char_vec:G19=ar1;0;2;2",32,0,0,0
.global _char_vec
.align 4
_char_vec:
.byte 97
.byte 98
.byte 99
If an array is “packed”, the elements are spaced more closely than
normal, saving memory at the expense of speed. For example, an array of
3-byte objects might, if unpacked, have each element aligned on a 4-byte
boundary, but if packed, have no padding. One way to specify that
something is packed is with type attributes (*note String Field::). In
the case of arrays, another is to use the ‘P’ type descriptor instead of
‘a’. Other than specifying a packed array, ‘P’ is identical to ‘a’.
An open array is represented by the ‘A’ type descriptor followed by
type information specifying the type of the array elements.
An N-dimensional dynamic array is represented by
D DIMENSIONS ; TYPE-INFORMATION
DIMENSIONS is the number of dimensions; TYPE-INFORMATION specifies
the type of the array elements.
A subarray of an N-dimensional array is represented by
E DIMENSIONS ; TYPE-INFORMATION
DIMENSIONS is the number of dimensions; TYPE-INFORMATION specifies
the type of the array elements.
File: stabs.info, Node: Strings, Next: Enumerations, Prev: Arrays, Up: Types
5.6 Strings
===========
Some languages, like C or the original Pascal, do not have string types,
they just have related things like arrays of characters. But most
Pascals and various other languages have string types, which are
indicated as follows:
‘n TYPE-INFORMATION ; BYTES’
BYTES is the maximum length. I'm not sure what TYPE-INFORMATION
is; I suspect that it means that this is a string of
TYPE-INFORMATION (thus allowing a string of integers, a string of
wide characters, etc., as well as a string of characters). Not
sure what the format of this type is. This is an AIX feature.
‘z TYPE-INFORMATION ; BYTES’
Just like ‘n’ except that this is a gstring, not an ordinary
string. I don't know the difference.
‘N’
Pascal Stringptr. What is this? This is an AIX feature.
Languages, such as CHILL which have a string type which is basically
just an array of characters use the ‘S’ type attribute (*note String
Field::).
File: stabs.info, Node: Enumerations, Next: Structures, Prev: Strings, Up: Types
5.7 Enumerations
================
Enumerations are defined with the ‘e’ type descriptor.
The source line below declares an enumeration type at file scope.
The type definition is located after the ‘N_RBRAC’ that marks the end of
the previous procedure's block scope, and before the ‘N_FUN’ that marks
the beginning of the next procedure's block scope. Therefore it does
not describe a block local symbol, but a file local one.
The source line:
enum e_places {first,second=3,last};
generates the following stab:
.stabs "e_places:T22=efirst:0,second:3,last:4,;",128,0,0,0
The symbol descriptor (‘T’) says that the stab describes a structure,
enumeration, or union tag. The type descriptor ‘e’, following the ‘22=’
of the type definition narrows it down to an enumeration type.
Following the ‘e’ is a list of the elements of the enumeration. The
format is ‘NAME:VALUE,’. The list of elements ends with ‘;’. The fact
that VALUE is specified as an integer can cause problems if the value is
large. GCC 2.5.2 tries to output it in octal in that case with a
leading zero, which is probably a good thing, although GDB 4.11 supports
octal only in cases where decimal is perfectly good. Negative decimal
values are supported by both GDB and dbx.
There is no standard way to specify the size of an enumeration type;
it is determined by the architecture (normally all enumerations types
are 32 bits). Type attributes can be used to specify an enumeration
type of another size for debuggers which support them; see *note String
Field::.
Enumeration types are unusual in that they define symbols for the
enumeration values (‘first’, ‘second’, and ‘third’ in the above
example), and even though these symbols are visible in the file as a
whole (rather than being in a more local namespace like structure member
names), they are defined in the type definition for the enumeration type
rather than each having their own symbol. In order to be fast, GDB will
only get symbols from such types (in its initial scan of the stabs) if
the type is the first thing defined after a ‘T’ or ‘t’ symbol descriptor
(the above example fulfills this requirement). If the type does not
have a name, the compiler should emit it in a nameless stab (*note
String Field::); GCC does this.
File: stabs.info, Node: Structures, Next: Typedefs, Prev: Enumerations, Up: Types
5.8 Structures
==============
The encoding of structures in stabs can be shown with an example.
The following source code declares a structure tag and defines an
instance of the structure in global scope. Then a ‘typedef’ equates the
structure tag with a new type. Separate stabs are generated for the
structure tag, the structure ‘typedef’, and the structure instance. The
stabs for the tag and the ‘typedef’ are emitted when the definitions are
encountered. Since the structure elements are not initialized, the stab
and code for the structure variable itself is located at the end of the
program in the bss section.
struct s_tag {
int s_int;
float s_float;
char s_char_vec[8];
struct s_tag* s_next;
} g_an_s;
typedef struct s_tag s_typedef;
The structure tag has an ‘N_LSYM’ stab type because, like the
enumeration, the symbol has file scope. Like the enumeration, the
symbol descriptor is ‘T’, for enumeration, structure, or tag type. The
type descriptor ‘s’ following the ‘16=’ of the type definition narrows
the symbol type to structure.
Following the ‘s’ type descriptor is the number of bytes the
structure occupies, followed by a description of each structure element.
The structure element descriptions are of the form ‘NAME:TYPE, BIT
OFFSET FROM THE START OF THE STRUCT, NUMBER OF BITS IN THE ELEMENT’.
# 128 is N_LSYM
.stabs "s_tag:T16=s20s_int:1,0,32;s_float:12,32,32;
s_char_vec:17=ar1;0;7;2,64,64;s_next:18=*16,128,32;;",128,0,0,0
In this example, the first two structure elements are previously
defined types. For these, the type following the ‘NAME:’ part of the
element description is a simple type reference. The other two structure
elements are new types. In this case there is a type definition
embedded after the ‘NAME:’. The type definition for the array element
looks just like a type definition for a stand-alone array. The ‘s_next’
field is a pointer to the same kind of structure that the field is an
element of. So the definition of structure type 16 contains a type
definition for an element which is a pointer to type 16.
If a field is a static member (this is a C++ feature in which a
single variable appears to be a field of every structure of a given
type) it still starts out with the field name, a colon, and the type,
but then instead of a comma, bit position, comma, and bit size, there is
a colon followed by the name of the variable which each such field
refers to.
If the structure has methods (a C++ feature), they follow the
non-method fields; see *note Cplusplus::.
File: stabs.info, Node: Typedefs, Next: Unions, Prev: Structures, Up: Types
5.9 Giving a Type a Name
========================
To give a type a name, use the ‘t’ symbol descriptor. The type is
specified by the type information (*note String Field::) for the stab.
For example,
.stabs "s_typedef:t16",128,0,0,0 # 128 is N_LSYM
specifies that ‘s_typedef’ refers to type number 16. Such stabs have
symbol type ‘N_LSYM’ (or ‘C_DECL’ for XCOFF). (The Sun documentation
mentions using ‘N_GSYM’ in some cases).
If you are specifying the tag name for a structure, union, or
enumeration, use the ‘T’ symbol descriptor instead. I believe C is the
only language with this feature.
If the type is an opaque type (I believe this is a Modula-2 feature),
AIX provides a type descriptor to specify it. The type descriptor is
‘o’ and is followed by a name. I don't know what the name means--is it
always the same as the name of the type, or is this type descriptor used
with a nameless stab (*note String Field::)? There optionally follows a
comma followed by type information which defines the type of this type.
If omitted, a semicolon is used in place of the comma and the type
information, and the type is much like a generic pointer type--it has a
known size but little else about it is specified.
File: stabs.info, Node: Unions, Next: Function Types, Prev: Typedefs, Up: Types
5.10 Unions
===========
union u_tag {
int u_int;
float u_float;
char* u_char;
} an_u;
This code generates a stab for a union tag and a stab for a union
variable. Both use the ‘N_LSYM’ stab type. If a union variable is
scoped locally to the procedure in which it is defined, its stab is
located immediately preceding the ‘N_LBRAC’ for the procedure's block
start.
The stab for the union tag, however, is located preceding the code
for the procedure in which it is defined. The stab type is ‘N_LSYM’.
This would seem to imply that the union type is file scope, like the
struct type ‘s_tag’. This is not true. The contents and position of
the stab for ‘u_type’ do not convey any information about its procedure
local scope.
# 128 is N_LSYM
.stabs "u_tag:T23=u4u_int:1,0,32;u_float:12,0,32;u_char:21,0,32;;",
128,0,0,0
The symbol descriptor ‘T’, following the ‘name:’ means that the stab
describes an enumeration, structure, or union tag. The type descriptor
‘u’, following the ‘23=’ of the type definition, narrows it down to a
union type definition. Following the ‘u’ is the number of bytes in the
union. After that is a list of union element descriptions. Their
format is ‘NAME:TYPE, BIT OFFSET INTO THE UNION, NUMBER OF BYTES FOR THE
ELEMENT;’.
The stab for the union variable is:
.stabs "an_u:23",128,0,0,-20 # 128 is N_LSYM
‘-20’ specifies where the variable is stored (*note Stack
Variables::).
File: stabs.info, Node: Function Types, Prev: Unions, Up: Types
5.11 Function Types
===================
Various types can be defined for function variables. These types are
not used in defining functions (*note Procedures::); they are used for
things like pointers to functions.
The simple, traditional, type is type descriptor ‘f’ is followed by
type information for the return type of the function, followed by a
semicolon.
This does not deal with functions for which the number and types of
the parameters are part of the type, as in Modula-2 or ANSI C. AIX
provides extensions to specify these, using the ‘f’, ‘F’, ‘p’, and ‘R’
type descriptors.
First comes the type descriptor. If it is ‘f’ or ‘F’, this type
involves a function rather than a procedure, and the type information
for the return type of the function follows, followed by a comma. Then
comes the number of parameters to the function and a semicolon. Then,
for each parameter, there is the name of the parameter followed by a
colon (this is only present for type descriptors ‘R’ and ‘F’ which
represent Pascal function or procedure parameters), type information for
the parameter, a comma, 0 if passed by reference or 1 if passed by
value, and a semicolon. The type definition ends with a semicolon.
For example, this variable definition:
int (*g_pf)();
generates the following code:
.stabs "g_pf:G24=*25=f1",32,0,0,0
.common _g_pf,4,"bss"
The variable defines a new type, 24, which is a pointer to another
new type, 25, which is a function returning ‘int’.
File: stabs.info, Node: Macro define and undefine, Next: Symbol Tables, Prev: Types, Up: Top
6 Representation of #define and #undef
**************************************
This section describes the stabs support for macro define and undefine
information, supported on some systems. (e.g., with ‘-g3’ ‘-gstabs’
when using GCC).
A ‘#define MACRO-NAME MACRO-BODY’ is represented with an
‘N_MAC_DEFINE’ stab with a string field of ‘MACRO-NAME MACRO-BODY’.
An ‘#undef MACRO-NAME’ is represented with an ‘N_MAC_UNDEF’ stabs
with a string field of simply ‘MACRO-NAME’.
For both ‘N_MAC_DEFINE’ and ‘N_MAC_UNDEF’, the desc field is the line
number within the file where the corresponding ‘#define’ or ‘#undef’
occurred.
For example, the following C code:
#define NONE 42
#define TWO(a, b) (a + (a) + 2 * b)
#define ONE(c) (c + 19)
main(int argc, char *argv[])
{
func(NONE, TWO(10, 11));
func(NONE, ONE(23));
#undef ONE
#define ONE(c) (c + 23)
func(NONE, ONE(-23));
return (0);
}
int global;
func(int arg1, int arg2)
{
global = arg1 + arg2;
}
produces the following stabs (as well as many others):
.stabs "NONE 42",54,0,1,0
.stabs "TWO(a,b) (a + (a) + 2 * b)",54,0,2,0
.stabs "ONE(c) (c + 19)",54,0,3,0
.stabs "ONE",58,0,10,0
.stabs "ONE(c) (c + 23)",54,0,11,0
NOTE: In the above example, ‘54’ is ‘N_MAC_DEFINE’ and ‘58’ is
‘N_MAC_UNDEF’.
File: stabs.info, Node: Symbol Tables, Next: Cplusplus, Prev: Macro define and undefine, Up: Top
7 Symbol Information in Symbol Tables
*************************************
This chapter describes the format of symbol table entries and how stab
assembler directives map to them. It also describes the transformations
that the assembler and linker make on data from stabs.
* Menu:
* Symbol Table Format::
* Transformations On Symbol Tables::
File: stabs.info, Node: Symbol Table Format, Next: Transformations On Symbol Tables, Up: Symbol Tables
7.1 Symbol Table Format
=======================
Each time the assembler encounters a stab directive, it puts each field
of the stab into a corresponding field in a symbol table entry of its
output file. If the stab contains a string field, the symbol table
entry for that stab points to a string table entry containing the string
data from the stab. Assembler labels become relocatable addresses.
Symbol table entries in a.out have the format:
struct internal_nlist {
unsigned long n_strx; /* index into string table of name */
unsigned char n_type; /* type of symbol */
unsigned char n_other; /* misc info (usually empty) */
unsigned short n_desc; /* description field */
bfd_vma n_value; /* value of symbol */
};
If the stab has a string, the ‘n_strx’ field holds the offset in
bytes of the string within the string table. The string is terminated
by a NUL character. If the stab lacks a string (for example, it was
produced by a ‘.stabn’ or ‘.stabd’ directive), the ‘n_strx’ field is
zero.
Symbol table entries with ‘n_type’ field values greater than 0x1f
originated as stabs generated by the compiler (with one random
exception). The other entries were placed in the symbol table of the
executable by the assembler or the linker.
File: stabs.info, Node: Transformations On Symbol Tables, Prev: Symbol Table Format, Up: Symbol Tables
7.2 Transformations on Symbol Tables
====================================
The linker concatenates object files and does fixups of externally
defined symbols.
You can see the transformations made on stab data by the assembler
and linker by examining the symbol table after each pass of the build.
To do this, use ‘nm -ap’, which dumps the symbol table, including
debugging information, unsorted. For stab entries the columns are:
VALUE, OTHER, DESC, TYPE, STRING. For assembler and linker symbols, the
columns are: VALUE, TYPE, STRING.
The low 5 bits of the stab type tell the linker how to relocate the
value of the stab. Thus for stab types like ‘N_RSYM’ and ‘N_LSYM’,
where the value is an offset or a register number, the low 5 bits are
‘N_ABS’, which tells the linker not to relocate the value.
Where the value of a stab contains an assembly language label, it is
transformed by each build step. The assembler turns it into a
relocatable address and the linker turns it into an absolute address.
* Menu:
* Transformations On Static Variables::
* Transformations On Global Variables::
* Stab Section Transformations:: For some object file formats,
things are a bit different.
File: stabs.info, Node: Transformations On Static Variables, Next: Transformations On Global Variables, Up: Transformations On Symbol Tables
7.2.1 Transformations on Static Variables
-----------------------------------------
This source line defines a static variable at file scope:
static int s_g_repeat
The following stab describes the symbol:
.stabs "s_g_repeat:S1",38,0,0,_s_g_repeat
The assembler transforms the stab into this symbol table entry in the
‘.o’ file. The location is expressed as a data segment offset.
00000084 - 00 0000 STSYM s_g_repeat:S1
In the symbol table entry from the executable, the linker has made the
relocatable address absolute.
0000e00c - 00 0000 STSYM s_g_repeat:S1
File: stabs.info, Node: Transformations On Global Variables, Next: Stab Section Transformations, Prev: Transformations On Static Variables, Up: Transformations On Symbol Tables
7.2.2 Transformations on Global Variables
-----------------------------------------
Stabs for global variables do not contain location information. In this
case, the debugger finds location information in the assembler or linker
symbol table entry describing the variable. The source line:
char g_foo = 'c';
generates the stab:
.stabs "g_foo:G2",32,0,0,0
The variable is represented by two symbol table entries in the object
file (see below). The first one originated as a stab. The second one
is an external symbol. The upper case ‘D’ signifies that the ‘n_type’
field of the symbol table contains 7, ‘N_DATA’ with local linkage. The
stab's value is zero since the value is not used for ‘N_GSYM’ stabs.
The value of the linker symbol is the relocatable address corresponding
to the variable.
00000000 - 00 0000 GSYM g_foo:G2
00000080 D _g_foo
These entries as transformed by the linker. The linker symbol table
entry now holds an absolute address:
00000000 - 00 0000 GSYM g_foo:G2
...
0000e008 D _g_foo
File: stabs.info, Node: Stab Section Transformations, Prev: Transformations On Global Variables, Up: Transformations On Symbol Tables
7.2.3 Transformations of Stabs in separate sections
---------------------------------------------------
For object file formats using stabs in separate sections (*note Stab
Sections::), use ‘objdump --stabs’ instead of ‘nm’ to show the stabs in
an object or executable file. ‘objdump’ is a GNU utility; Sun does not
provide any equivalent.
The following example is for a stab whose value is an address is
relative to the compilation unit (*note ELF Linker Relocation::). For
example, if the source line
static int ld = 5;
appears within a function, then the assembly language output from the
compiler contains:
.Ddata.data:
...
.stabs "ld:V(0,3)",0x26,0,4,.L18-Ddata.data # 0x26 is N_STSYM
...
.L18:
.align 4
.word 0x5
Because the value is formed by subtracting one symbol from another,
the value is absolute, not relocatable, and so the object file contains
Symnum n_type n_othr n_desc n_value n_strx String
31 STSYM 0 4 00000004 680 ld:V(0,3)
without any relocations, and the executable file also contains
Symnum n_type n_othr n_desc n_value n_strx String
31 STSYM 0 4 00000004 680 ld:V(0,3)
File: stabs.info, Node: Cplusplus, Next: Stab Types, Prev: Symbol Tables, Up: Top
8 GNU C++ Stabs
***************
* Menu:
* Class Names:: C++ class names are both tags and typedefs.
* Nested Symbols:: C++ symbol names can be within other types.
* Basic Cplusplus Types::
* Simple Classes::
* Class Instance::
* Methods:: Method definition
* Method Type Descriptor:: The ‘#’ type descriptor
* Member Type Descriptor:: The ‘@@’ type descriptor
* Protections::
* Method Modifiers::
* Virtual Methods::
* Inheritance::
* Virtual Base Classes::
* Static Members::
File: stabs.info, Node: Class Names, Next: Nested Symbols, Up: Cplusplus
8.1 C++ Class Names
===================
In C++, a class name which is declared with ‘class’, ‘struct’, or
‘union’, is not only a tag, as in C, but also a type name. Thus there
should be stabs with both ‘t’ and ‘T’ symbol descriptors (*note
Typedefs::).
To save space, there is a special abbreviation for this case. If the
‘T’ symbol descriptor is followed by ‘t’, then the stab defines both a
type name and a tag.
For example, the C++ code
struct foo {int x;};
can be represented as either
.stabs "foo:T19=s4x:1,0,32;;",128,0,0,0 # 128 is N_LSYM
.stabs "foo:t19",128,0,0,0
or
.stabs "foo:Tt19=s4x:1,0,32;;",128,0,0,0
File: stabs.info, Node: Nested Symbols, Next: Basic Cplusplus Types, Prev: Class Names, Up: Cplusplus
8.2 Defining a Symbol Within Another Type
=========================================
In C++, a symbol (such as a type name) can be defined within another
type.
In stabs, this is sometimes represented by making the name of a
symbol which contains ‘::’. Such a pair of colons does not end the name
of the symbol, the way a single colon would (*note String Field::). I'm
not sure how consistently used or well thought out this mechanism is.
So that a pair of colons in this position always has this meaning, ‘:’
cannot be used as a symbol descriptor.
For example, if the string for a stab is ‘foo::bar::baz:t5=*6’, then
‘foo::bar::baz’ is the name of the symbol, ‘t’ is the symbol descriptor,
and ‘5=*6’ is the type information.
File: stabs.info, Node: Basic Cplusplus Types, Next: Simple Classes, Prev: Nested Symbols, Up: Cplusplus
8.3 Basic Types For C++
=======================
<< the examples that follow are based on a01.C >>
C++ adds two more builtin types to the set defined for C. These are
the unknown type and the vtable record type. The unknown type, type 16,
is defined in terms of itself like the void type.
The vtable record type, type 17, is defined as a structure type and
then as a structure tag. The structure has four fields: delta, index,
pfn, and delta2. pfn is the function pointer.
<< In boilerplate $vtbl_ptr_type, what are the fields delta, index,
and delta2 used for? >>
This basic type is present in all C++ programs even if there are no
virtual methods defined.
.stabs "struct_name:sym_desc(type)type_def(17)=type_desc(struct)struct_bytes(8)
elem_name(delta):type_ref(short int),bit_offset(0),field_bits(16);
elem_name(index):type_ref(short int),bit_offset(16),field_bits(16);
elem_name(pfn):type_def(18)=type_desc(ptr to)type_ref(void),
bit_offset(32),field_bits(32);
elem_name(delta2):type_def(short int);bit_offset(32),field_bits(16);;"
N_LSYM, NIL, NIL
.stabs "$vtbl_ptr_type:t17=s8
delta:6,0,16;index:6,16,16;pfn:18=*15,32,32;delta2:6,32,16;;"
,128,0,0,0
.stabs "name:sym_dec(struct tag)type_ref($vtbl_ptr_type)",N_LSYM,NIL,NIL,NIL
.stabs "$vtbl_ptr_type:T17",128,0,0,0
File: stabs.info, Node: Simple Classes, Next: Class Instance, Prev: Basic Cplusplus Types, Up: Cplusplus
8.4 Simple Class Definition
===========================
The stabs describing C++ language features are an extension of the stabs
describing C. Stabs representing C++ class types elaborate extensively
on the stab format used to describe structure types in C. Stabs
representing class type variables look just like stabs representing C
language variables.
Consider the following very simple class definition.
class baseA {
public:
int Adat;
int Ameth(int in, char other);
};
The class ‘baseA’ is represented by two stabs. The first stab
describes the class as a structure type. The second stab describes a
structure tag of the class type. Both stabs are of stab type ‘N_LSYM’.
Since the stab is not located between an ‘N_FUN’ and an ‘N_LBRAC’ stab
this indicates that the class is defined at file scope. If it were,
then the ‘N_LSYM’ would signify a local variable.
A stab describing a C++ class type is similar in format to a stab
describing a C struct, with each class member shown as a field in the
structure. The part of the struct format describing fields is expanded
to include extra information relevant to C++ class members. In
addition, if the class has multiple base classes or virtual functions
the struct format outside of the field parts is also augmented.
In this simple example the field part of the C++ class stab
representing member data looks just like the field part of a C struct
stab. The section on protections describes how its format is sometimes
extended for member data.
The field part of a C++ class stab representing a member function
differs substantially from the field part of a C struct stab. It still
begins with ‘name:’ but then goes on to define a new type number for the
member function, describe its return type, its argument types, its
protection level, any qualifiers applied to the method definition, and
whether the method is virtual or not. If the method is virtual then the
method description goes on to give the vtable index of the method, and
the type number of the first base class defining the method.
When the field name is a method name it is followed by two colons
rather than one. This is followed by a new type definition for the
method. This is a number followed by an equal sign and the type of the
method. Normally this will be a type declared using the ‘#’ type
descriptor; see *note Method Type Descriptor::; static member functions
are declared using the ‘f’ type descriptor instead; see *note Function
Types::.
The format of an overloaded operator method name differs from that of
other methods. It is ‘op$::OPERATOR-NAME.’ where OPERATOR-NAME is the
operator name such as ‘+’ or ‘+=’. The name ends with a period, and any
characters except the period can occur in the OPERATOR-NAME string.
The next part of the method description represents the arguments to
the method, preceded by a colon and ending with a semi-colon. The types
of the arguments are expressed in the same way argument types are
expressed in C++ name mangling. In this example an ‘int’ and a ‘char’
map to ‘ic’.
This is followed by a number, a letter, and an asterisk or period,
followed by another semicolon. The number indicates the protections
that apply to the member function. Here the 2 means public. The letter
encodes any qualifier applied to the method definition. In this case,
‘A’ means that it is a normal function definition. The dot shows that
the method is not virtual. The sections that follow elaborate further
on these fields and describe the additional information present for
virtual methods.
.stabs "class_name:sym_desc(type)type_def(20)=type_desc(struct)struct_bytes(4)
field_name(Adat):type(int),bit_offset(0),field_bits(32);
method_name(Ameth)::type_def(21)=type_desc(method)return_type(int);
:arg_types(int char);
protection(public)qualifier(normal)virtual(no);;"
N_LSYM,NIL,NIL,NIL
.stabs "baseA:t20=s4Adat:1,0,32;Ameth::21=##1;:ic;2A.;;",128,0,0,0
.stabs "class_name:sym_desc(struct tag)",N_LSYM,NIL,NIL,NIL
.stabs "baseA:T20",128,0,0,0
File: stabs.info, Node: Class Instance, Next: Methods, Prev: Simple Classes, Up: Cplusplus
8.5 Class Instance
==================
As shown above, describing even a simple C++ class definition is
accomplished by massively extending the stab format used in C to
describe structure types. However, once the class is defined, C stabs
with no modifications can be used to describe class instances. The
following source:
main () {
baseA AbaseA;
}
yields the following stab describing the class instance. It looks no
different from a standard C stab describing a local variable.
.stabs "name:type_ref(baseA)", N_LSYM, NIL, NIL, frame_ptr_offset
.stabs "AbaseA:20",128,0,0,-20
File: stabs.info, Node: Methods, Next: Method Type Descriptor, Prev: Class Instance, Up: Cplusplus
8.6 Method Definition
=====================
The class definition shown above declares Ameth. The C++ source below
defines Ameth:
int
baseA::Ameth(int in, char other)
{
return in;
};
This method definition yields three stabs following the code of the
method. One stab describes the method itself and following two describe
its parameters. Although there is only one formal argument all methods
have an implicit argument which is the ‘this’ pointer. The ‘this’
pointer is a pointer to the object on which the method was called. Note
that the method name is mangled to encode the class name and argument
types. Name mangling is described in the ARM (‘The Annotated C++
Reference Manual’, by Ellis and Stroustrup, ISBN 0-201-51459-1);
‘gpcompare.texi’ in Cygnus GCC distributions describes the differences
between GNU mangling and ARM mangling.
.stabs "name:symbol_descriptor(global function)return_type(int)",
N_FUN, NIL, NIL, code_addr_of_method_start
.stabs "Ameth__5baseAic:F1",36,0,0,_Ameth__5baseAic
Here is the stab for the ‘this’ pointer implicit argument. The name
of the ‘this’ pointer is always ‘this’. Type 19, the ‘this’ pointer is
defined as a pointer to type 20, ‘baseA’, but a stab defining ‘baseA’
has not yet been emitted. Since the compiler knows it will be emitted
shortly, here it just outputs a cross reference to the undefined symbol,
by prefixing the symbol name with ‘xs’.
.stabs "name:sym_desc(register param)type_def(19)=
type_desc(ptr to)type_ref(baseA)=
type_desc(cross-reference to)baseA:",N_RSYM,NIL,NIL,register_number
.stabs "this:P19=*20=xsbaseA:",64,0,0,8
The stab for the explicit integer argument looks just like a
parameter to a C function. The last field of the stab is the offset
from the argument pointer, which in most systems is the same as the
frame pointer.
.stabs "name:sym_desc(value parameter)type_ref(int)",
N_PSYM,NIL,NIL,offset_from_arg_ptr
.stabs "in:p1",160,0,0,72
<< The examples that follow are based on A1.C >>
File: stabs.info, Node: Method Type Descriptor, Next: Member Type Descriptor, Prev: Methods, Up: Cplusplus
8.7 The ‘#’ Type Descriptor
===========================
This is used to describe a class method. This is a function which takes
an extra argument as its first argument, for the ‘this’ pointer.
If the ‘#’ is immediately followed by another ‘#’, the second one
will be followed by the return type and a semicolon. The class and
argument types are not specified, and must be determined by demangling
the name of the method if it is available.
Otherwise, the single ‘#’ is followed by the class type, a comma, the
return type, a comma, and zero or more parameter types separated by
commas. The list of arguments is terminated by a semicolon. In the
debugging output generated by gcc, a final argument type of ‘void’
indicates a method which does not take a variable number of arguments.
If the final argument type of ‘void’ does not appear, the method was
declared with an ellipsis.
Note that although such a type will normally be used to describe
fields in structures, unions, or classes, for at least some versions of
the compiler it can also be used in other contexts.
File: stabs.info, Node: Member Type Descriptor, Next: Protections, Prev: Method Type Descriptor, Up: Cplusplus
8.8 The ‘@@’ Type Descriptor
===========================
The ‘@@’ type descriptor is used for a pointer-to-non-static-member-data
type. It is followed by type information for the class (or union), a
comma, and type information for the member data.
The following C++ source:
typedef int A::*int_in_a;
generates the following stab:
.stabs "int_in_a:t20=21=@@19,1",128,0,0,0
Note that there is a conflict between this and type attributes (*note
String Field::); both use type descriptor ‘@@’. Fortunately, the ‘@@’
type descriptor used in this C++ sense always will be followed by a
digit, ‘(’, or ‘-’, and type attributes never start with those things.
File: stabs.info, Node: Protections, Next: Method Modifiers, Prev: Member Type Descriptor, Up: Cplusplus
8.9 Protections
===============
In the simple class definition shown above all member data and functions
were publicly accessible. The example that follows contrasts public,
protected and privately accessible fields and shows how these
protections are encoded in C++ stabs.
If the character following the ‘FIELD-NAME:’ part of the string is
‘/’, then the next character is the visibility. ‘0’ means private, ‘1’
means protected, and ‘2’ means public. Debuggers should ignore
visibility characters they do not recognize, and assume a reasonable
default (such as public) (GDB 4.11 does not, but this should be fixed in
the next GDB release). If no visibility is specified the field is
public. The visibility ‘9’ means that the field has been optimized out
and is public (there is no way to specify an optimized out field with a
private or protected visibility). Visibility ‘9’ is not supported by
GDB 4.11; this should be fixed in the next GDB release.
The following C++ source:
class vis {
private:
int priv;
protected:
char prot;
public:
float pub;
};
generates the following stab:
# 128 is N_LSYM
.stabs "vis:T19=s12priv:/01,0,32;prot:/12,32,8;pub:12,64,32;;",128,0,0,0
‘vis:T19=s12’ indicates that type number 19 is a 12 byte structure
named ‘vis’ The ‘priv’ field has public visibility (‘/0’), type int
(‘1’), and offset and size ‘,0,32;’. The ‘prot’ field has protected
visibility (‘/1’), type char (‘2’) and offset and size ‘,32,8;’. The
‘pub’ field has type float (‘12’), and offset and size ‘,64,32;’.
Protections for member functions are signified by one digit embedded
in the field part of the stab describing the method. The digit is 0 if
private, 1 if protected and 2 if public. Consider the C++ class
definition below:
class all_methods {
private:
int priv_meth(int in){return in;};
protected:
char protMeth(char in){return in;};
public:
float pubMeth(float in){return in;};
};
It generates the following stab. The digit in question is to the
left of an ‘A’ in each case. Notice also that in this case two symbol
descriptors apply to the class name struct tag and struct type.
.stabs "class_name:sym_desc(struct tag&type)type_def(21)=
sym_desc(struct)struct_bytes(1)
meth_name::type_def(22)=sym_desc(method)returning(int);
:args(int);protection(private)modifier(normal)virtual(no);
meth_name::type_def(23)=sym_desc(method)returning(char);
:args(char);protection(protected)modifier(normal)virtual(no);
meth_name::type_def(24)=sym_desc(method)returning(float);
:args(float);protection(public)modifier(normal)virtual(no);;",
N_LSYM,NIL,NIL,NIL
.stabs "all_methods:Tt21=s1priv_meth::22=##1;:i;0A.;protMeth::23=##2;:c;1A.;
pubMeth::24=##12;:f;2A.;;",128,0,0,0
File: stabs.info, Node: Method Modifiers, Next: Virtual Methods, Prev: Protections, Up: Cplusplus
8.10 Method Modifiers (‘const’, ‘volatile’, ‘const volatile’)
=============================================================
<< based on a6.C >>
In the class example described above all the methods have the normal
modifier. This method modifier information is located just after the
protection information for the method. This field has four possible
character values. Normal methods use ‘A’, const methods use ‘B’,
volatile methods use ‘C’, and const volatile methods use ‘D’. Consider
the class definition below:
class A {
public:
int ConstMeth (int arg) const { return arg; };
char VolatileMeth (char arg) volatile { return arg; };
float ConstVolMeth (float arg) const volatile {return arg; };
};
This class is described by the following stab:
.stabs "class(A):sym_desc(struct)type_def(20)=type_desc(struct)struct_bytes(1)
meth_name(ConstMeth)::type_def(21)sym_desc(method)
returning(int);:arg(int);protection(public)modifier(const)virtual(no);
meth_name(VolatileMeth)::type_def(22)=sym_desc(method)
returning(char);:arg(char);protection(public)modifier(volatile)virt(no)
meth_name(ConstVolMeth)::type_def(23)=sym_desc(method)
returning(float);:arg(float);protection(public)modifier(const volatile)
virtual(no);;", ...
.stabs "A:T20=s1ConstMeth::21=##1;:i;2B.;VolatileMeth::22=##2;:c;2C.;
ConstVolMeth::23=##12;:f;2D.;;",128,0,0,0
File: stabs.info, Node: Virtual Methods, Next: Inheritance, Prev: Method Modifiers, Up: Cplusplus
8.11 Virtual Methods
====================
<< The following examples are based on a4.C >>
The presence of virtual methods in a class definition adds additional
data to the class description. The extra data is appended to the
description of the virtual method and to the end of the class
description. Consider the class definition below:
class A {
public:
int Adat;
virtual int A_virt (int arg) { return arg; };
};
This results in the stab below describing class A. It defines a new
type (20) which is an 8 byte structure. The first field of the class
struct is ‘Adat’, an integer, starting at structure offset 0 and
occupying 32 bits.
The second field in the class struct is not explicitly defined by the
C++ class definition but is implied by the fact that the class contains
a virtual method. This field is the vtable pointer. The name of the
vtable pointer field starts with ‘$vf’ and continues with a type
reference to the class it is part of. In this example the type
reference for class A is 20 so the name of its vtable pointer field is
‘$vf20’, followed by the usual colon.
Next there is a type definition for the vtable pointer type (21).
This is in turn defined as a pointer to another new type (22).
Type 22 is the vtable itself, which is defined as an array, indexed
by a range of integers between 0 and 1, and whose elements are of type
17. Type 17 was the vtable record type defined by the boilerplate C++
type definitions, as shown earlier.
The bit offset of the vtable pointer field is 32. The number of bits
in the field are not specified when the field is a vtable pointer.
Next is the method definition for the virtual member function
‘A_virt’. Its description starts out using the same format as the
non-virtual member functions described above, except instead of a dot
after the ‘A’ there is an asterisk, indicating that the function is
virtual. Since is is virtual some addition information is appended to
the end of the method description.
The first number represents the vtable index of the method. This is
a 32 bit unsigned number with the high bit set, followed by a
semi-colon.
The second number is a type reference to the first base class in the
inheritance hierarchy defining the virtual member function. In this
case the class stab describes a base class so the virtual function is
not overriding any other definition of the method. Therefore the
reference is to the type number of the class that the stab is describing
(20).
This is followed by three semi-colons. One marks the end of the
current sub-section, one marks the end of the method field, and the
third marks the end of the struct definition.
For classes containing virtual functions the very last section of the
string part of the stab holds a type reference to the first base class.
This is preceded by ‘~%’ and followed by a final semi-colon.
.stabs "class_name(A):type_def(20)=sym_desc(struct)struct_bytes(8)
field_name(Adat):type_ref(int),bit_offset(0),field_bits(32);
field_name(A virt func ptr):type_def(21)=type_desc(ptr to)type_def(22)=
sym_desc(array)index_type_ref(range of int from 0 to 1);
elem_type_ref(vtbl elem type),
bit_offset(32);
meth_name(A_virt)::typedef(23)=sym_desc(method)returning(int);
:arg_type(int),protection(public)normal(yes)virtual(yes)
vtable_index(1);class_first_defining(A);;;~%first_base(A);",
N_LSYM,NIL,NIL,NIL
.stabs "A:t20=s8Adat:1,0,32;$vf20:21=*22=ar1;0;1;17,32;
A_virt::23=##1;:i;2A*-2147483647;20;;;~%20;",128,0,0,0
File: stabs.info, Node: Inheritance, Next: Virtual Base Classes, Prev: Virtual Methods, Up: Cplusplus
8.12 Inheritance
================
Stabs describing C++ derived classes include additional sections that
describe the inheritance hierarchy of the class. A derived class stab
also encodes the number of base classes. For each base class it tells
if the base class is virtual or not, and if the inheritance is private
or public. It also gives the offset into the object of the portion of
the object corresponding to each base class.
This additional information is embedded in the class stab following
the number of bytes in the struct. First the number of base classes
appears bracketed by an exclamation point and a comma.
Then for each base type there repeats a series: a virtual character,
a visibility character, a number, a comma, another number, and a
semi-colon.
The virtual character is ‘1’ if the base class is virtual and ‘0’ if
not. The visibility character is ‘2’ if the derivation is public, ‘1’
if it is protected, and ‘0’ if it is private. Debuggers should ignore
virtual or visibility characters they do not recognize, and assume a
reasonable default (such as public and non-virtual) (GDB 4.11 does not,
but this should be fixed in the next GDB release).
The number following the virtual and visibility characters is the
offset from the start of the object to the part of the object pertaining
to the base class.
After the comma, the second number is a type_descriptor for the base
type. Finally a semi-colon ends the series, which repeats for each base
class.
The source below defines three base classes ‘A’, ‘B’, and ‘C’ and the
derived class ‘D’.
class A {
public:
int Adat;
virtual int A_virt (int arg) { return arg; };
};
class B {
public:
int B_dat;
virtual int B_virt (int arg) {return arg; };
};
class C {
public:
int Cdat;
virtual int C_virt (int arg) {return arg; };
};
class D : A, virtual B, public C {
public:
int Ddat;
virtual int A_virt (int arg ) { return arg+1; };
virtual int B_virt (int arg) { return arg+2; };
virtual int C_virt (int arg) { return arg+3; };
virtual int D_virt (int arg) { return arg; };
};
Class stabs similar to the ones described earlier are generated for
each base class.
.stabs "A:T20=s8Adat:1,0,32;$vf20:21=*22=ar1;0;1;17,32;
A_virt::23=##1;:i;2A*-2147483647;20;;;~%20;",128,0,0,0
.stabs "B:Tt25=s8Bdat:1,0,32;$vf25:21,32;B_virt::26=##1;
:i;2A*-2147483647;25;;;~%25;",128,0,0,0
.stabs "C:Tt28=s8Cdat:1,0,32;$vf28:21,32;C_virt::29=##1;
:i;2A*-2147483647;28;;;~%28;",128,0,0,0
In the stab describing derived class ‘D’ below, the information about
the derivation of this class is encoded as follows.
.stabs "derived_class_name:symbol_descriptors(struct tag&type)=
type_descriptor(struct)struct_bytes(32)!num_bases(3),
base_virtual(no)inheritance_public(no)base_offset(0),
base_class_type_ref(A);
base_virtual(yes)inheritance_public(no)base_offset(NIL),
base_class_type_ref(B);
base_virtual(no)inheritance_public(yes)base_offset(64),
base_class_type_ref(C); ...
.stabs "D:Tt31=s32!3,000,20;100,25;0264,28;$vb25:24,128;Ddat:
1,160,32;A_virt::32=##1;:i;2A*-2147483647;20;;B_virt:
:32:i;2A*-2147483647;25;;C_virt::32:i;2A*-2147483647;
28;;D_virt::32:i;2A*-2147483646;31;;;~%20;",128,0,0,0
File: stabs.info, Node: Virtual Base Classes, Next: Static Members, Prev: Inheritance, Up: Cplusplus
8.13 Virtual Base Classes
=========================
A derived class object consists of a concatenation in memory of the data
areas defined by each base class, starting with the leftmost and ending
with the rightmost in the list of base classes. The exception to this
rule is for virtual inheritance. In the example above, class ‘D’
inherits virtually from base class ‘B’. This means that an instance of
a ‘D’ object will not contain its own ‘B’ part but merely a pointer to a
‘B’ part, known as a virtual base pointer.
In a derived class stab, the base offset part of the derivation
information, described above, shows how the base class parts are
ordered. The base offset for a virtual base class is always given as 0.
Notice that the base offset for ‘B’ is given as 0 even though ‘B’ is not
the first base class. The first base class ‘A’ starts at offset 0.
The field information part of the stab for class ‘D’ describes the
field which is the pointer to the virtual base class ‘B’. The vbase
pointer name is ‘$vb’ followed by a type reference to the virtual base
class. Since the type id for ‘B’ in this example is 25, the vbase
pointer name is ‘$vb25’.
.stabs "D:Tt31=s32!3,000,20;100,25;0264,28;$vb25:24,128;Ddat:1,
160,32;A_virt::32=##1;:i;2A*-2147483647;20;;B_virt::32:i;
2A*-2147483647;25;;C_virt::32:i;2A*-2147483647;28;;D_virt:
:32:i;2A*-2147483646;31;;;~%20;",128,0,0,0
Following the name and a semicolon is a type reference describing the
type of the virtual base class pointer, in this case 24. Type 24 was
defined earlier as the type of the ‘B’ class ‘this’ pointer. The ‘this’
pointer for a class is a pointer to the class type.
.stabs "this:P24=*25=xsB:",64,0,0,8
Finally the field offset part of the vbase pointer field description
shows that the vbase pointer is the first field in the ‘D’ object,
before any data fields defined by the class. The layout of a ‘D’ class
object is a follows, ‘Adat’ at 0, the vtable pointer for ‘A’ at 32,
‘Cdat’ at 64, the vtable pointer for C at 96, the virtual base pointer
for ‘B’ at 128, and ‘Ddat’ at 160.
File: stabs.info, Node: Static Members, Prev: Virtual Base Classes, Up: Cplusplus
8.14 Static Members
===================
The data area for a class is a concatenation of the space used by the
data members of the class. If the class has virtual methods, a vtable
pointer follows the class data. The field offset part of each field
description in the class stab shows this ordering.
<< How is this reflected in stabs? See Cygnus bug #677 for some
info. >>
File: stabs.info, Node: Stab Types, Next: Symbol Descriptors, Prev: Cplusplus, Up: Top
Appendix A Table of Stab Types
******************************
The following are all the possible values for the stab type field, for
a.out files, in numeric order. This does not apply to XCOFF, but it
does apply to stabs in sections (*note Stab Sections::). Stabs in ECOFF
use these values but add 0x8f300 to distinguish them from non-stab
symbols.
The symbolic names are defined in the file ‘include/aout/stabs.def’.
* Menu:
* Non-Stab Symbol Types:: Types from 0 to 0x1f
* Stab Symbol Types:: Types from 0x20 to 0xff
File: stabs.info, Node: Non-Stab Symbol Types, Next: Stab Symbol Types, Up: Stab Types
A.1 Non-Stab Symbol Types
=========================
The following types are used by the linker and assembler, not by stab
directives. Since this document does not attempt to describe aspects of
object file format other than the debugging format, no details are
given.
‘0x0 N_UNDF’
Undefined symbol
‘0x2 N_ABS’
File scope absolute symbol
‘0x3 N_ABS | N_EXT’
External absolute symbol
‘0x4 N_TEXT’
File scope text symbol
‘0x5 N_TEXT | N_EXT’
External text symbol
‘0x6 N_DATA’
File scope data symbol
‘0x7 N_DATA | N_EXT’
External data symbol
‘0x8 N_BSS’
File scope BSS symbol
‘0x9 N_BSS | N_EXT’
External BSS symbol
‘0x0c N_FN_SEQ’
Same as ‘N_FN’, for Sequent compilers
‘0x0a N_INDR’
Symbol is indirected to another symbol
‘0x12 N_COMM’
Common--visible after shared library dynamic link
‘0x14 N_SETA’
‘0x15 N_SETA | N_EXT’
Absolute set element
‘0x16 N_SETT’
‘0x17 N_SETT | N_EXT’
Text segment set element
‘0x18 N_SETD’
‘0x19 N_SETD | N_EXT’
Data segment set element
‘0x1a N_SETB’
‘0x1b N_SETB | N_EXT’
BSS segment set element
‘0x1c N_SETV’
‘0x1d N_SETV | N_EXT’
Pointer to set vector
‘0x1e N_WARNING’
Print a warning message during linking
‘0x1f N_FN’
File name of a ‘.o’ file
File: stabs.info, Node: Stab Symbol Types, Prev: Non-Stab Symbol Types, Up: Stab Types
A.2 Stab Symbol Types
=====================
The following symbol types indicate that this is a stab. This is the
full list of stab numbers, including stab types that are used in
languages other than C.
‘0x20 N_GSYM’
Global symbol; see *note Global Variables::.
‘0x22 N_FNAME’
Function name (for BSD Fortran); see *note Procedures::.
‘0x24 N_FUN’
Function name (*note Procedures::) or text segment variable (*note
Statics::).
‘0x26 N_STSYM’
Data segment file-scope variable; see *note Statics::.
‘0x28 N_LCSYM’
BSS segment file-scope variable; see *note Statics::.
‘0x2a N_MAIN’
Name of main routine; see *note Main Program::.
‘0x2c N_ROSYM’
Variable in ‘.rodata’ section; see *note Statics::.
‘0x30 N_PC’
Global symbol (for Pascal); see *note N_PC::.
‘0x32 N_NSYMS’
Number of symbols (according to Ultrix V4.0); see *note N_NSYMS::.
‘0x34 N_NOMAP’
No DST map; see *note N_NOMAP::.
‘0x36 N_MAC_DEFINE’
Name and body of a ‘#define’d macro; see *note Macro define and
undefine::.
‘0x38 N_OBJ’
Object file (Solaris2).
‘0x3a N_MAC_UNDEF’
Name of an ‘#undef’ed macro; see *note Macro define and undefine::.
‘0x3c N_OPT’
Debugger options (Solaris2).
‘0x40 N_RSYM’
Register variable; see *note Register Variables::.
‘0x42 N_M2C’
Modula-2 compilation unit; see *note N_M2C::.
‘0x44 N_SLINE’
Line number in text segment; see *note Line Numbers::.
‘0x46 N_DSLINE’
Line number in data segment; see *note Line Numbers::.
‘0x48 N_BSLINE’
Line number in bss segment; see *note Line Numbers::.
‘0x48 N_BROWS’
Sun source code browser, path to ‘.cb’ file; see *note N_BROWS::.
‘0x4a N_DEFD’
GNU Modula2 definition module dependency; see *note N_DEFD::.
‘0x4c N_FLINE’
Function start/body/end line numbers (Solaris2).
‘0x50 N_EHDECL’
GNU C++ exception variable; see *note N_EHDECL::.
‘0x50 N_MOD2’
Modula2 info "for imc" (according to Ultrix V4.0); see *note
N_MOD2::.
‘0x54 N_CATCH’
GNU C++ ‘catch’ clause; see *note N_CATCH::.
‘0x60 N_SSYM’
Structure of union element; see *note N_SSYM::.
‘0x62 N_ENDM’
Last stab for module (Solaris2).
‘0x64 N_SO’
Path and name of source file; see *note Source Files::.
‘0x80 N_LSYM’
Stack variable (*note Stack Variables::) or type (*note
Typedefs::).
‘0x82 N_BINCL’
Beginning of an include file (Sun only); see *note Include Files::.
‘0x84 N_SOL’
Name of include file; see *note Include Files::.
‘0xa0 N_PSYM’
Parameter variable; see *note Parameters::.
‘0xa2 N_EINCL’
End of an include file; see *note Include Files::.
‘0xa4 N_ENTRY’
Alternate entry point; see *note Alternate Entry Points::.
‘0xc0 N_LBRAC’
Beginning of a lexical block; see *note Block Structure::.
‘0xc2 N_EXCL’
Place holder for a deleted include file; see *note Include Files::.
‘0xc4 N_SCOPE’
Modula2 scope information (Sun linker); see *note N_SCOPE::.
‘0xe0 N_RBRAC’
End of a lexical block; see *note Block Structure::.
‘0xe2 N_BCOMM’
Begin named common block; see *note Common Blocks::.
‘0xe4 N_ECOMM’
End named common block; see *note Common Blocks::.
‘0xe8 N_ECOML’
Member of a common block; see *note Common Blocks::.
‘0xea N_WITH’
Pascal ‘with’ statement: type,,0,0,offset (Solaris2).
‘0xf0 N_NBTEXT’
Gould non-base registers; see *note Gould::.
‘0xf2 N_NBDATA’
Gould non-base registers; see *note Gould::.
‘0xf4 N_NBBSS’
Gould non-base registers; see *note Gould::.
‘0xf6 N_NBSTS’
Gould non-base registers; see *note Gould::.
‘0xf8 N_NBLCS’
Gould non-base registers; see *note Gould::.
File: stabs.info, Node: Symbol Descriptors, Next: Type Descriptors, Prev: Stab Types, Up: Top
Appendix B Table of Symbol Descriptors
**************************************
The symbol descriptor is the character which follows the colon in many
stabs, and which tells what kind of stab it is. *Note String Field::,
for more information about their use.
‘DIGIT’
‘(’
‘-’
Variable on the stack; see *note Stack Variables::.
‘:’
C++ nested symbol; see *Note Nested Symbols::.
‘a’
Parameter passed by reference in register; see *note Reference
Parameters::.
‘b’
Based variable; see *note Based Variables::.
‘c’
Constant; see *note Constants::.
‘C’
Conformant array bound (Pascal, maybe other languages); *note
Conformant Arrays::. Name of a caught exception (GNU C++). These
can be distinguished because the latter uses ‘N_CATCH’ and the
former uses another symbol type.
‘d’
Floating point register variable; see *note Register Variables::.
‘D’
Parameter in floating point register; see *note Register
Parameters::.
‘f’
File scope function; see *note Procedures::.
‘F’
Global function; see *note Procedures::.
‘G’
Global variable; see *note Global Variables::.
‘i’
*Note Register Parameters::.
‘I’
Internal (nested) procedure; see *note Nested Procedures::.
‘J’
Internal (nested) function; see *note Nested Procedures::.
‘L’
Label name (documented by AIX, no further information known).
‘m’
Module; see *note Procedures::.
‘p’
Argument list parameter; see *note Parameters::.
‘pP’
*Note Parameters::.
‘pF’
Fortran Function parameter; see *note Parameters::.
‘P’
Unfortunately, three separate meanings have been independently
invented for this symbol descriptor. At least the GNU and Sun uses
can be distinguished by the symbol type. Global Procedure (AIX)
(symbol type used unknown); see *note Procedures::. Register
parameter (GNU) (symbol type ‘N_PSYM’); see *note Parameters::.
Prototype of function referenced by this file (Sun ‘acc’) (symbol
type ‘N_FUN’).
‘Q’
Static Procedure; see *note Procedures::.
‘R’
Register parameter; see *note Register Parameters::.
‘r’
Register variable; see *note Register Variables::.
‘S’
File scope variable; see *note Statics::.
‘s’
Local variable (OS9000).
‘t’
Type name; see *note Typedefs::.
‘T’
Enumeration, structure, or union tag; see *note Typedefs::.
‘v’
Parameter passed by reference; see *note Reference Parameters::.
‘V’
Procedure scope static variable; see *note Statics::.
‘x’
Conformant array; see *note Conformant Arrays::.
‘X’
Function return variable; see *note Parameters::.
File: stabs.info, Node: Type Descriptors, Next: Expanded Reference, Prev: Symbol Descriptors, Up: Top
Appendix C Table of Type Descriptors
************************************
The type descriptor is the character which follows the type number and
an equals sign. It specifies what kind of type is being defined. *Note
String Field::, for more information about their use.
‘DIGIT’
‘(’
Type reference; see *note String Field::.
‘-’
Reference to builtin type; see *note Negative Type Numbers::.
‘#’
Method (C++); see *note Method Type Descriptor::.
‘*’
Pointer; see *note Miscellaneous Types::.
‘&’
Reference (C++).
‘@@’
Type Attributes (AIX); see *note String Field::. Member (class and
variable) type (GNU C++); see *note Member Type Descriptor::.
‘a’
Array; see *note Arrays::.
‘A’
Open array; see *note Arrays::.
‘b’
Pascal space type (AIX); see *note Miscellaneous Types::. Builtin
integer type (Sun); see *note Builtin Type Descriptors::. Const
and volatile qualified type (OS9000).
‘B’
Volatile-qualified type; see *note Miscellaneous Types::.
‘c’
Complex builtin type (AIX); see *note Builtin Type Descriptors::.
Const-qualified type (OS9000).
‘C’
COBOL Picture type. See AIX documentation for details.
‘d’
File type; see *note Miscellaneous Types::.
‘D’
N-dimensional dynamic array; see *note Arrays::.
‘e’
Enumeration type; see *note Enumerations::.
‘E’
N-dimensional subarray; see *note Arrays::.
‘f’
Function type; see *note Function Types::.
‘F’
Pascal function parameter; see *note Function Types::
‘g’
Builtin floating point type; see *note Builtin Type Descriptors::.
‘G’
COBOL Group. See AIX documentation for details.
‘i’
Imported type (AIX); see *note Cross-References::.
Volatile-qualified type (OS9000).
‘k’
Const-qualified type; see *note Miscellaneous Types::.
‘K’
COBOL File Descriptor. See AIX documentation for details.
‘M’
Multiple instance type; see *note Miscellaneous Types::.
‘n’
String type; see *note Strings::.
‘N’
Stringptr; see *note Strings::.
‘o’
Opaque type; see *note Typedefs::.
‘p’
Procedure; see *note Function Types::.
‘P’
Packed array; see *note Arrays::.
‘r’
Range type; see *note Subranges::.
‘R’
Builtin floating type; see *note Builtin Type Descriptors:: (Sun).
Pascal subroutine parameter; see *note Function Types:: (AIX).
Detecting this conflict is possible with careful parsing (hint: a
Pascal subroutine parameter type will always contain a comma, and a
builtin type descriptor never will).
‘s’
Structure type; see *note Structures::.
‘S’
Set type; see *note Miscellaneous Types::.
‘u’
Union; see *note Unions::.
‘v’
Variant record. This is a Pascal and Modula-2 feature which is
like a union within a struct in C. See AIX documentation for
details.
‘w’
Wide character; see *note Builtin Type Descriptors::.
‘x’
Cross-reference; see *note Cross-References::.
‘Y’
Used by IBM's xlC C++ compiler (for structures, I think).
‘z’
gstring; see *note Strings::.
File: stabs.info, Node: Expanded Reference, Next: Questions, Prev: Type Descriptors, Up: Top
Appendix D Expanded Reference by Stab Type
******************************************
For a full list of stab types, and cross-references to where they are
described, see *note Stab Types::. This appendix just covers certain
stabs which are not yet described in the main body of this document;
eventually the information will all be in one place.
Format of an entry:
The first line is the symbol type (see ‘include/aout/stab.def’).
The second line describes the language constructs the symbol type
represents.
The third line is the stab format with the significant stab fields
named and the rest NIL.
Subsequent lines expand upon the meaning and possible values for each
significant stab field.
Finally, any further information.
* Menu:
* N_PC:: Pascal global symbol
* N_NSYMS:: Number of symbols
* N_NOMAP:: No DST map
* N_M2C:: Modula-2 compilation unit
* N_BROWS:: Path to .cb file for Sun source code browser
* N_DEFD:: GNU Modula2 definition module dependency
* N_EHDECL:: GNU C++ exception variable
* N_MOD2:: Modula2 information "for imc"
* N_CATCH:: GNU C++ "catch" clause
* N_SSYM:: Structure or union element
* N_SCOPE:: Modula2 scope information (Sun only)
* Gould:: non-base register symbols used on Gould systems
* N_LENG:: Length of preceding entry
File: stabs.info, Node: N_PC, Next: N_NSYMS, Up: Expanded Reference
D.1 N_PC
========
-- .stabs: N_PC
Global symbol (for Pascal).
"name" -> "symbol_name" <>
value -> supposedly the line number (stab.def is skeptical)
‘stabdump.c’ says:
global pascal symbol: name,,0,subtype,line
<< subtype? >>
File: stabs.info, Node: N_NSYMS, Next: N_NOMAP, Prev: N_PC, Up: Expanded Reference
D.2 N_NSYMS
===========
-- .stabn: N_NSYMS
Number of symbols (according to Ultrix V4.0).
0, files,,funcs,lines (stab.def)
File: stabs.info, Node: N_NOMAP, Next: N_M2C, Prev: N_NSYMS, Up: Expanded Reference
D.3 N_NOMAP
===========
-- .stabs: N_NOMAP
No DST map for symbol (according to Ultrix V4.0). I think this
means a variable has been optimized out.
name, ,0,type,ignored (stab.def)
File: stabs.info, Node: N_M2C, Next: N_BROWS, Prev: N_NOMAP, Up: Expanded Reference
D.4 N_M2C
=========
-- .stabs: N_M2C
Modula-2 compilation unit.
"string" -> "unit_name,unit_time_stamp[,code_time_stamp]"
desc -> unit_number
value -> 0 (main unit)
1 (any other unit)
See ‘Dbx and Dbxtool Interfaces’, 2nd edition, by Sun, 1988, for
more information.
File: stabs.info, Node: N_BROWS, Next: N_DEFD, Prev: N_M2C, Up: Expanded Reference
D.5 N_BROWS
===========
-- .stabs: N_BROWS
Sun source code browser, path to ‘.cb’ file
<> "path to associated ‘.cb’ file"
Note: N_BROWS has the same value as N_BSLINE.
File: stabs.info, Node: N_DEFD, Next: N_EHDECL, Prev: N_BROWS, Up: Expanded Reference
D.6 N_DEFD
==========
-- .stabn: N_DEFD
GNU Modula2 definition module dependency.
GNU Modula-2 definition module dependency. The value is the
modification time of the definition file. The other field is
non-zero if it is imported with the GNU M2 keyword ‘%INITIALIZE’.
Perhaps ‘N_M2C’ can be used if there are enough empty fields?
File: stabs.info, Node: N_EHDECL, Next: N_MOD2, Prev: N_DEFD, Up: Expanded Reference
D.7 N_EHDECL
============
-- .stabs: N_EHDECL
GNU C++ exception variable <>.
"STRING is variable name"
Note: conflicts with ‘N_MOD2’.
File: stabs.info, Node: N_MOD2, Next: N_CATCH, Prev: N_EHDECL, Up: Expanded Reference
D.8 N_MOD2
==========
-- .stab?: N_MOD2
Modula2 info "for imc" (according to Ultrix V4.0)
Note: conflicts with ‘N_EHDECL’ <>
File: stabs.info, Node: N_CATCH, Next: N_SSYM, Prev: N_MOD2, Up: Expanded Reference
D.9 N_CATCH
===========
-- .stabn: N_CATCH
GNU C++ ‘catch’ clause
GNU C++ ‘catch’ clause. The value is its address. The desc field
is nonzero if this entry is immediately followed by a ‘CAUGHT’ stab
saying what exception was caught. Multiple ‘CAUGHT’ stabs means
that multiple exceptions can be caught here. If desc is 0, it
means all exceptions are caught here.
File: stabs.info, Node: N_SSYM, Next: N_SCOPE, Prev: N_CATCH, Up: Expanded Reference
D.10 N_SSYM
===========
-- .stabn: N_SSYM
Structure or union element.
The value is the offset in the structure.
<>
File: stabs.info, Node: N_SCOPE, Next: Gould, Prev: N_SSYM, Up: Expanded Reference
D.11 N_SCOPE
============
-- .stab?: N_SCOPE
Modula2 scope information (Sun linker) <>
File: stabs.info, Node: Gould, Next: N_LENG, Prev: N_SCOPE, Up: Expanded Reference
D.12 Non-base registers on Gould systems
========================================
-- .stab?: N_NBTEXT
-- .stab?: N_NBDATA
-- .stab?: N_NBBSS
-- .stab?: N_NBSTS
-- .stab?: N_NBLCS
These are used on Gould systems for non-base registers syms.
However, the following values are not the values used by Gould;
they are the values which GNU has been documenting for these values
for a long time, without actually checking what Gould uses. I
include these values only because perhaps some someone actually did
something with the GNU information (I hope not, why GNU knowingly
assigned wrong values to these in the header file is a complete
mystery to me).
240 0xf0 N_NBTEXT ??
242 0xf2 N_NBDATA ??
244 0xf4 N_NBBSS ??
246 0xf6 N_NBSTS ??
248 0xf8 N_NBLCS ??
File: stabs.info, Node: N_LENG, Prev: Gould, Up: Expanded Reference
D.13 N_LENG
===========
-- .stabn: N_LENG
Second symbol entry containing a length-value for the preceding
entry. The value is the length.
File: stabs.info, Node: Questions, Next: Stab Sections, Prev: Expanded Reference, Up: Top
Appendix E Questions and Anomalies
**********************************
• For GNU C stabs defining local and global variables (‘N_LSYM’ and
‘N_GSYM’), the desc field is supposed to contain the source line
number on which the variable is defined. In reality the desc field
is always 0. (This behavior is defined in ‘dbxout.c’ and putting a
line number in desc is controlled by ‘#ifdef WINNING_GDB’, which
defaults to false). GDB supposedly uses this information if you
say ‘list VAR’. In reality, VAR can be a variable defined in the
program and GDB says ‘function VAR not defined’.
• In GNU C stabs, there seems to be no way to differentiate tag
types: structures, unions, and enums (symbol descriptor ‘T’) and
typedefs (symbol descriptor ‘t’) defined at file scope from types
defined locally to a procedure or other more local scope. They all
use the ‘N_LSYM’ stab type. Types defined at procedure scope are
emitted after the ‘N_RBRAC’ of the preceding function and before
the code of the procedure in which they are defined. This is
exactly the same as types defined in the source file between the
two procedure bodies. GDB over-compensates by placing all types in
block #1, the block for symbols of file scope. This is true for
default, ‘-ansi’ and ‘-traditional’ compiler options. (Bugs
gcc/1063, gdb/1066.)
• What ends the procedure scope? Is it the proc block's ‘N_RBRAC’ or
the next ‘N_FUN’? (I believe it's the first.)
File: stabs.info, Node: Stab Sections, Next: GNU Free Documentation License, Prev: Questions, Up: Top
Appendix F Using Stabs in Their Own Sections
********************************************
Many object file formats allow tools to create object files with custom
sections containing any arbitrary data. For any such object file
format, stabs can be embedded in special sections. This is how stabs
are used with ELF and SOM, and aside from ECOFF and XCOFF, is how stabs
are used with COFF.
* Menu:
* Stab Section Basics:: How to embed stabs in sections
* ELF Linker Relocation:: Sun ELF hacks
File: stabs.info, Node: Stab Section Basics, Next: ELF Linker Relocation, Up: Stab Sections
F.1 How to Embed Stabs in Sections
==================================
The assembler creates two custom sections, a section named ‘.stab’ which
contains an array of fixed length structures, one struct per stab, and a
section named ‘.stabstr’ containing all the variable length strings that
are referenced by stabs in the ‘.stab’ section. The byte order of the
stabs binary data depends on the object file format. For ELF, it
matches the byte order of the ELF file itself, as determined from the
‘EI_DATA’ field in the ‘e_ident’ member of the ELF header. For SOM, it
is always big-endian (is this true??? FIXME). For COFF, it matches the
byte order of the COFF headers. The meaning of the fields is the same
as for a.out (*note Symbol Table Format::), except that the ‘n_strx’
field is relative to the strings for the current compilation unit (which
can be found using the synthetic N_UNDF stab described below), rather
than the entire string table.
The first stab in the ‘.stab’ section for each compilation unit is
synthetic, generated entirely by the assembler, with no corresponding
‘.stab’ directive as input to the assembler. This stab contains the
following fields:
‘n_strx’
Offset in the ‘.stabstr’ section to the source filename.
‘n_type’
‘N_UNDF’.
‘n_other’
Unused field, always zero. This may eventually be used to hold
overflows from the count in the ‘n_desc’ field.
‘n_desc’
Count of upcoming symbols, i.e., the number of remaining stabs for
this source file.
‘n_value’
Size of the string table fragment associated with this source file,
in bytes.
The ‘.stabstr’ section always starts with a null byte (so that string
offsets of zero reference a null string), followed by random length
strings, each of which is null byte terminated.
The ELF section header for the ‘.stab’ section has its ‘sh_link’
member set to the section number of the ‘.stabstr’ section, and the
‘.stabstr’ section has its ELF section header ‘sh_type’ member set to
‘SHT_STRTAB’ to mark it as a string table. SOM and COFF have no way of
linking the sections together or marking them as string tables.
For COFF, the ‘.stab’ and ‘.stabstr’ sections may be simply
concatenated by the linker. GDB then uses the ‘n_desc’ fields to figure
out the extent of the original sections. Similarly, the ‘n_value’
fields of the header symbols are added together in order to get the
actual position of the strings in a desired ‘.stabstr’ section.
Although this design obviates any need for the linker to relocate or
otherwise manipulate ‘.stab’ and ‘.stabstr’ sections, it also requires
some care to ensure that the offsets are calculated correctly. For
instance, if the linker were to pad in between the ‘.stabstr’ sections
before concatenating, then the offsets to strings in the middle of the
executable's ‘.stabstr’ section would be wrong.
The GNU linker is able to optimize stabs information by merging
duplicate strings and removing duplicate header file information (*note
Include Files::). When some versions of the GNU linker optimize stabs
in sections, they remove the leading ‘N_UNDF’ symbol and arranges for
all the ‘n_strx’ fields to be relative to the start of the ‘.stabstr’
section.
File: stabs.info, Node: ELF Linker Relocation, Prev: Stab Section Basics, Up: Stab Sections
F.2 Having the Linker Relocate Stabs in ELF
===========================================
This section describes some Sun hacks for Stabs in ELF; it does not
apply to COFF or SOM. While GDB no longer supports this hack for Sun
Stabs in ELF, this section is kept to document the issue.
To keep linking fast, you don't want the linker to have to relocate
very many stabs. Making sure this is done for ‘N_SLINE’, ‘N_RBRAC’, and
‘N_LBRAC’ stabs is the most important thing (see the descriptions of
those stabs for more information). But Sun's stabs in ELF has taken
this further, to make all addresses in the ‘n_value’ field (functions
and static variables) relative to the source file. For the ‘N_SO’
symbol itself, Sun simply omits the address. To find the address of
each section corresponding to a given source file, the compiler puts out
symbols giving the address of each section for a given source file.
Since these are ELF (not stab) symbols, the linker relocates them
correctly without having to touch the stabs section. They are named
‘Bbss.bss’ for the bss section, ‘Ddata.data’ for the data section, and
‘Drodata.rodata’ for the rodata section. For the text section, there is
no such symbol (but there should be, see below). For an example of how
these symbols work, *Note Stab Section Transformations::. GCC does not
provide these symbols; it instead relies on the stabs getting relocated.
Thus addresses which would normally be relative to ‘Bbss.bss’, etc., are
already relocated. The Sun linker provided with Solaris 2.2 and earlier
relocates stabs using normal ELF relocation information, as it would do
for any section. Sun has been threatening to kludge their linker to not
do this (to speed up linking), even though the correct way to avoid
having the linker do these relocations is to have the compiler no longer
output relocatable values. Last I heard they had been talked out of the
linker kludge. See Sun point patch 101052-01 and Sun bug 1142109. With
the Sun compiler this affects ‘S’ symbol descriptor stabs (*note
Statics::) and functions (*note Procedures::). In the latter case, to
adopt the clean solution (making the value of the stab relative to the
start of the compilation unit), it would be necessary to invent a
‘Ttext.text’ symbol, analogous to the ‘Bbss.bss’, etc., symbols. I
recommend this rather than using a zero value and getting the address
from the ELF symbols.
Finding the correct ‘Bbss.bss’, etc., symbol is difficult, because
the linker simply concatenates the ‘.stab’ sections from each ‘.o’ file
without including any information about which part of a ‘.stab’ section
comes from which ‘.o’ file. The way GDB use to do this is to look for
an ELF ‘STT_FILE’ symbol which has the same name as the last component
of the file name from the ‘N_SO’ symbol in the stabs (for example, if
the file name is ‘../../gdb/main.c’, it looks for an ELF ‘STT_FILE’
symbol named ‘main.c’). This loses if different files have the same
name (they could be in different directories, a library could have been
copied from one system to another, etc.). It would be much cleaner to
have the ‘Bbss.bss’ symbols in the stabs themselves. Having the linker
relocate them there is no more work than having the linker relocate ELF
symbols, and it solves the problem of having to associate the ELF and
stab symbols. However, no one has yet designed or implemented such a
scheme.
File: stabs.info, Node: GNU Free Documentation License, Next: Symbol Types Index, Prev: Stab Sections, Up: Top
Appendix G GNU Free Documentation License
*****************************************
Version 1.3, 3 November 2008
Copyright © 2000, 2001, 2002, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
0. PREAMBLE
The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
functional and useful document “free” in the sense of freedom: to
assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it,
with or without modifying it, either commercially or
noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the
author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not
being considered responsible for modifications made by others.
This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.
It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
license designed for free software.
We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for
free software, because free software needs free documentation: a
free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms
that the software does. But this License is not limited to
software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless
of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book. We
recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is
instruction or reference.
1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium,
that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can
be distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice
grants a world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration,
to use that work under the conditions stated herein. The
"Document", below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member
of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as "you". You accept
the license if you copy, modify or distribute the work in a way
requiring permission under copyright law.
A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
modifications and/or translated into another language.
A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section
of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall
subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could
fall directly within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document
is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not
explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of
historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or
of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position
regarding them.
The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose
titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the
notice that says that the Document is released under this License.
If a section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it
is not allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may
contain zero Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify
any Invariant Sections then there are none.
The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are
listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice
that says that the Document is released under this License. A
Front-Cover Text may be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may
be at most 25 words.
A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
represented in a format whose specification is available to the
general public, that is suitable for revising the document
straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed
of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely
available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text
formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats
suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise
Transparent file format whose markup, or absence of markup, has
been arranged to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by
readers is not Transparent. An image format is not Transparent if
used for any substantial amount of text. A copy that is not
"Transparent" is called "Opaque".
Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format,
SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming
simple HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification.
Examples of transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG.
Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be read and
edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which
the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally available, and
the machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word
processors for output purposes only.
The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the
material this License requires to appear in the title page. For
works in formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title
Page" means the text near the most prominent appearance of the
work's title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
The "publisher" means any person or entity that distributes copies
of the Document to the public.
A section "Entitled XYZ" means a named subunit of the Document
whose title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses
following text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ
stands for a specific section name mentioned below, such as
"Acknowledgements", "Dedications", "Endorsements", or "History".)
To "Preserve the Title" of such a section when you modify the
Document means that it remains a section "Entitled XYZ" according
to this definition.
The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice
which states that this License applies to the Document. These
Warranty Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in
this License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other
implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and
has no effect on the meaning of this License.
2. VERBATIM COPYING
You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License
applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you
add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You
may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading
or further copying of the copies you make or distribute. However,
you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you
distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the
conditions in section 3.
You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above,
and you may publicly display copies.
3. COPYING IN QUANTITY
If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly
have printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and
the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must
enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all
these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and
Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly
and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies. The
front cover must present the full title with all words of the title
equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the
covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as
long as they preserve the title of the Document and satisfy these
conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects.
If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto
adjacent pages.
If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document
numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable
Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with
each Opaque copy a computer-network location from which the general
network-using public has access to download using public-standard
network protocols a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free
of added material. If you use the latter option, you must take
reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque
copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will
remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one
year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or
through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public.
It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of
the Document well before redistributing any large number of copies,
to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the
Document.
4. MODIFICATIONS
You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document
under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you
release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the
Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing
distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever
possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in
the Modified Version:
A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title
distinct from that of the Document, and from those of previous
versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the
History section of the Document). You may use the same title
as a previous version if the original publisher of that
version gives permission.
B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or
entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in
the Modified Version, together with at least five of the
principal authors of the Document (all of its principal
authors, if it has fewer than five), unless they release you
from this requirement.
C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
Modified Version, as the publisher.
D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
adjacent to the other copyright notices.
F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license
notice giving the public permission to use the Modified
Version under the terms of this License, in the form shown in
the Addendum below.
G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant
Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document's
license notice.
H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
I. Preserve the section Entitled "History", Preserve its Title,
and add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new
authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on the
Title Page. If there is no section Entitled "History" in the
Document, create one stating the title, year, authors, and
publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add
an item describing the Modified Version as stated in the
previous sentence.
J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document
for public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and
likewise the network locations given in the Document for
previous versions it was based on. These may be placed in the
"History" section. You may omit a network location for a work
that was published at least four years before the Document
itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers
to gives permission.
K. For any section Entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
Preserve the Title of the section, and preserve in the section
all the substance and tone of each of the contributor
acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein.
L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered
in their text and in their titles. Section numbers or the
equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
M. Delete any section Entitled "Endorsements". Such a section
may not be included in the Modified Version.
N. Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled
"Endorsements" or to conflict in title with any Invariant
Section.
O. Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no
material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate
some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their
titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's
license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other
section titles.
You may add a section Entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text
has been approved by an organization as the authoritative
definition of a standard.
You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text,
and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of
the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage
of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document
already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added
by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on
behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old
one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added
the old one.
The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this
License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to
assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS
You may combine the Document with other documents released under
this License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for
modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all
of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents,
unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your
combined work in its license notice, and that you preserve all
their Warranty Disclaimers.
The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name
but different contents, make the title of each such section unique
by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the
original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a
unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in
the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the
combined work.
In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled
"History" in the various original documents, forming one section
Entitled "History"; likewise combine any sections Entitled
"Acknowledgements", and any sections Entitled "Dedications". You
must delete all sections Entitled "Endorsements."
6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other
documents released under this License, and replace the individual
copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy
that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the
rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents
in all other respects.
You may extract a single document from such a collection, and
distribute it individually under this License, provided you insert
a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this
License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that
document.
7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other
separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a
storage or distribution medium, is called an "aggregate" if the
copyright resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the
legal rights of the compilation's users beyond what the individual
works permit. When the Document is included in an aggregate, this
License does not apply to the other works in the aggregate which
are not themselves derivative works of the Document.
If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half
of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed
on covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the
electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic
form. Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket
the whole aggregate.
8. TRANSLATION
Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section
4. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a
translation of this License, and all the license notices in the
Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also
include the original English version of this License and the
original versions of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a
disagreement between the translation and the original version of
this License or a notice or disclaimer, the original version will
prevail.
If a section in the Document is Entitled "Acknowledgements",
"Dedications", or "History", the requirement (section 4) to
Preserve its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the
actual title.
9. TERMINATION
You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document
except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute it is void,
and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the
copyright holder fails to notify you of the violation by some
reasonable means prior to 60 days after the cessation.
Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from
that copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days
after your receipt of the notice.
Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate
the licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you
under this License. If your rights have been terminated and not
permanently reinstated, receipt of a copy of some or all of the
same material does not give you any rights to use it.
10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of
the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
.
Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version
number. If the Document specifies that a particular numbered
version of this License "or any later version" applies to it, you
have the option of following the terms and conditions either of
that specified version or of any later version that has been
published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the
Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may
choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free
Software Foundation. If the Document specifies that a proxy can
decide which future versions of this License can be used, that
proxy's public statement of acceptance of a version permanently
authorizes you to choose that version for the Document.
11. RELICENSING
"Massive Multiauthor Collaboration Site" (or "MMC Site") means any
World Wide Web server that publishes copyrightable works and also
provides prominent facilities for anybody to edit those works. A
public wiki that anybody can edit is an example of such a server.
A "Massive Multiauthor Collaboration" (or "MMC") contained in the
site means any set of copyrightable works thus published on the MMC
site.
"CC-BY-SA" means the Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0
license published by Creative Commons Corporation, a not-for-profit
corporation with a principal place of business in San Francisco,
California, as well as future copyleft versions of that license
published by that same organization.
"Incorporate" means to publish or republish a Document, in whole or
in part, as part of another Document.
An MMC is "eligible for relicensing" if it is licensed under this
License, and if all works that were first published under this
License somewhere other than this MMC, and subsequently
incorporated in whole or in part into the MMC, (1) had no cover
texts or invariant sections, and (2) were thus incorporated prior
to November 1, 2008.
The operator of an MMC Site may republish an MMC contained in the
site under CC-BY-SA on the same site at any time before August 1,
2009, provided the MMC is eligible for relicensing.
ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
====================================================
To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
the License in the document and put the following copyright and license
notices just after the title page:
Copyright (C) YEAR YOUR NAME.
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
Free Documentation License''.
If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover
Texts, replace the "with...Texts." line with this:
with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with
the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts
being LIST.
If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other
combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the
situation.
If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free
software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to permit
their use in free software.
File: stabs.info, Node: Symbol Types Index, Prev: GNU Free Documentation License, Up: Top
Symbol Types Index
******************
[index ]
* Menu:
* .bb: Block Structure. (line 25)
* .be: Block Structure. (line 25)
* C_BCOMM: Common Blocks. (line 10)
* C_BINCL: Include Files. (line 40)
* C_BLOCK: Block Structure. (line 25)
* C_BSTAT: Statics. (line 31)
* C_DECL, for types: Typedefs. (line 6)
* C_ECOML: Common Blocks. (line 17)
* C_ECOMM: Common Blocks. (line 10)
* C_EINCL: Include Files. (line 40)
* C_ENTRY: Alternate Entry Points.
(line 6)
* C_ESTAT: Statics. (line 31)
* C_FILE: Source Files. (line 53)
* C_FUN: Procedures. (line 17)
* C_GSYM: Global Variables. (line 6)
* C_LSYM: Stack Variables. (line 11)
* C_PSYM: Parameters. (line 12)
* C_RPSYM: Register Parameters. (line 15)
* C_RSYM: Register Variables. (line 6)
* C_STSYM: Statics. (line 31)
* N_BCOMM: Common Blocks. (line 10)
* N_BINCL: Include Files. (line 17)
* N_BROWS: N_BROWS. (line 6)
* N_BROWS <1>: N_BROWS. (line 7)
* N_BSLINE: Line Numbers. (line 12)
* N_CATCH: N_CATCH. (line 6)
* N_CATCH <1>: N_CATCH. (line 7)
* N_DEFD: N_DEFD. (line 6)
* N_DEFD <1>: N_DEFD. (line 7)
* N_DSLINE: Line Numbers. (line 12)
* N_ECOML: Common Blocks. (line 17)
* N_ECOMM: Common Blocks. (line 10)
* N_EHDECL: N_EHDECL. (line 6)
* N_EHDECL <1>: N_EHDECL. (line 7)
* N_EINCL: Include Files. (line 17)
* N_ENTRY: Alternate Entry Points.
(line 6)
* N_EXCL: Include Files. (line 17)
* N_FNAME: Procedures. (line 6)
* N_FUN, for functions: Procedures. (line 6)
* N_FUN, for variables: Statics. (line 12)
* N_GSYM: Global Variables. (line 6)
* N_GSYM, for functions (Sun acc): Procedures. (line 6)
* N_LBRAC: Block Structure. (line 6)
* N_LCSYM: Statics. (line 12)
* N_LENG: N_LENG. (line 6)
* N_LENG <1>: N_LENG. (line 7)
* N_LSYM, for parameter: Local Variable Parameters.
(line 35)
* N_LSYM, for stack variables: Stack Variables. (line 11)
* N_LSYM, for types: Typedefs. (line 6)
* N_M2C: N_M2C. (line 6)
* N_M2C <1>: N_M2C. (line 7)
* N_MAC_DEFINE: Macro define and undefine.
(line 11)
* N_MAC_UNDEF: Macro define and undefine.
(line 14)
* N_MAIN: Main Program. (line 6)
* N_MOD2: N_MOD2. (line 6)
* N_MOD2 <1>: N_MOD2. (line 7)
* N_NBBSS: Gould. (line 8)
* N_NBBSS <1>: Gould. (line 11)
* N_NBDATA: Gould. (line 7)
* N_NBDATA <1>: Gould. (line 11)
* N_NBLCS: Gould. (line 10)
* N_NBLCS <1>: Gould. (line 11)
* N_NBSTS: Gould. (line 9)
* N_NBSTS <1>: Gould. (line 11)
* N_NBTEXT: Gould. (line 6)
* N_NBTEXT <1>: Gould. (line 11)
* N_NOMAP: N_NOMAP. (line 6)
* N_NOMAP <1>: N_NOMAP. (line 7)
* N_NSYMS: N_NSYMS. (line 6)
* N_NSYMS <1>: N_NSYMS. (line 7)
* N_PC: N_PC. (line 6)
* N_PC <1>: N_PC. (line 7)
* N_PSYM: Parameters. (line 12)
* N_RBRAC: Block Structure. (line 6)
* N_ROSYM: Statics. (line 12)
* N_RSYM: Register Variables. (line 6)
* N_RSYM, for parameters: Register Parameters. (line 15)
* N_SCOPE: N_SCOPE. (line 6)
* N_SCOPE <1>: N_SCOPE. (line 7)
* N_SLINE: Line Numbers. (line 6)
* N_SO: Source Files. (line 6)
* N_SOL: Include Files. (line 11)
* N_SSYM: N_SSYM. (line 6)
* N_SSYM <1>: N_SSYM. (line 7)
* N_STSYM: Statics. (line 12)
* N_STSYM, for functions (Sun acc): Procedures. (line 6)
Tag Table:
Node: Top1358
Node: Overview2405
Node: Flow3835
Node: Stabs Format5397
Node: String Field7015
Node: C Example12540
Node: Assembly Code13097
Node: Program Structure15068
Node: Main Program15794
Node: Source Files16371
Node: Include Files18901
Node: Line Numbers21674
Node: Procedures23232
Node: Nested Procedures29251
Node: Block Structure30431
Node: Alternate Entry Points31895
Node: Constants32640
Node: Variables35843
Node: Stack Variables36531
Node: Global Variables38268
Node: Register Variables39455
Node: Common Blocks40297
Node: Statics41598
Node: Based Variables44253
Node: Parameters45675
Node: Register Parameters47310
Node: Local Variable Parameters49658
Node: Reference Parameters52645
Node: Conformant Arrays53293
Node: Types54027
Node: Builtin Types54978
Node: Traditional Builtin Types56152
Node: Traditional Integer Types56557
Node: Traditional Other Types58893
Node: Builtin Type Descriptors59819
Node: Negative Type Numbers63447
Node: Miscellaneous Types70110
Node: Cross-References72052
Node: Subranges73783
Node: Arrays75046
Node: Strings78315
Node: Enumerations79397
Node: Structures81837
Node: Typedefs84593
Node: Unions85943
Node: Function Types87572
Node: Macro define and undefine89193
Node: Symbol Tables90830
Node: Symbol Table Format91282
Node: Transformations On Symbol Tables92749
Node: Transformations On Static Variables94119
Node: Transformations On Global Variables94859
Node: Stab Section Transformations96119
Node: Cplusplus97514
Node: Class Names98105
Node: Nested Symbols98878
Node: Basic Cplusplus Types99748
Node: Simple Classes101308
Node: Class Instance105661
Node: Methods106378
Node: Method Type Descriptor108641
Node: Member Type Descriptor109869
Node: Protections110685
Node: Method Modifiers113859
Node: Virtual Methods115515
Node: Inheritance119339
Node: Virtual Base Classes123075
Node: Static Members125412
Node: Stab Types125882
Node: Non-Stab Symbol Types126510
Node: Stab Symbol Types127997
Node: Symbol Descriptors131992
Node: Type Descriptors134919
Node: Expanded Reference138291
Node: N_PC139713
Node: N_NSYMS140083
Node: N_NOMAP140322
Node: N_M2C140626
Node: N_BROWS141061
Node: N_DEFD141350
Node: N_EHDECL141813
Node: N_MOD2142066
Node: N_CATCH142305
Node: N_SSYM142813
Node: N_SCOPE143096
Node: Gould143284
Node: N_LENG144267
Node: Questions144493
Node: Stab Sections146197
Node: Stab Section Basics146807
Node: ELF Linker Relocation150289
Node: GNU Free Documentation License153900
Node: Symbol Types Index179063
End Tag Table
Local Variables:
coding: utf-8
End:
@
1.4
log
@regen and fix the build for amd64
@
text
@d1 1
a1 2
This is stabs.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.8 from
/usr/src/tools/gdb/../../external/gpl3/gdb/dist/gdb/doc/stabs.texinfo.
d3 2
a4 7
INFO-DIR-SECTION Software development
START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
* Stabs: (stabs). The "stabs" debugging information format.
END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
Copyright (C) 1992-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Contributed
by Cygnus Support. Written by Julia Menapace, Jim Kingdon, and David
d13 4
d20 2
a21 2
Copyright (C) 1992-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Contributed
by Cygnus Support. Written by Julia Menapace, Jim Kingdon, and David
d65 4
a68 4
"Stabs" refers to a format for information that describes a program to
a debugger. This format was apparently invented by Peter Kessler at
the University of California at Berkeley, for the `pdx' Pascal
debugger; the format has spread widely since then.
d71 1
a71 1
stabs. It is believed to be comprehensive for stabs used by C. The
d77 3
a79 3
Other sources of information on stabs are `Dbx and Dbxtool
Interfaces', 2nd edition, by Sun, 1988, and `AIX Version 3.2 Files
Reference', Fourth Edition, September 1992, "dbx Stabstring Grammar" in
d98 3
a100 3
The GNU C compiler compiles C source in a `.c' file into assembly
language in a `.s' file, which the assembler translates into a `.o'
file, which the linker combines with other `.o' files and libraries to
d103 1
a103 1
With the `-g' option, GCC puts in the `.s' file additional debugging
d106 2
a107 2
information describes features of the source file like line numbers,
the types and scopes of variables, and function names, parameters, and
d111 1
a111 1
encapsulated in assembler directives known collectively as "stab"
d119 1
a119 1
table of the `.o' file it is building. The linker consolidates the `.o'
d133 3
a135 3
either `.stabs' (string), `.stabn' (number), or `.stabd' (dot). IBM's
XCOFF assembler uses `.stabx' (and some other directives such as
`.file' and `.bi') instead of `.stabs', `.stabn' or `.stabd'.
d144 3
a146 3
For `.stabn' and `.stabd', there is no STRING (the `n_strx' field is
zero; see *Note Symbol Tables::). For `.stabd', the VALUE field is
implicit and has the value of the current file location. For `.stabx',
d150 7
a156 7
The number in the TYPE field gives some basic information about
which type of stab this is (or whether it _is_ a stab, as opposed to an
ordinary symbol). Each valid type number defines a different stab
type; further, the stab type defines the exact interpretation of, and
possible values for, any remaining STRING, DESC, or VALUE fields
present in the stab. *Note Stab Types::, for a list in numeric order
of the valid TYPE field values for stab directives.
d174 7
a180 7
contain a pair of colons (*note Nested Symbols::). NAME can be
omitted, which means the stab represents an unnamed object. For
example, `:t10=*2' defines type 10 as a pointer to type 2, but does not
give the type a name. Omitting the NAME field is supported by AIX dbx
and GDB after about version 4.8, but not other debuggers. GCC
sometimes uses a single space as the name instead of omitting the name
altogether; apparently that is supported by most debuggers.
d182 1
a182 1
The SYMBOL-DESCRIPTOR following the `:' is an alphabetic character
d185 3
a187 3
the stab represents a local variable. For a list of symbol
descriptors, see *Note Symbol Descriptors::. The `c' symbol descriptor
is an exception in that it is not followed by type information. *Note
d190 10
a199 10
TYPE-INFORMATION is either a TYPE-NUMBER, or `TYPE-NUMBER='. A
TYPE-NUMBER alone is a type reference, referring directly to a type
that has already been defined.
The `TYPE-NUMBER=' form is a type definition, where the number
represents a new type which is about to be defined. The type
definition may refer to other types by number, and those type numbers
may be followed by `=' and nested definitions. Also, the Lucid
compiler will repeat `TYPE-NUMBER=' more than once if it wants to
define several type numbers at once.
d202 6
a207 6
is non-numeric then it is a TYPE-DESCRIPTOR, and tells what kind of
type is about to be defined. Any other values following the
TYPE-DESCRIPTOR vary, depending on the TYPE-DESCRIPTOR. *Note Type
Descriptors::, for a list of TYPE-DESCRIPTOR values. If a number
follows the `=' then the number is a TYPE-REFERENCE. For a full
description of types, *Note Types::.
d211 16
a226 16
(FILE-NUMBER,FILETYPE-NUMBER) (the parentheses appear in the string,
and serve to distinguish the two cases). The FILE-NUMBER is 0 for the
base source file, 1 for the first included file, 2 for the next, and so
on. The FILETYPE-NUMBER is a number starting with 1 which is
incremented for each new type defined in the file. (Separating the
file number and the type number permits the `N_BINCL' optimization to
succeed more often; see *Note Include Files::).
There is an AIX extension for type attributes. Following the `='
are any number of type attributes. Each one starts with `@@' and ends
with `;'. Debuggers, including AIX's dbx and GDB 4.10, skip any type
attributes they do not recognize. GDB 4.9 and other versions of dbx
may not do this. Because of a conflict with C++ (*note Cplusplus::),
new attributes should not be defined which begin with a digit, `(', or
`-'; GDB may be unable to distinguish those from the C++ type
descriptor `@@'. The attributes are:
d228 1
a228 1
`aBOUNDARY'
d232 1
a232 1
`pINTEGER'
d236 1
a236 1
`P'
d238 2
a239 2
array elements are placed more closely in memory, to save memory
at the expense of speed.
d241 1
a241 1
`sSIZE'
d245 1
a245 1
`S'
d247 3
a249 3
characters, or a bitstring instead of a set. It doesn't change
the layout of the data being represented, but does enable the
debugger to know which type it is.
d251 1
a251 1
`V'
a256 1
d258 2
a259 2
GDB, and some versions of dbx, can handle arbitrarily long strings.
But many versions of dbx (or assemblers or linkers, I'm not sure which)
d261 2
a262 2
must work with such systems need to split the `.stabs' directive into
several `.stabs' directives. Each stab duplicates every field except
d269 1
a269 1
backslashes), AIX can use `?' instead of backslash.
d285 1
a285 1
When compiled with `-g', the program above yields the following `.s'
d287 1
a287 1
of the `.s' file in the description of the stabs that follows.
d295 2
a296 2
This simple "hello world" example demonstrates several of the stab
types used to describe C language source files.
d379 1
a379 1
Most languages allow the main program to have any name. The `N_MAIN'
d381 5
a385 5
Only the string field is significant; it is the name of a function
which is the main program. Most C compilers do not use this stab (they
expect the debugger to assume that the name is `main'), but some C
compilers emit an `N_MAIN' stab for the `main' function. I'm not sure
how XCOFF handles this.
d394 4
a397 4
file. This information is contained in a symbol of stab type `N_SO';
the string field contains the name of the file. The value of the
symbol is the start address of the portion of the text section
corresponding to that file.
d406 1
a406 1
`N_SO_AS' (0x1)
d408 1
a408 2
`N_SO_C' (0x2)
d410 1
a410 2
`N_SO_ANSI_C' (0x3)
d412 1
a412 2
`N_SO_CC' (0x4)
d414 1
a414 2
`N_SO_FORTRAN' (0x5)
d416 1
a416 2
`N_SO_PASCAL' (0x6)
d418 1
a418 2
`N_SO_FORTRAN90' (0x7)
d420 1
a420 2
`N_SO_OBJC' (0x32)
d422 1
a422 2
`N_SO_OBJCPLUS' (0x33)
d425 2
a426 2
Some compilers (for example, GCC2 and SunOS4 `/bin/cc') also include
the directory in which the source was compiled, in a second `N_SO'
d429 3
a431 3
`cfront' C++ compiler can have additional `N_SO' symbols for
nonexistent source files after the `N_SO' for the real source file;
these are believed to contain no useful information.
d440 2
a441 2
Instead of `N_SO' symbols, XCOFF uses a `.file' assembler directive
which assembles to a `C_FILE' symbol; explaining this in detail is
d445 1
a445 1
with an `N_SO' symbol with an empty string for the name. The value is
d448 3
a450 3
just need to figure it ended when you see an `N_SO' for a different
source file, or a symbol ending in `.o' (which at least some linkers
insert to mark the start of a new `.o' file).
d459 3
a461 3
traditional `N_SOL' approach, Sun's `N_BINCL' approach, and the XCOFF
`C_BINCL' approach (which despite the similar name has little in common
with `N_BINCL').
d463 1
a463 1
An `N_SOL' symbol specifies which include file subsequent symbols
d467 1
a467 1
`N_SOL' symbol with the name of the main source file.
d469 1
a469 1
The `N_BINCL' approach works as follows. An `N_BINCL' symbol
d472 3
a474 4
fields. The end of the include file is marked by an `N_EINCL' symbol
(which has no string field). In an object file, there is no
significant data in the `N_EINCL' symbol. `N_BINCL' and `N_EINCL' can
be nested.
d477 1
a477 1
between an `N_BINCL' and `N_EINCL' pair (as will generally be the case
d479 1
a479 1
additional occurrence is replaced by an `N_EXCL' symbol. I believe the
d484 18
a501 18
`N_BINCL' symbol to the total of all the characters in the stabs
strings included in the header file, omitting any file numbers. The
value of an `N_EXCL' symbol is the same as the value of the `N_BINCL'
symbol it replaces. This information can be used to match up `N_EXCL'
and `N_BINCL' symbols which have the same filename. The `N_EINCL'
value, and the values of the other and description fields for all
three, appear to always be zero.
For the start of an include file in XCOFF, use the `.bi' assembler
directive, which generates a `C_BINCL' symbol. A `.ei' directive,
which generates a `C_EINCL' symbol, denotes the end of the include
file. Both directives are followed by the name of the source file in
quotes, which becomes the string for the symbol. The value of each
symbol, produced automatically by the assembler and linker, is the
offset into the executable of the beginning (inclusive, as you'd
expect) or end (inclusive, as you would not expect) of the portion of
the COFF line table that corresponds to this include file. `C_BINCL'
and `C_EINCL' do not nest.
d509 1
a509 1
An `N_SLINE' symbol represents the start of a source line. The desc
d513 1
a513 1
to the function in which the `N_SLINE' symbol occurs.
d515 7
a521 8
GNU documents `N_DSLINE' and `N_BSLINE' symbols for line numbers in
the data or bss segments, respectively. They are identical to
`N_SLINE' but are relocated differently by the linker. They were
intended to be used to describe the source location of a variable
declaration, but I believe that GCC2 actually puts the line number in
the desc field of the stab for the variable itself. GDB has been
ignoring these symbols (unless they contain a string field) since at
least GDB 3.5.
d524 3
a526 3
flow of control statements, there may be more than one line number
entry for the same source line. In this case there is a line number
entry at the start of each code range, each with the same line number.
d531 1
a531 1
fixed with the `C_BINCL' method of marking include files (*note Include
d540 2
a541 2
All of the following stabs normally use the `N_FUN' symbol type.
However, Sun's `acc' compiler on SunOS4 uses `N_GSYM' and `N_STSYM',
d547 3
a549 4
symbol. BSD Fortran is said to use `N_FNAME' with the same
restriction; the value of the symbol is not useful (I'm not sure it
really does use this, because GDB doesn't handle this and no one has
complained).
d551 2
a552 2
A function is represented by an `F' symbol descriptor for a global
(extern) function, and `f' for a static (local) function. For a.out,
d555 12
a566 12
2.0.1 and GCC put out an address which gets relocated by the linker.
In a future release SunPRO is planning to put out zero, in which case
the address can be found from the ELF (non-stab) symbol. Because
looking things up in the ELF symbols would probably be slow, I'm not
sure how to find which symbol of that name is the right one, and this
doesn't provide any way to deal with nested functions, it would
probably be better to make the value of the stab an address relative to
the start of the file, or just absolute. See *Note ELF Linker
Relocation:: for more information on linker relocation of stabs in ELF
files. For XCOFF, the stab uses the `C_FUN' storage class and the
value of the stab is meaningless; the address of the function can be
found from the csect symbol (XTY_LD/XMC_PR).
d569 1
a569 1
function; thus `foo:f5' means that foo is a function returning type 5.
d571 1
a571 1
function from the stab for the function; it is in the next `N_SLINE'
d576 1
a576 1
not used for old (non-prototyped) function definitions in C. If the
d579 5
a583 5
preceded by `;'. An argument type of 0 means that additional arguments
are being passed, whose types and number may vary (`...' in ANSI C).
GDB has tolerated this extension (parsed the syntax, if not necessarily
used the information) since at least version 4.8; I don't know whether
all versions of dbx tolerate it. The argument types given here are not
d587 2
a588 2
which is declared without a prototype takes a `float' argument, the
value is passed as a `double' but then converted to a `float'.
d594 8
a601 8
defined in another source file are specified (i.e., a function
prototype in ANSI C), traditionally compilers emit no stab; the only
way for the debugger to find the information is if the source file
where the function is defined was also compiled with debugging symbols.
As an extension the Solaris compiler uses symbol descriptor `P'
followed by the return type of the function, followed by the arguments,
each preceded by `;', as in a stab with symbol descriptor `f' or `F'.
This use of symbol descriptor `P' can be distinguished from its use for
d603 1
a603 1
has symbol type `N_FUN'.
d605 1
a605 1
The AIX documentation also defines symbol descriptor `J' as an
d607 2
a608 2
function. It also says symbol descriptor `m' is a module in Modula-2
or extended Pascal.
d611 3
a613 3
functions returning the `void' type in C. I don't see why this couldn't
be used for all languages (inventing a `void' type for this purpose if
necessary), but the AIX documentation defines `I', `P', and `Q' for
d618 2
a619 2
The following example shows a stab for a function `main' which
returns type number `1'. The `_main' specified for the value is a
d633 1
a633 1
mark the end of a function with an `N_FUN' symbol with an empty string
d651 1
a651 1
symbol (before the `:'). This feature is used by GCC, and presumably
d683 10
a692 11
The program's block structure is represented by the `N_LBRAC' (left
brace) and the `N_RBRAC' (right brace) stab types. The variables
defined inside a block precede the `N_LBRAC' symbol for most compilers,
including GCC. Other compilers, such as the Convex, Acorn RISC
machine, and Sun `acc' compilers, put the variables after the `N_LBRAC'
symbol. The values of the `N_LBRAC' and `N_RBRAC' symbols are the
start and end addresses of the code of the block, respectively. For
most machines, they are relative to the starting address of this source
file. For the Gould NP1, they are absolute. For stabs in sections
(*note Stab Sections::), they are relative to the function in which
they occur.
d694 2
a695 2
The `N_LBRAC' and `N_RBRAC' stabs that describe the block scope of a
procedure are located after the `N_FUN' stab that represents the
d698 1
a698 1
Sun documents the desc field of `N_LBRAC' and `N_RBRAC' symbols as
d702 3
a704 3
For XCOFF, block scope is indicated with `C_BLOCK' symbols. If the
name of the symbol is `.bb', then it is the beginning of the block; if
the name of the symbol is `.be'; it is the end of the block.
d714 1
a714 1
point. The `N_ENTRY' stab is for this; however, the Sun FORTRAN
d716 5
a720 5
of a `C_ENTRY' stab is significant; the address of the alternate entry
point comes from the corresponding external symbol. A previous
revision of this document said that the value of an `N_ENTRY' stab was
the address of the alternate entry point, but I don't know the source
for that information.
d728 1
a728 1
The `c' symbol descriptor indicates that this stab represents a
d731 1
a731 1
is followed by `=' and one of the following:
d733 1
a733 1
`b VALUE'
d737 1
a737 1
`c VALUE'
d740 1
a740 1
`e TYPE-INFORMATION , VALUE'
d745 1
a745 1
right value if VALUE does not fit in a host `int', but it does not
d749 2
a750 2
constants, but GDB has never imposed that restriction; I don't
know about other debuggers.
d752 1
a752 1
`i VALUE'
d754 2
a755 2
sort of generic integer type (for GDB, a host `int'); to specify
the type explicitly, use `e' instead.
d757 4
a760 4
`r VALUE'
Real constant. VALUE is the real value, which can be `INF'
(optionally preceded by a sign) for infinity, `QNAN' for a quiet
NaN (not-a-number), or `SNAN' for a signalling NaN. If it is a
d762 1
a762 1
`atof'.
d764 5
a768 5
`s STRING'
String constant. STRING is a string enclosed in either `'' (in
which case `'' characters within the string are represented as
`\'' or `"' (in which case `"' characters within the string are
represented as `\"').
d770 1
a770 1
`S TYPE-INFORMATION , ELEMENTS , BITS , PATTERN'
d778 2
a779 2
hexadecimal representation of the set. AIX documentation refers
to a limit of 32 bytes, but I see no reason why this limit should
d789 1
a789 1
The above information is followed by `;'.
d818 1
a818 1
long as that function executes (C calls such variables "automatic"), it
d824 1
a824 1
`-', or `(', only those characters precluded from being used for symbol
d827 1
a827 1
`TYPE-NUMBER='. This is a bad idea; there is no guarantee that type
d829 1
a829 1
variables use the `N_LSYM' stab type, or `C_LSYM' for XCOFF.
d834 1
a834 1
defined in; see *Note Block Structure::.
d851 3
a853 3
See *Note Procedures:: for more information on the `N_FUN' stab, and
*Note Block Structure:: for more information on the `N_LBRAC' and
`N_RBRAC' stabs.
d862 2
a863 2
represented by the `G' symbol descriptor. These stabs use the `N_GSYM'
stab type (C_GSYM for XCOFF). The type information for the stab (*note
d878 5
a882 5
The address of the variable represented by the `N_GSYM' is not
contained in the `N_GSYM' stab. The debugger gets this information
from the external symbol for the global variable. In the example above,
the `.global _g_foo' and `_g_foo:' lines tell the assembler to produce
an external symbol.
d884 1
a884 1
Some compilers, like GCC, output `N_GSYM' stabs only once, where the
d886 1
a886 1
`N_GSYM' stab for each compilation unit which references the variable.
d894 2
a895 2
Register variables have their own stab type, `N_RSYM' (`C_RSYM' for
XCOFF), and their own symbol descriptor, `r'. The stab's value is the
d898 1
a898 1
AIX defines a separate symbol descriptor `d' for floating point
d901 1
a901 1
the compiler actually uses `d'.
d921 6
a926 6
A `N_BCOMM' stab begins a common block and an `N_ECOMM' stab ends
it. The only field that is significant in these two stabs is the
string, which names a normal (non-debugging) symbol that gives the
address of the common block. According to IBM documentation, only the
`N_BCOMM' has the name of the common block (even though their compiler
actually puts it both places).
d929 7
a935 7
`N_BCOMM' and the `N_ECOMM'; the value of each stab is the offset
within the common block of that variable. IBM uses the `C_ECOML' stab
type, and there is a corresponding `N_ECOML' stab type, but Sun's
Fortran compiler uses `N_GSYM' instead. The variables within a common
block use the `V' symbol descriptor (I believe this is true of all
Fortran variables). Other stabs (at least type declarations using
`C_DECL') can also be between the `N_BCOMM' and the `N_ECOMM'.
d943 5
a947 5
Initialized static variables are represented by the `S' and `V' symbol
descriptors. `S' means file scope static, and `V' means procedure
scope static. One exception: in XCOFF, IBM's xlc compiler always uses
`V', and whether it is file scope or not is distinguished by whether
the stab is located within a function.
d949 2
a950 2
In a.out files, `N_STSYM' means the data section, `N_FUN' means the
text section, and `N_LCSYM' means the bss section. For those systems
d952 1
a952 1
`N_ROSYM' means the read-only data section.
d969 8
a976 8
`C_STSYM' can be used for all statics. Also, each static variable is
enclosed in a static block. A `C_BSTAT' (emitted with a `.bs'
assembler directive) symbol begins the static block; its value is the
symbol number of the csect symbol whose value is the address of the
static block, its section is the section of the variables in that
static block, and its name is `.bs'. A `C_ESTAT' (emitted with a `.es'
assembler directive) symbol ends the static block; its name is `.es'
and its value and section are ignored.
d982 2
a983 2
descriptor `S' means that the address is absolute (the linker relocates
it) and symbol descriptor `V' means that the address is relative to the
d989 1
a989 1
descriptor `S' symbol be an offset relative to the start of the file,
d1001 3
a1003 3
which allows allocating arrays with `malloc', but which avoids blurring
the line between arrays and pointers the way that C does. In stabs
such a variable uses the `b' symbol descriptor.
d1018 2
a1019 2
In this example, `real' is type 6 and type 3 is an integral type
which is the type of the subscripts of the array (probably `integer').
d1021 7
a1027 7
The `b' symbol descriptor is like `V' in that it denotes a
statically allocated symbol whose scope is local to a function; see
*Note Statics::. The value of the symbol, instead of being the address
of the variable itself, is the address of a pointer to that variable.
So in the above example, the value of the `foo' stab is the address of
a pointer to a real, the value of the `foo10' stab is the address of a
pointer to a 10-element array of reals, and the value of the `foo10_5'
d1043 5
a1047 5
Parameters passed on the stack use the symbol descriptor `p' and the
`N_PSYM' symbol type (or `C_PSYM' for XCOFF). The value of the symbol
is an offset used to locate the parameter on the stack; its exact
meaning is machine-dependent, but on most machines it is an offset from
the frame pointer.
d1061 1
a1061 1
The type definition of `argv' is interesting because it contains
d1063 1
a1063 1
`argv' (type 20) is pointer to type 21.
d1065 1
a1065 1
The following symbol descriptors are also said to go with `N_PSYM'.
d1096 4
a1099 4
descriptor `P' or `R' to indicate an argument which is in a register.
Symbol type `C_RPSYM' is used in XCOFF and `N_RSYM' is used otherwise.
The symbol's value is the register number. `P' and `R' mean the same
thing; the difference is that `P' is a GNU invention and `R' is an IBM
d1102 2
a1103 2
There is at least one case where GCC uses a `p' and `r' pair rather
than `P'; this is where the argument is passed in the argument list and
d1106 1
a1106 1
According to the AIX documentation, symbol descriptor `D' is for a
d1108 3
a1110 3
unnecessary--why not just use `R' with a register number which
indicates that it's a floating point register? I haven't verified
whether the system actually does what the documentation indicates.
d1112 1
a1112 1
On the sparc and hppa, for a `P' symbol whose type is a structure or
d1114 11
a1124 11
sparc, this is also true of a `p' and `r' pair (using Sun `cc') or a
`p' symbol. However, if a (small) structure is really in a register,
`r' is used. And, to top it all off, on the hppa it might be a
structure which was passed on the stack and loaded into a register and
for which there is a `p' and `r' pair! I believe that symbol
descriptor `i' is supposed to deal with this case (it is said to mean
"value parameter by reference, indirect access"; I don't know the
source for this information), but I don't know details or what
compilers or debuggers use it, if any (not GDB or GCC). It is not
clear to me whether this case needs to be dealt with differently than
parameters passed by reference (*note Reference Parameters::).
d1139 2
a1140 2
by the prologue (for example, the parameter is declared as a `float',
but the calling conventions specify that it is passed as a `double'),
d1142 1
a1142 1
symbol descriptor `p' and the type which is passed. The second symbol
d1152 1
a1152 1
if `f' is passed as a double at stack offset 8, and the prologue
d1155 2
a1156 2
.stabs "f:p13",160,0,3,8 # 160 is `N_PSYM', here 13 is `double'
.stabs "f:r12",64,0,3,0 # 64 is `N_RSYM', here 12 is `float'
d1158 1
a1158 1
In both stabs 3 is the line number where `f' is declared (*note Line
d1162 2
a1163 2
It uses a single `p' symbol descriptor for an argument which is stored
as a local variable but uses `N_LSYM' instead of `N_PSYM'. In this
d1178 1
a1178 1
there are stabs for `stream' and `format'. On most machines, the
d1182 5
a1186 5
of arguments, the debugger can print all three arguments. To do so,
the parameter symbol (symbol descriptor `p') (not necessarily `r' or
symbol descriptor omitted symbols) needs to contain the actual type as
passed (for example, `double' not `float' if it is passed as a double
and converted to a float).
d1194 6
a1199 7
If the parameter is passed by reference (e.g., Pascal `VAR'
parameters), then the symbol descriptor is `v' if it is in the argument
list, or `a' if it in a register. Other than the fact that these
contain the address of the parameter rather than the parameter itself,
they are identical to `p' and `R', respectively. I believe `a' is an
AIX invention; `v' is supported by all stabs-using systems as far as I
know.
d1209 6
a1214 6
called function until run-time. Such parameters have two stabs: a `x'
for the array itself, and a `C', which represents the size of the
array. The value of the `x' stab is the offset in the argument list
where the address of the array is stored (it this right? it is a
guess); the value of the `C' stab is the offset in the argument list
where the size of the array (in elements? in bytes?) is stored.
d1225 1
a1225 1
descriptors that may follow the `=' in a type definition.
d1247 1
a1247 1
Certain types are built in (`int', `short', `void', `float', etc.); the
d1250 2
a1251 2
types do not specify everything that a debugger would need to know
about the type--in some cases they merely specify enough information to
d1255 2
a1256 2
ways have been invented to describe them. Sun's `acc' uses special
builtin type descriptors (`b' and `R'), and IBM uses negative type
d1275 1
a1275 1
point, and `void'.
d1289 1
a1289 1
values fit within an `int', then they are given normally. For example:
d1294 1
a1294 1
Builtin types can also be described as subranges of `int':
d1300 2
a1301 2
in an `int'. Traditionally this is only used for `unsigned int' and
`unsigned long':
d1322 1
a1322 1
convention for `unsigned long long'.
d1327 1
a1327 1
convention for `long long'. To distinguish this from a legitimate
d1344 2
a1345 2
However, GCC writes `long double' the same way it writes `double',
so there is no way to distinguish.
d1349 2
a1350 2
Complex types are defined the same way as floating-point types;
there is no way to distinguish a single-precision complex from a
d1353 1
a1353 1
The C `void' type is defined as itself:
d1365 1
a1365 1
This is the method used by Sun's `acc' for defining builtin types.
d1368 12
a1379 13
`b SIGNED CHAR-FLAG WIDTH ; OFFSET ; NBITS ;'
Define an integral type. SIGNED is `u' for unsigned or `s' for
signed. CHAR-FLAG is `c' which indicates this is a character
type, or is omitted. I assume this is to distinguish an integral
type from a character type of the same size, for example it might
make sense to set it for the C type `wchar_t' so the debugger can
print such variables differently (Solaris does not do this). Sun
sets it on the C types `signed char' and `unsigned char' which
arguably is wrong. WIDTH and OFFSET appear to be for small
objects stored in larger ones, for example a `short' in an `int'
register. WIDTH is normally the number of bytes in the type.
OFFSET seems to always be zero. NBITS is the number of bits in
the type.
d1381 1
a1381 1
Note that type descriptor `b' used for builtin types conflicts with
d1384 2
a1385 2
descriptor will be a digit, `(', or `-' for a Pascal space type, or
`u' or `s' for a builtin type.
d1387 1
a1387 1
`w'
d1392 1
a1392 1
`R FP-TYPE ; BYTES ;'
d1396 1
a1396 1
`1 (NF_SINGLE)'
d1399 1
a1399 1
`2 (NF_DOUBLE)'
d1402 3
a1404 5
`3 (NF_COMPLEX)'
`4 (NF_COMPLEX16)'
`5 (NF_COMPLEX32)'
d1406 2
a1407 2
describes them as Fortran `complex', `double complex', and
`complex*16', respectively, but what does that mean? (i.e.,
d1410 1
a1410 1
`6 (NF_LDOUBLE)'
d1412 2
a1413 2
`long double', and new codes should be used for other floating
point formats (`NF_DOUBLE' can be used if a `long double' is
d1420 1
a1420 1
`g TYPE-INFORMATION ; NBITS'
d1425 1
a1425 1
`c TYPE-INFORMATION ; NBITS'
d1430 1
a1430 1
The C `void' type is defined as a signed integral type 0 bits long:
d1446 3
a1448 3
debugger knows about the builtin types anyway, the idea of negative
type numbers is simply to give a special type number which indicates
the builtin type. There is no stab defining these types.
d1453 11
a1463 11
`int' or `long') might have different sizes depending on compiler
options, the target architecture, the ABI, etc. This issue doesn't
come up for IBM tools since (so far) they just target the RS/6000; the
sizes indicated below for each size are what the IBM RS/6000 tools use.
To deal with differing sizes, either define separate negative type
numbers for each size (which works but requires changing the debugger,
and, unless you get both AIX dbx and GDB to accept the change,
introduces an incompatibility), or use a type attribute (*note String
Field::) to define a new type with the appropriate size (which merely
requires a debugger which understands type attributes, like AIX dbx or
GDB). For example,
d1487 7
a1493 7
type depends _only_ on the negative type number given; these do not
vary depending on the language, the target system, or anything else.
One can always define separate type numbers--in the following list you
will see for example separate `int' and `integer*4' types which are
identical except for the name. But compatibility can be maintained by
not inventing new negative type numbers and instead just defining a new
type with a new name. For example:
d1497 2
a1498 2
Here is the list of negative type numbers. The phrase "integral
type" is used to mean twos-complement (I strongly suspect that all
d1502 2
a1503 2
`-1'
`int', 32 bit signed integral type.
d1505 5
a1509 5
`-2'
`char', 8 bit type holding a character. Both GDB and dbx on AIX
treat this as signed. GCC uses this type whether `char' is signed
or not, which seems like a bad idea. The AIX compiler (`xlc')
seems to avoid this type; it uses -5 instead for `char'.
d1511 2
a1512 2
`-3'
`short', 16 bit signed integral type.
d1514 2
a1515 2
`-4'
`long', 32 bit signed integral type.
d1517 2
a1518 2
`-5'
`unsigned char', 8 bit unsigned integral type.
d1520 2
a1521 2
`-6'
`signed char', 8 bit signed integral type.
d1523 2
a1524 2
`-7'
`unsigned short', 16 bit unsigned integral type.
d1526 2
a1527 2
`-8'
`unsigned int', 32 bit unsigned integral type.
d1529 2
a1530 2
`-9'
`unsigned', 32 bit unsigned integral type.
d1532 2
a1533 2
`-10'
`unsigned long', 32 bit unsigned integral type.
d1535 2
a1536 2
`-11'
`void', type indicating the lack of a value.
d1538 2
a1539 2
`-12'
`float', IEEE single precision.
d1541 2
a1542 2
`-13'
`double', IEEE double precision.
d1544 5
a1548 5
`-14'
`long double', IEEE double precision. The compiler claims the size
will increase in a future release, and for binary compatibility
you have to avoid using `long double'. I hope when they increase
it they use a new negative type number.
d1550 2
a1551 2
`-15'
`integer'. 32 bit signed integral type.
d1553 2
a1554 2
`-16'
`boolean'. 32 bit type. GDB and GCC assume that zero is false,
d1558 2
a1559 2
`-17'
`short real'. IEEE single precision.
d1561 2
a1562 2
`-18'
`real'. IEEE double precision.
d1564 2
a1565 2
`-19'
`stringptr'. *Note Strings::.
d1567 2
a1568 2
`-20'
`character', 8 bit unsigned character type.
d1570 5
a1574 5
`-21'
`logical*1', 8 bit type. This Fortran type has a split
personality in that it is used for boolean variables, but can also
be used for unsigned integers. 0 is false, 1 is true, and other
values are non-boolean.
d1576 2
a1577 2
`-22'
`logical*2', 16 bit type. This Fortran type has a split
d1582 2
a1583 2
`-23'
`logical*4', 32 bit type. This Fortran type has a split
d1588 2
a1589 2
`-24'
`logical', 32 bit type. This Fortran type has a split personality
d1594 2
a1595 2
`-25'
`complex'. A complex type consisting of two IEEE single-precision
d1598 2
a1599 2
`-26'
`complex'. A complex type consisting of two IEEE double-precision
d1602 2
a1603 2
`-27'
`integer*1', 8 bit signed integral type.
d1605 2
a1606 2
`-28'
`integer*2', 16 bit signed integral type.
d1608 2
a1609 2
`-29'
`integer*4', 32 bit signed integral type.
d1611 2
a1612 2
`-30'
`wchar'. Wide character, 16 bits wide, unsigned (what format?
d1615 2
a1616 2
`-31'
`long long', 64 bit signed integral type.
d1618 2
a1619 2
`-32'
`unsigned long long', 64 bit unsigned integral type.
d1621 2
a1622 2
`-33'
`logical*8', 64 bit unsigned integral type.
d1624 2
a1625 2
`-34'
`integer*8', 64 bit signed integral type.
d1633 1
a1633 1
`b TYPE-INFORMATION ; BYTES'
d1636 1
a1636 1
This use of the `b' type descriptor can be distinguished from its
d1639 1
a1639 1
digit, `(', or `-'.
d1641 1
a1641 1
`B TYPE-INFORMATION'
d1647 1
a1647 1
`d TYPE-INFORMATION'
d1651 1
a1651 1
`k TYPE-INFORMATION'
d1656 1
a1656 1
`M TYPE-INFORMATION ; LENGTH'
d1658 2
a1659 2
repetitions of TYPE-INFORMATION, for example `character*3' is
represented by `M-2;3', where `-2' is a reference to a character
d1662 1
a1662 1
LENGTH is a bound, like those in range types; see *Note
d1665 1
a1665 1
`S TYPE-INFORMATION'
d1670 1
a1670 1
In CHILL, if it is a bitstring instead of a set, also use the `S'
d1673 1
a1673 1
`* TYPE-INFORMATION'
d1686 6
a1691 6
Another way is with the `x' type descriptor, which is followed by
`s' for a structure tag, `u' for a union tag, or `e' for a enumerator
tag, followed by the name of the tag, followed by `:'. If the name
contains `::' between a `<' and `>' pair (for C++ templates), such a
`::' does not end the name--only a single `:' ends the name; see *Note
Nested Symbols::.
d1702 1
a1702 1
Not all debuggers support the `x' type descriptor, so on some
d1707 1
a1707 1
Modula-2 imported types, at least on AIX, use the `i' type
d1709 1
a1709 1
type is imported, followed by `:', followed by the name of the type.
d1715 1
a1715 1
String Field::), or what. The symbol ends with `;'.
d1723 1
a1723 1
The `r' type descriptor defines a type as a subrange of another type.
d1725 5
a1729 5
subrange, a semicolon, an integral lower bound, a semicolon, an
integral upper bound, and a semicolon. The AIX documentation does not
specify the trailing semicolon, in an effort to specify array indexes
more cleanly, but a subrange which is not an array index has always
included a trailing semicolon (*note Arrays::).
d1733 8
a1740 8
`A OFFSET'
The bound is passed by reference on the stack at offset OFFSET
from the argument list. *Note Parameters::, for more information
on such offsets.
`T OFFSET'
The bound is passed by value on the stack at offset OFFSET from
the argument list.
d1742 1
a1742 1
`a REGISTER-NUMBER'
d1746 1
a1746 1
`t REGISTER-NUMBER'
d1749 1
a1749 1
`J'
d1752 1
a1752 1
Subranges are also used for builtin types; see *Note Traditional
d1761 1
a1761 1
Arrays use the `a' type descriptor. Following the type descriptor is
d1763 2
a1764 2
type is a range type, it ends in a semicolon; otherwise (for example,
if it is a type reference), there does not appear to be any way to tell
d1767 8
a1774 8
type as not ending in a semicolon (but this is not right for range
types which are not array indexes, *note Subranges::). I think
probably the best solution is to specify that a semicolon ends a range
type, and that the index type and element type of an array are
separated by a semicolon, but that if the index type is a range type,
the extra semicolon can be omitted. GDB (at least through version 4.9)
doesn't support any kind of index type other than a range anyway; I'm
not sure about dbx.
d1779 3
a1781 3
`TYPE-NUMBER=' if it is defining a new type). According to a comment
in GDB, this is also true of the type of the array elements; it gives
`ar1;1;10;ar1;1;10;4' as a legitimate way to express a two dimensional
d1786 3
a1788 3
descriptor `r' and some parameters. It defines the size of the array.
In the example below, the range `r1;0;2;' defines an index type which
is a subrange of type 1 (integer), with a lower bound of 0 and an upper
d1806 7
a1812 8
If an array is "packed", the elements are spaced more closely than
normal, saving memory at the expense of speed. For example, an array
of 3-byte objects might, if unpacked, have each element aligned on a
4-byte boundary, but if packed, have no padding. One way to specify
that something is packed is with type attributes (*note String
Field::). In the case of arrays, another is to use the `P' type
descriptor instead of `a'. Other than specifying a packed array, `P'
is identical to `a'.
d1814 1
a1814 1
An open array is represented by the `A' type descriptor followed by
d1842 1
a1842 1
`n TYPE-INFORMATION ; BYTES'
d1849 2
a1850 2
`z TYPE-INFORMATION ; BYTES'
Just like `n' except that this is a gstring, not an ordinary
d1853 1
a1853 1
`N'
d1857 1
a1857 1
just an array of characters use the `S' type attribute (*note String
d1866 1
a1866 1
Enumerations are defined with the `e' type descriptor.
d1869 2
a1870 2
The type definition is located after the `N_RBRAC' that marks the end of
the previous procedure's block scope, and before the `N_FUN' that marks
d1882 10
a1891 11
The symbol descriptor (`T') says that the stab describes a
structure, enumeration, or union tag. The type descriptor `e',
following the `22=' of the type definition narrows it down to an
enumeration type. Following the `e' is a list of the elements of the
enumeration. The format is `NAME:VALUE,'. The list of elements ends
with `;'. The fact that VALUE is specified as an integer can cause
problems if the value is large. GCC 2.5.2 tries to output it in octal
in that case with a leading zero, which is probably a good thing,
although GDB 4.11 supports octal only in cases where decimal is
perfectly good. Negative decimal values are supported by both GDB and
dbx.
d1896 1
a1896 1
type of another size for debuggers which support them; see *Note String
d1900 1
a1900 1
enumeration values (`first', `second', and `third' in the above
d1902 8
a1909 8
whole (rather than being in a more local namespace like structure
member names), they are defined in the type definition for the
enumeration type rather than each having their own symbol. In order to
be fast, GDB will only get symbols from such types (in its initial scan
of the stabs) if the type is the first thing defined after a `T' or `t'
symbol descriptor (the above example fulfills this requirement). If
the type does not have a name, the compiler should emit it in a
nameless stab (*note String Field::); GCC does this.
d1920 1
a1920 1
instance of the structure in global scope. Then a `typedef' equates the
d1922 5
a1926 5
structure tag, the structure `typedef', and the structure instance. The
stabs for the tag and the `typedef' are emitted when the definitions are
encountered. Since the structure elements are not initialized, the
stab and code for the structure variable itself is located at the end
of the program in the bss section.
d1937 1
a1937 1
The structure tag has an `N_LSYM' stab type because, like the
d1939 2
a1940 2
symbol descriptor is `T', for enumeration, structure, or tag type. The
type descriptor `s' following the `16=' of the type definition narrows
d1943 1
a1943 1
Following the `s' type descriptor is the number of bytes the
d1945 2
a1946 2
The structure element descriptions are of the form `NAME:TYPE, BIT
OFFSET FROM THE START OF THE STRUCT, NUMBER OF BITS IN THE ELEMENT'.
d1953 1
a1953 1
defined types. For these, the type following the `NAME:' part of the
d1956 5
a1960 5
embedded after the `NAME:'. The type definition for the array element
looks just like a type definition for a stand-alone array. The
`s_next' field is a pointer to the same kind of structure that the
field is an element of. So the definition of structure type 16
contains a type definition for an element which is a pointer to type 16.
d1965 2
a1966 2
but then instead of a comma, bit position, comma, and bit size, there
is a colon followed by the name of the variable which each such field
d1970 1
a1970 1
non-method fields; see *Note Cplusplus::.
d1978 1
a1978 1
To give a type a name, use the `t' symbol descriptor. The type is
d1984 3
a1986 3
specifies that `s_typedef' refers to type number 16. Such stabs
have symbol type `N_LSYM' (or `C_DECL' for XCOFF). (The Sun
documentation mentions using `N_GSYM' in some cases).
d1989 1
a1989 1
enumeration, use the `T' symbol descriptor instead. I believe C is the
d1994 7
a2000 7
`o' and is followed by a name. I don't know what the name means--is it
always the same as the name of the type, or is this type descriptor
used with a nameless stab (*note String Field::)? There optionally
follows a comma followed by type information which defines the type of
this type. If omitted, a semicolon is used in place of the comma and
the type information, and the type is much like a generic pointer
type--it has a known size but little else about it is specified.
d2015 1
a2015 1
variable. Both use the `N_LSYM' stab type. If a union variable is
d2017 1
a2017 1
located immediately preceding the `N_LBRAC' for the procedure's block
d2021 1
a2021 1
for the procedure in which it is defined. The stab type is `N_LSYM'.
d2023 2
a2024 2
struct type `s_tag'. This is not true. The contents and position of
the stab for `u_type' do not convey any information about its procedure
d2031 1
a2031 1
The symbol descriptor `T', following the `name:' means that the stab
d2033 2
a2034 2
`u', following the `23=' of the type definition, narrows it down to a
union type definition. Following the `u' is the number of bytes in the
d2036 2
a2037 2
format is `NAME:TYPE, BIT OFFSET INTO THE UNION, NUMBER OF BYTES FOR
THE ELEMENT;'.
d2043 1
a2043 1
`-20' specifies where the variable is stored (*note Stack
d2056 1
a2056 1
The simple, traditional, type is type descriptor `f' is followed by
d2061 2
a2062 2
the parameters are part of the type, as in Modula-2 or ANSI C. AIX
provides extensions to specify these, using the `f', `F', `p', and `R'
d2065 1
a2065 1
First comes the type descriptor. If it is `f' or `F', this type
d2070 3
a2072 3
colon (this is only present for type descriptors `R' and `F' which
represent Pascal function or procedure parameters), type information
for the parameter, a comma, 0 if passed by reference or 1 if passed by
d2085 1
a2085 1
new type, 25, which is a function returning `int'.
d2094 1
a2094 1
information, supported on some systems. (e.g., with `-g3' `-gstabs'
d2097 2
a2098 2
A `#define MACRO-NAME MACRO-BODY' is represented with an
`N_MAC_DEFINE' stab with a string field of `MACRO-NAME MACRO-BODY'.
d2100 2
a2101 2
An `#undef MACRO-NAME' is represented with an `N_MAC_UNDEF' stabs
with a string field of simply `MACRO-NAME'.
d2103 3
a2105 3
For both `N_MAC_DEFINE' and `N_MAC_UNDEF', the desc field is the
line number within the file where the corresponding `#define' or
`#undef' occurred.
d2141 2
a2142 2
NOTE: In the above example, `54' is `N_MAC_DEFINE' and `58' is
`N_MAC_UNDEF'.
d2151 2
a2152 2
assembler directives map to them. It also describes the
transformations that the assembler and linker make on data from stabs.
d2168 3
a2170 3
entry for that stab points to a string table entry containing the
string data from the stab. Assembler labels become relocatable
addresses. Symbol table entries in a.out have the format:
d2180 1
a2180 1
If the stab has a string, the `n_strx' field holds the offset in
d2183 1
a2183 1
produced by a `.stabn' or `.stabd' directive), the `n_strx' field is
d2186 1
a2186 1
Symbol table entries with `n_type' field values greater than 0x1f
d2202 1
a2202 1
To do this, use `nm -ap', which dumps the symbol table, including
d2204 2
a2205 2
VALUE, OTHER, DESC, TYPE, STRING. For assembler and linker symbols,
the columns are: VALUE, TYPE, STRING.
d2208 1
a2208 1
value of the stab. Thus for stab types like `N_RSYM' and `N_LSYM',
d2210 1
a2210 1
`N_ABS', which tells the linker not to relocate the value.
d2238 1
a2238 1
`.o' file. The location is expressed as a data segment offset.
d2253 3
a2255 3
Stabs for global variables do not contain location information. In this
case, the debugger finds location information in the assembler or
linker symbol table entry describing the variable. The source line:
d2265 3
a2267 3
is an external symbol. The upper case `D' signifies that the `n_type'
field of the symbol table contains 7, `N_DATA' with local linkage. The
stab's value is zero since the value is not used for `N_GSYM' stabs.
d2288 2
a2289 2
Sections::), use `objdump --stabs' instead of `nm' to show the stabs in
an object or executable file. `objdump' is a GNU utility; Sun does not
d2334 2
a2335 2
* Method Type Descriptor:: The `#' type descriptor
* Member Type Descriptor:: The `@@' type descriptor
d2349 3
a2351 3
In C++, a class name which is declared with `class', `struct', or
`union', is not only a tag, as in C, but also a type name. Thus there
should be stabs with both `t' and `T' symbol descriptors (*note
d2355 1
a2355 1
`T' symbol descriptor is followed by `t', then the stab defines both a
d2381 1
a2381 1
symbol which contains `::'. Such a pair of colons does not end the name
d2384 1
a2384 1
So that a pair of colons in this position always has this meaning, `:'
d2387 3
a2389 3
For example, if the string for a stab is `foo::bar::baz:t5=*6', then
`foo::bar::baz' is the name of the symbol, `t' is the symbol
descriptor, and `5=*6' is the type information.
d2399 3
a2401 3
C++ adds two more builtin types to the set defined for C. These are
the unknown type and the vtable record type. The unknown type, type
16, is defined in terms of itself like the void type.
d2408 1
a2408 1
and delta2 used for? >>
d2435 5
a2439 5
The stabs describing C++ language features are an extension of the
stabs describing C. Stabs representing C++ class types elaborate
extensively on the stab format used to describe structure types in C.
Stabs representing class type variables look just like stabs
representing C language variables.
d2449 1
a2449 1
The class `baseA' is represented by two stabs. The first stab
d2451 2
a2452 2
structure tag of the class type. Both stabs are of stab type `N_LSYM'.
Since the stab is not located between an `N_FUN' and an `N_LBRAC' stab
d2454 1
a2454 1
then the `N_LSYM' would signify a local variable.
d2470 2
a2471 2
begins with `name:' but then goes on to define a new type number for
the member function, describe its return type, its argument types, its
d2473 3
a2475 3
whether the method is virtual or not. If the method is virtual then
the method description goes on to give the vtable index of the method,
and the type number of the first base class defining the method.
d2480 3
a2482 3
method. Normally this will be a type declared using the `#' type
descriptor; see *Note Method Type Descriptor::; static member functions
are declared using the `f' type descriptor instead; see *Note Function
d2486 3
a2488 3
other methods. It is `op$::OPERATOR-NAME.' where OPERATOR-NAME is the
operator name such as `+' or `+='. The name ends with a period, and
any characters except the period can occur in the OPERATOR-NAME string.
d2491 4
a2494 4
the method, preceded by a colon and ending with a semi-colon. The
types of the arguments are expressed in the same way argument types are
expressed in C++ name mangling. In this example an `int' and a `char'
map to `ic'.
d2498 6
a2503 6
that apply to the member function. Here the 2 means public. The
letter encodes any qualifier applied to the method definition. In this
case, `A' means that it is a normal function definition. The dot shows
that the method is not virtual. The sections that follow elaborate
further on these fields and describe the additional information present
for virtual methods.
d2560 1
a2560 1
have an implicit argument which is the `this' pointer. The `this'
d2563 3
a2565 3
types. Name mangling is described in the ARM (`The Annotated C++
Reference Manual', by Ellis and Stroustrup, ISBN 0-201-51459-1);
`gpcompare.texi' in Cygnus GCC distributions describes the differences
d2573 3
a2575 3
Here is the stab for the `this' pointer implicit argument. The name
of the `this' pointer is always `this'. Type 19, the `this' pointer is
defined as a pointer to type 20, `baseA', but a stab defining `baseA'
d2577 2
a2578 2
shortly, here it just outputs a cross reference to the undefined
symbol, by prefixing the symbol name with `xs'.
d2601 1
a2601 1
8.7 The `#' Type Descriptor
d2605 1
a2605 1
an extra argument as its first argument, for the `this' pointer.
d2607 1
a2607 1
If the `#' is immediately followed by another `#', the second one
d2612 2
a2613 2
Otherwise, the single `#' is followed by the class type, a comma,
the return type, a comma, and zero or more parameter types separated by
d2615 1
a2615 1
debugging output generated by gcc, a final argument type of `void'
d2617 1
a2617 1
If the final argument type of `void' does not appear, the method was
d2627 1
a2627 1
8.8 The `@@' Type Descriptor
d2630 1
a2630 1
The `@@' type descriptor is used for a pointer-to-non-static-member-data
d2642 4
a2645 4
Note that there is a conflict between this and type attributes
(*note String Field::); both use type descriptor `@@'. Fortunately, the
`@@' type descriptor used in this C++ sense always will be followed by a
digit, `(', or `-', and type attributes never start with those things.
d2653 3
a2655 3
In the simple class definition shown above all member data and
functions were publicly accessible. The example that follows contrasts
public, protected and privately accessible fields and shows how these
d2658 3
a2660 3
If the character following the `FIELD-NAME:' part of the string is
`/', then the next character is the visibility. `0' means private, `1'
means protected, and `2' means public. Debuggers should ignore
d2662 3
a2664 3
default (such as public) (GDB 4.11 does not, but this should be fixed
in the next GDB release). If no visibility is specified the field is
public. The visibility `9' means that the field has been optimized out
d2666 1
a2666 1
private or protected visibility). Visibility `9' is not supported by
d2685 5
a2689 5
`vis:T19=s12' indicates that type number 19 is a 12 byte structure
named `vis' The `priv' field has public visibility (`/0'), type int
(`1'), and offset and size `,0,32;'. The `prot' field has protected
visibility (`/1'), type char (`2') and offset and size `,32,8;'. The
`pub' field has type float (`12'), and offset and size `,64,32;'.
d2706 1
a2706 1
left of an `A' in each case. Notice also that in this case two symbol
d2725 1
a2725 1
8.10 Method Modifiers (`const', `volatile', `const volatile')
d2733 2
a2734 2
character values. Normal methods use `A', const methods use `B',
volatile methods use `C', and const volatile methods use `D'. Consider
d2777 1
a2777 1
This results in the stab below describing class A. It defines a new
d2779 1
a2779 1
struct is `Adat', an integer, starting at structure offset 0 and
d2785 1
a2785 1
vtable pointer field starts with `$vf' and continues with a type
d2788 1
a2788 1
`$vf20', followed by the usual colon.
d2802 1
a2802 1
`A_virt'. Its description starts out using the same format as the
d2804 1
a2804 1
after the `A' there is an asterisk, indicating that the function is
d2816 2
a2817 2
reference is to the type number of the class that the stab is
describing (20).
d2825 1
a2825 1
This is preceded by `~%' and followed by a final semi-colon.
d2862 3
a2864 3
The virtual character is `1' if the base class is virtual and `0' if
not. The visibility character is `2' if the derivation is public, `1'
if it is protected, and `0' if it is private. Debuggers should ignore
d2870 2
a2871 2
offset from the start of the object to the part of the object
pertaining to the base class.
d2874 2
a2875 2
type. Finally a semi-colon ends the series, which repeats for each
base class.
d2877 2
a2878 2
The source below defines three base classes `A', `B', and `C' and
the derived class `D'.
d2919 1
a2919 1
In the stab describing derived class `D' below, the information about
d2945 4
a2948 4
rule is for virtual inheritance. In the example above, class `D'
inherits virtually from base class `B'. This means that an instance of
a `D' object will not contain its own `B' part but merely a pointer to
a `B' part, known as a virtual base pointer.
d2953 2
a2954 2
Notice that the base offset for `B' is given as 0 even though `B' is
not the first base class. The first base class `A' starts at offset 0.
d2956 5
a2960 5
The field information part of the stab for class `D' describes the
field which is the pointer to the virtual base class `B'. The vbase
pointer name is `$vb' followed by a type reference to the virtual base
class. Since the type id for `B' in this example is 25, the vbase
pointer name is `$vb25'.
d2969 2
a2970 2
defined earlier as the type of the `B' class `this' pointer. The
`this' pointer for a class is a pointer to the class type.
d2975 5
a2979 5
shows that the vbase pointer is the first field in the `D' object,
before any data fields defined by the class. The layout of a `D' class
object is a follows, `Adat' at 0, the vtable pointer for `A' at 32,
`Cdat' at 64, the vtable pointer for C at 96, the virtual base pointer
for `B' at 128, and `Ddat' at 160.
d3003 2
a3004 2
does apply to stabs in sections (*note Stab Sections::). Stabs in
ECOFF use these values but add 0x8f300 to distinguish them from non-stab
d3007 1
a3007 1
The symbolic names are defined in the file `include/aout/stabs.def'.
d3025 1
a3025 1
`0x0 N_UNDF'
d3028 1
a3028 1
`0x2 N_ABS'
d3031 1
a3031 1
`0x3 N_ABS | N_EXT'
d3034 1
a3034 1
`0x4 N_TEXT'
d3037 1
a3037 1
`0x5 N_TEXT | N_EXT'
d3040 1
a3040 1
`0x6 N_DATA'
d3043 1
a3043 1
`0x7 N_DATA | N_EXT'
d3046 1
a3046 1
`0x8 N_BSS'
d3049 1
a3049 1
`0x9 N_BSS | N_EXT'
d3052 2
a3053 2
`0x0c N_FN_SEQ'
Same as `N_FN', for Sequent compilers
d3055 1
a3055 1
`0x0a N_INDR'
d3058 1
a3058 1
`0x12 N_COMM'
d3061 2
a3062 2
`0x14 N_SETA'
`0x15 N_SETA | N_EXT'
d3065 2
a3066 2
`0x16 N_SETT'
`0x17 N_SETT | N_EXT'
d3069 2
a3070 2
`0x18 N_SETD'
`0x19 N_SETD | N_EXT'
d3073 2
a3074 2
`0x1a N_SETB'
`0x1b N_SETB | N_EXT'
d3077 2
a3078 2
`0x1c N_SETV'
`0x1d N_SETV | N_EXT'
d3081 1
a3081 1
`0x1e N_WARNING'
d3084 2
a3085 2
`0x1f N_FN'
File name of a `.o' file
d3097 2
a3098 2
`0x20 N_GSYM'
Global symbol; see *Note Global Variables::.
d3100 2
a3101 2
`0x22 N_FNAME'
Function name (for BSD Fortran); see *Note Procedures::.
d3103 1
a3103 1
`0x24 N_FUN'
d3107 2
a3108 2
`0x26 N_STSYM'
Data segment file-scope variable; see *Note Statics::.
d3110 2
a3111 2
`0x28 N_LCSYM'
BSS segment file-scope variable; see *Note Statics::.
d3113 2
a3114 2
`0x2a N_MAIN'
Name of main routine; see *Note Main Program::.
d3116 2
a3117 2
`0x2c N_ROSYM'
Variable in `.rodata' section; see *Note Statics::.
d3119 2
a3120 2
`0x30 N_PC'
Global symbol (for Pascal); see *Note N_PC::.
d3122 2
a3123 2
`0x32 N_NSYMS'
Number of symbols (according to Ultrix V4.0); see *Note N_NSYMS::.
d3125 2
a3126 2
`0x34 N_NOMAP'
No DST map; see *Note N_NOMAP::.
d3128 2
a3129 2
`0x36 N_MAC_DEFINE'
Name and body of a `#define'd macro; see *Note Macro define and
d3132 1
a3132 1
`0x38 N_OBJ'
d3135 2
a3136 2
`0x3a N_MAC_UNDEF'
Name of an `#undef'ed macro; see *Note Macro define and undefine::.
d3138 1
a3138 1
`0x3c N_OPT'
d3141 2
a3142 2
`0x40 N_RSYM'
Register variable; see *Note Register Variables::.
d3144 2
a3145 2
`0x42 N_M2C'
Modula-2 compilation unit; see *Note N_M2C::.
d3147 2
a3148 2
`0x44 N_SLINE'
Line number in text segment; see *Note Line Numbers::.
d3150 2
a3151 2
`0x46 N_DSLINE'
Line number in data segment; see *Note Line Numbers::.
d3153 2
a3154 2
`0x48 N_BSLINE'
Line number in bss segment; see *Note Line Numbers::.
d3156 2
a3157 2
`0x48 N_BROWS'
Sun source code browser, path to `.cb' file; see *Note N_BROWS::.
d3159 2
a3160 2
`0x4a N_DEFD'
GNU Modula2 definition module dependency; see *Note N_DEFD::.
d3162 1
a3162 1
`0x4c N_FLINE'
d3165 2
a3166 2
`0x50 N_EHDECL'
GNU C++ exception variable; see *Note N_EHDECL::.
d3168 2
a3169 2
`0x50 N_MOD2'
Modula2 info "for imc" (according to Ultrix V4.0); see *Note
d3172 2
a3173 2
`0x54 N_CATCH'
GNU C++ `catch' clause; see *Note N_CATCH::.
d3175 2
a3176 2
`0x60 N_SSYM'
Structure of union element; see *Note N_SSYM::.
d3178 1
a3178 1
`0x62 N_ENDM'
d3181 2
a3182 2
`0x64 N_SO'
Path and name of source file; see *Note Source Files::.
d3184 1
a3184 1
`0x80 N_LSYM'
d3188 2
a3189 2
`0x82 N_BINCL'
Beginning of an include file (Sun only); see *Note Include Files::.
d3191 2
a3192 2
`0x84 N_SOL'
Name of include file; see *Note Include Files::.
d3194 2
a3195 2
`0xa0 N_PSYM'
Parameter variable; see *Note Parameters::.
d3197 2
a3198 2
`0xa2 N_EINCL'
End of an include file; see *Note Include Files::.
d3200 2
a3201 2
`0xa4 N_ENTRY'
Alternate entry point; see *Note Alternate Entry Points::.
d3203 2
a3204 2
`0xc0 N_LBRAC'
Beginning of a lexical block; see *Note Block Structure::.
d3206 2
a3207 2
`0xc2 N_EXCL'
Place holder for a deleted include file; see *Note Include Files::.
d3209 2
a3210 2
`0xc4 N_SCOPE'
Modula2 scope information (Sun linker); see *Note N_SCOPE::.
d3212 2
a3213 2
`0xe0 N_RBRAC'
End of a lexical block; see *Note Block Structure::.
d3215 2
a3216 2
`0xe2 N_BCOMM'
Begin named common block; see *Note Common Blocks::.
d3218 2
a3219 2
`0xe4 N_ECOMM'
End named common block; see *Note Common Blocks::.
d3221 2
a3222 2
`0xe8 N_ECOML'
Member of a common block; see *Note Common Blocks::.
d3224 2
a3225 2
`0xea N_WITH'
Pascal `with' statement: type,,0,0,offset (Solaris2).
d3227 2
a3228 2
`0xf0 N_NBTEXT'
Gould non-base registers; see *Note Gould::.
d3230 2
a3231 2
`0xf2 N_NBDATA'
Gould non-base registers; see *Note Gould::.
d3233 2
a3234 2
`0xf4 N_NBBSS'
Gould non-base registers; see *Note Gould::.
d3236 2
a3237 2
`0xf6 N_NBSTS'
Gould non-base registers; see *Note Gould::.
d3239 2
a3240 2
`0xf8 N_NBLCS'
Gould non-base registers; see *Note Gould::.
d3252 4
a3255 4
`DIGIT'
`('
`-'
Variable on the stack; see *Note Stack Variables::.
d3257 1
a3257 1
`:'
d3260 2
a3261 2
`a'
Parameter passed by reference in register; see *Note Reference
d3264 2
a3265 2
`b'
Based variable; see *Note Based Variables::.
d3267 2
a3268 2
`c'
Constant; see *Note Constants::.
d3270 2
a3271 2
`C'
Conformant array bound (Pascal, maybe other languages); *Note
d3273 1
a3273 1
can be distinguished because the latter uses `N_CATCH' and the
d3276 2
a3277 2
`d'
Floating point register variable; see *Note Register Variables::.
d3279 2
a3280 2
`D'
Parameter in floating point register; see *Note Register
d3283 2
a3284 2
`f'
File scope function; see *Note Procedures::.
d3286 2
a3287 2
`F'
Global function; see *Note Procedures::.
d3289 2
a3290 2
`G'
Global variable; see *Note Global Variables::.
d3292 1
a3292 1
`i'
d3295 2
a3296 2
`I'
Internal (nested) procedure; see *Note Nested Procedures::.
d3298 2
a3299 2
`J'
Internal (nested) function; see *Note Nested Procedures::.
d3301 1
a3301 1
`L'
d3304 2
a3305 2
`m'
Module; see *Note Procedures::.
d3307 2
a3308 2
`p'
Argument list parameter; see *Note Parameters::.
d3310 1
a3310 1
`pP'
d3313 2
a3314 2
`pF'
Fortran Function parameter; see *Note Parameters::.
d3316 1
a3316 1
`P'
d3318 12
a3329 12
invented for this symbol descriptor. At least the GNU and Sun
uses can be distinguished by the symbol type. Global Procedure
(AIX) (symbol type used unknown); see *Note Procedures::.
Register parameter (GNU) (symbol type `N_PSYM'); see *Note
Parameters::. Prototype of function referenced by this file (Sun
`acc') (symbol type `N_FUN').
`Q'
Static Procedure; see *Note Procedures::.
`R'
Register parameter; see *Note Register Parameters::.
d3331 2
a3332 2
`r'
Register variable; see *Note Register Variables::.
d3334 2
a3335 2
`S'
File scope variable; see *Note Statics::.
d3337 1
a3337 1
`s'
d3340 2
a3341 2
`t'
Type name; see *Note Typedefs::.
d3343 2
a3344 2
`T'
Enumeration, structure, or union tag; see *Note Typedefs::.
d3346 2
a3347 2
`v'
Parameter passed by reference; see *Note Reference Parameters::.
d3349 2
a3350 2
`V'
Procedure scope static variable; see *Note Statics::.
d3352 2
a3353 2
`x'
Conformant array; see *Note Conformant Arrays::.
d3355 2
a3356 2
`X'
Function return variable; see *Note Parameters::.
d3365 2
a3366 2
an equals sign. It specifies what kind of type is being defined.
*Note String Field::, for more information about their use.
d3368 3
a3370 3
`DIGIT'
`('
Type reference; see *Note String Field::.
d3372 2
a3373 2
`-'
Reference to builtin type; see *Note Negative Type Numbers::.
d3375 2
a3376 2
`#'
Method (C++); see *Note Method Type Descriptor::.
d3378 2
a3379 2
`*'
Pointer; see *Note Miscellaneous Types::.
d3381 1
a3381 1
`&'
d3384 13
a3396 13
`@@'
Type Attributes (AIX); see *Note String Field::. Member (class
and variable) type (GNU C++); see *Note Member Type Descriptor::.
`a'
Array; see *Note Arrays::.
`A'
Open array; see *Note Arrays::.
`b'
Pascal space type (AIX); see *Note Miscellaneous Types::. Builtin
integer type (Sun); see *Note Builtin Type Descriptors::. Const
d3399 2
a3400 2
`B'
Volatile-qualified type; see *Note Miscellaneous Types::.
d3402 2
a3403 2
`c'
Complex builtin type (AIX); see *Note Builtin Type Descriptors::.
d3406 1
a3406 1
`C'
d3409 2
a3410 2
`d'
File type; see *Note Miscellaneous Types::.
d3412 2
a3413 2
`D'
N-dimensional dynamic array; see *Note Arrays::.
d3415 2
a3416 2
`e'
Enumeration type; see *Note Enumerations::.
d3418 2
a3419 2
`E'
N-dimensional subarray; see *Note Arrays::.
d3421 2
a3422 2
`f'
Function type; see *Note Function Types::.
d3424 2
a3425 2
`F'
Pascal function parameter; see *Note Function Types::
d3427 2
a3428 2
`g'
Builtin floating point type; see *Note Builtin Type Descriptors::.
d3430 1
a3430 1
`G'
d3433 2
a3434 2
`i'
Imported type (AIX); see *Note Cross-References::.
d3437 2
a3438 2
`k'
Const-qualified type; see *Note Miscellaneous Types::.
d3440 1
a3440 1
`K'
d3443 2
a3444 2
`M'
Multiple instance type; see *Note Miscellaneous Types::.
d3446 2
a3447 2
`n'
String type; see *Note Strings::.
d3449 2
a3450 2
`N'
Stringptr; see *Note Strings::.
d3452 2
a3453 2
`o'
Opaque type; see *Note Typedefs::.
d3455 2
a3456 2
`p'
Procedure; see *Note Function Types::.
d3458 2
a3459 2
`P'
Packed array; see *Note Arrays::.
d3461 2
a3462 2
`r'
Range type; see *Note Subranges::.
d3464 3
a3466 3
`R'
Builtin floating type; see *Note Builtin Type Descriptors:: (Sun).
Pascal subroutine parameter; see *Note Function Types:: (AIX).
d3468 2
a3469 2
Pascal subroutine parameter type will always contain a comma, and
a builtin type descriptor never will).
d3471 2
a3472 2
`s'
Structure type; see *Note Structures::.
d3474 2
a3475 2
`S'
Set type; see *Note Miscellaneous Types::.
d3477 2
a3478 2
`u'
Union; see *Note Unions::.
d3480 1
a3480 1
`v'
d3482 1
a3482 1
like a union within a struct in C. See AIX documentation for
d3485 2
a3486 2
`w'
Wide character; see *Note Builtin Type Descriptors::.
d3488 2
a3489 2
`x'
Cross-reference; see *Note Cross-References::.
d3491 1
a3491 1
`Y'
d3494 2
a3495 2
`z'
gstring; see *Note Strings::.
d3504 1
a3504 1
described, see *Note Stab Types::. This appendix just covers certain
d3510 1
a3510 1
The first line is the symbol type (see `include/aout/stab.def').
d3545 1
a3545 1
-- `.stabs': N_PC
d3551 1
a3551 1
`stabdump.c' says:
d3562 1
a3562 1
-- `.stabn': N_NSYMS
d3573 1
a3573 1
-- `.stabs': N_NOMAP
d3585 1
a3585 1
-- `.stabs': N_M2C
d3593 1
a3593 1
See `Dbx and Dbxtool Interfaces', 2nd edition, by Sun, 1988, for
a3595 1
d3602 2
a3603 2
-- `.stabs': N_BROWS
Sun source code browser, path to `.cb' file
d3605 1
a3605 1
<> "path to associated `.cb' file"
d3615 1
a3615 1
-- `.stabn': N_DEFD
d3620 2
a3621 2
non-zero if it is imported with the GNU M2 keyword `%INITIALIZE'.
Perhaps `N_M2C' can be used if there are enough empty fields?
d3629 1
a3629 1
-- `.stabs': N_EHDECL
d3634 1
a3634 1
Note: conflicts with `N_MOD2'.
d3642 1
a3642 1
-- `.stab?': N_MOD2
d3645 1
a3645 1
Note: conflicts with `N_EHDECL' <>
d3653 2
a3654 2
-- `.stabn': N_CATCH
GNU C++ `catch' clause
d3656 3
a3658 3
GNU C++ `catch' clause. The value is its address. The desc field
is nonzero if this entry is immediately followed by a `CAUGHT' stab
saying what exception was caught. Multiple `CAUGHT' stabs means
d3668 1
a3668 1
-- `.stabn': N_SSYM
d3681 1
a3681 1
-- `.stab?': N_SCOPE
d3690 5
a3694 5
-- `.stab?': N_NBTEXT
-- `.stab?': N_NBDATA
-- `.stab?': N_NBBSS
-- `.stab?': N_NBSTS
-- `.stab?': N_NBLCS
d3698 6
a3703 6
they are the values which GNU has been documenting for these
values for a long time, without actually checking what Gould uses.
I include these values only because perhaps some someone actually
did something with the GNU information (I hope not, why GNU
knowingly assigned wrong values to these in the header file is a
complete mystery to me).
d3717 1
a3717 1
-- `.stabn': N_LENG
d3727 21
a3747 22
* For GNU C stabs defining local and global variables (`N_LSYM' and
`N_GSYM'), the desc field is supposed to contain the source line
number on which the variable is defined. In reality the desc
field is always 0. (This behavior is defined in `dbxout.c' and
putting a line number in desc is controlled by `#ifdef
WINNING_GDB', which defaults to false). GDB supposedly uses this
information if you say `list VAR'. In reality, VAR can be a
variable defined in the program and GDB says `function VAR not
defined'.
* In GNU C stabs, there seems to be no way to differentiate tag
types: structures, unions, and enums (symbol descriptor `T') and
typedefs (symbol descriptor `t') defined at file scope from types
defined locally to a procedure or other more local scope. They
all use the `N_LSYM' stab type. Types defined at procedure scope
are emitted after the `N_RBRAC' of the preceding function and
before the code of the procedure in which they are defined. This
is exactly the same as types defined in the source file between
the two procedure bodies. GDB over-compensates by placing all
types in block #1, the block for symbols of file scope. This is
true for default, `-ansi' and `-traditional' compiler options.
(Bugs gcc/1063, gdb/1066.)
d3749 2
a3750 2
* What ends the procedure scope? Is it the proc block's `N_RBRAC'
or the next `N_FUN'? (I believe it's the first.)
d3775 13
a3787 13
The assembler creates two custom sections, a section named `.stab'
which contains an array of fixed length structures, one struct per stab,
and a section named `.stabstr' containing all the variable length
strings that are referenced by stabs in the `.stab' section. The byte
order of the stabs binary data depends on the object file format. For
ELF, it matches the byte order of the ELF file itself, as determined
from the `EI_DATA' field in the `e_ident' member of the ELF header.
For SOM, it is always big-endian (is this true??? FIXME). For COFF, it
matches the byte order of the COFF headers. The meaning of the fields
is the same as for a.out (*note Symbol Table Format::), except that the
`n_strx' field is relative to the strings for the current compilation
unit (which can be found using the synthetic N_UNDF stab described
below), rather than the entire string table.
d3789 1
a3789 1
The first stab in the `.stab' section for each compilation unit is
d3791 1
a3791 1
`.stab' directive as input to the assembler. This stab contains the
d3794 2
a3795 2
`n_strx'
Offset in the `.stabstr' section to the source filename.
d3797 2
a3798 2
`n_type'
`N_UNDF'.
d3800 1
a3800 1
`n_other'
d3802 1
a3802 1
overflows from the count in the `n_desc' field.
d3804 1
a3804 1
`n_desc'
d3808 3
a3810 3
`n_value'
Size of the string table fragment associated with this source
file, in bytes.
d3812 1
a3812 1
The `.stabstr' section always starts with a null byte (so that string
d3816 4
a3819 4
The ELF section header for the `.stab' section has its `sh_link'
member set to the section number of the `.stabstr' section, and the
`.stabstr' section has its ELF section header `sh_type' member set to
`SHT_STRTAB' to mark it as a string table. SOM and COFF have no way of
d3822 5
a3826 5
For COFF, the `.stab' and `.stabstr' sections may be simply
concatenated by the linker. GDB then uses the `n_desc' fields to
figure out the extent of the original sections. Similarly, the
`n_value' fields of the header symbols are added together in order to
get the actual position of the strings in a desired `.stabstr' section.
d3828 1
a3828 1
otherwise manipulate `.stab' and `.stabstr' sections, it also requires
d3830 1
a3830 1
instance, if the linker were to pad in between the `.stabstr' sections
d3832 1
a3832 1
executable's `.stabstr' section would be wrong.
d3837 2
a3838 2
in sections, they remove the leading `N_UNDF' symbol and arranges for
all the `n_strx' fields to be relative to the start of the `.stabstr'
d3848 1
a3848 1
apply to COFF or SOM. While GDB no longer supports this hack for Sun
d3852 5
a3856 5
very many stabs. Making sure this is done for `N_SLINE', `N_RBRAC',
and `N_LBRAC' stabs is the most important thing (see the descriptions
of those stabs for more information). But Sun's stabs in ELF has taken
this further, to make all addresses in the `n_value' field (functions
and static variables) relative to the source file. For the `N_SO'
d3858 2
a3859 2
each section corresponding to a given source file, the compiler puts
out symbols giving the address of each section for a given source file.
d3862 29
a3890 29
`Bbss.bss' for the bss section, `Ddata.data' for the data section, and
`Drodata.rodata' for the rodata section. For the text section, there
is no such symbol (but there should be, see below). For an example of
how these symbols work, *Note Stab Section Transformations::. GCC does
not provide these symbols; it instead relies on the stabs getting
relocated. Thus addresses which would normally be relative to
`Bbss.bss', etc., are already relocated. The Sun linker provided with
Solaris 2.2 and earlier relocates stabs using normal ELF relocation
information, as it would do for any section. Sun has been threatening
to kludge their linker to not do this (to speed up linking), even
though the correct way to avoid having the linker do these relocations
is to have the compiler no longer output relocatable values. Last I
heard they had been talked out of the linker kludge. See Sun point
patch 101052-01 and Sun bug 1142109. With the Sun compiler this
affects `S' symbol descriptor stabs (*note Statics::) and functions
(*note Procedures::). In the latter case, to adopt the clean solution
(making the value of the stab relative to the start of the compilation
unit), it would be necessary to invent a `Ttext.text' symbol, analogous
to the `Bbss.bss', etc., symbols. I recommend this rather than using a
zero value and getting the address from the ELF symbols.
Finding the correct `Bbss.bss', etc., symbol is difficult, because
the linker simply concatenates the `.stab' sections from each `.o' file
without including any information about which part of a `.stab' section
comes from which `.o' file. The way GDB use to do this is to look for
an ELF `STT_FILE' symbol which has the same name as the last component
of the file name from the `N_SO' symbol in the stabs (for example, if
the file name is `../../gdb/main.c', it looks for an ELF `STT_FILE'
symbol named `main.c'). This loses if different files have the same
d3893 1
a3893 1
have the `Bbss.bss' symbols in the stabs themselves. Having the linker
d3907 2
a3908 2
Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
`http://fsf.org/'
d3916 1
a3916 1
functional and useful document "free" in the sense of freedom: to
d3933 2
a3934 2
of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book.
We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is
d3940 2
a3941 2
that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it
can be distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice
d3945 3
a3947 3
of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as "you". You
accept the license if you copy, modify or distribute the work in a
way requiring permission under copyright law.
d3965 6
a3970 6
titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in
the notice that says that the Document is released under this
License. If a section does not fit the above definition of
Secondary then it is not allowed to be designated as Invariant.
The Document may contain zero Invariant Sections. If the Document
does not identify any Invariant Sections then there are none.
d3981 10
a3990 10
straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images
composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some
widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to
text formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of
formats suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in an
otherwise Transparent file format whose markup, or absence of
markup, has been arranged to thwart or discourage subsequent
modification by readers is not Transparent. An image format is
not Transparent if used for any substantial amount of text. A
copy that is not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".
d3994 8
a4001 8
SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and
standard-conforming simple HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for
human modification. Examples of transparent image formats include
PNG, XCF and JPG. Opaque formats include proprietary formats that
can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or
XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally
available, and the machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF
produced by some word processors for output purposes only.
d4039 2
a4040 2
distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow
the conditions in section 3.
d4054 5
a4058 6
front cover must present the full title with all words of the
title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material
on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the
covers, as long as they preserve the title of the Document and
satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in
other respects.
d4066 11
a4076 12
numbering more than 100, you must either include a
machine-readable Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or
state in or with each Opaque copy a computer-network location from
which the general network-using public has access to download
using public-standard network protocols a complete Transparent
copy of the Document, free of added material. If you use the
latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you
begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that
this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated
location until at least one year after the last time you
distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or
retailers) of that edition to the public.
d4079 3
a4081 3
the Document well before redistributing any large number of
copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated
version of the Document.
d4087 5
a4091 5
release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with
the Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus
licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version to
whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these
things in the Modified Version:
d4094 5
a4098 5
distinct from that of the Document, and from those of
previous versions (which should, if there were any, be listed
in the History section of the Document). You may use the
same title as a previous version if the original publisher of
that version gives permission.
d4128 6
a4133 6
authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on
the Title Page. If there is no section Entitled "History" in
the Document, create one stating the title, year, authors,
and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page,
then add an item describing the Modified Version as stated in
the previous sentence.
d4138 5
a4142 5
previous versions it was based on. These may be placed in
the "History" section. You may omit a network location for a
work that was published at least four years before the
Document itself, or if the original publisher of the version
it refers to gives permission.
d4145 2
a4146 2
Preserve the Title of the section, and preserve in the
section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor
d4149 3
a4151 4
L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers
or the equivalent are not considered part of the section
titles.
d4164 5
a4168 5
material copied from the Document, you may at your option
designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this,
add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified
Version's license notice. These titles must be distinct from any
other section titles.
d4177 9
a4185 9
and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end
of the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one
passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be
added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the
Document already includes a cover text for the same cover,
previously added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity
you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may
replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous
publisher that added the old one.
d4195 2
a4196 2
modified versions, provided that you include in the combination
all of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents,
d4223 2
a4224 2
rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the
documents in all other respects.
d4228 3
a4230 3
a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow
this License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of
that document.
d4235 2
a4236 2
separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of
a storage or distribution medium, is called an "aggregate" if the
d4281 2
a4282 2
provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly
and finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the
d4294 4
a4297 4
the licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from
you under this License. If your rights have been terminated and
not permanently reinstated, receipt of a copy of some or all of
the same material does not give you any rights to use it.
d4299 1
a4299 1
10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
d4305 1
a4305 1
`http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/'.
d4312 5
a4316 5
published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If
the Document does not specify a version number of this License,
you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the
Free Software Foundation. If the Document specifies that a proxy
can decide which future versions of this License can be used, that
d4320 1
a4320 1
11. RELICENSING
a4349 1
d4366 1
a4366 1
Texts, replace the "with...Texts." line with this:
d4377 3
a4379 3
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to
permit their use in free software.
d4390 2
a4391 2
* .bb: Block Structure. (line 26)
* .be: Block Structure. (line 26)
d4393 2
a4394 2
* C_BINCL: Include Files. (line 41)
* C_BLOCK: Block Structure. (line 26)
d4399 1
a4399 1
* C_EINCL: Include Files. (line 41)
d4403 2
a4404 2
* C_FILE: Source Files. (line 61)
* C_FUN: Procedures. (line 18)
d4413 2
a4414 1
* N_BROWS: N_BROWS. (line 7)
d4416 4
a4419 2
* N_CATCH: N_CATCH. (line 7)
* N_DEFD: N_DEFD. (line 7)
d4423 2
a4424 1
* N_EHDECL: N_EHDECL. (line 7)
d4436 2
a4437 1
* N_LENG: N_LENG. (line 7)
d4442 2
a4443 1
* N_M2C: N_M2C. (line 7)
d4449 18
a4466 9
* N_MOD2: N_MOD2. (line 7)
* N_NBBSS: Gould. (line 11)
* N_NBDATA: Gould. (line 11)
* N_NBLCS: Gould. (line 11)
* N_NBSTS: Gould. (line 11)
* N_NBTEXT: Gould. (line 11)
* N_NOMAP: N_NOMAP. (line 7)
* N_NSYMS: N_NSYMS. (line 7)
* N_PC: N_PC. (line 7)
d4472 2
a4473 1
* N_SCOPE: N_SCOPE. (line 7)
d4477 2
a4478 1
* N_SSYM: N_SSYM. (line 7)
a4481 1
d4484 93
a4576 93
Node: Top1420
Node: Overview2467
Node: Flow3882
Node: Stabs Format5408
Node: String Field6970
Node: C Example12401
Node: Assembly Code12946
Node: Program Structure14917
Node: Main Program15643
Node: Source Files16204
Node: Include Files18656
Node: Line Numbers21321
Node: Procedures22855
Node: Nested Procedures28745
Node: Block Structure29921
Node: Alternate Entry Points31327
Node: Constants32060
Node: Variables35172
Node: Stack Variables35860
Node: Global Variables37561
Node: Register Variables38717
Node: Common Blocks39539
Node: Statics40793
Node: Based Variables43372
Node: Parameters44757
Node: Register Parameters46369
Node: Local Variable Parameters48630
Node: Reference Parameters51545
Node: Conformant Arrays52165
Node: Types52882
Node: Builtin Types53829
Node: Traditional Builtin Types54975
Node: Traditional Integer Types55376
Node: Traditional Other Types57684
Node: Builtin Type Descriptors58598
Node: Negative Type Numbers62098
Node: Miscellaneous Types68453
Node: Cross-References70339
Node: Subranges72014
Node: Arrays73253
Node: Strings76478
Node: Enumerations77540
Node: Structures79925
Node: Typedefs82632
Node: Unions83956
Node: Function Types85537
Node: Macro define and undefine87119
Node: Symbol Tables88696
Node: Symbol Table Format89148
Node: Transformations On Symbol Tables90596
Node: Transformations On Static Variables91950
Node: Transformations On Global Variables92686
Node: Stab Section Transformations93929
Node: Cplusplus95312
Node: Class Names95895
Node: Nested Symbols96640
Node: Basic Cplusplus Types97486
Node: Simple Classes99046
Node: Class Instance103340
Node: Methods104057
Node: Method Type Descriptor106276
Node: Member Type Descriptor107476
Node: Protections108268
Node: Method Modifiers111358
Node: Virtual Methods112986
Node: Inheritance116787
Node: Virtual Base Classes120483
Node: Static Members122727
Node: Stab Types123197
Node: Non-Stab Symbol Types123821
Node: Stab Symbol Types125252
Node: Symbol Descriptors129183
Node: Type Descriptors131962
Node: Expanded Reference135174
Node: N_PC136592
Node: N_NSYMS136960
Node: N_NOMAP137201
Node: N_M2C137507
Node: N_BROWS137941
Node: N_DEFD138224
Node: N_EHDECL138681
Node: N_MOD2138932
Node: N_CATCH139170
Node: N_SSYM139664
Node: N_SCOPE139949
Node: Gould140139
Node: N_LENG141131
Node: Questions141359
Node: Stab Sections143004
Node: Stab Section Basics143614
Node: ELF Linker Relocation146955
Node: GNU Free Documentation License150476
Node: Symbol Types Index175655
d4579 5
@
1.3
log
@revert previous
@
text
@d1 2
a2 1
This is stabs.info, produced by makeinfo version 7.1 from stabs.texinfo.
d4 7
a10 2
Copyright © 1992-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Contributed by
Cygnus Support. Written by Julia Menapace, Jim Kingdon, and David
a18 4
INFO-DIR-SECTION Software development
START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
* Stabs: (stabs). The "stabs" debugging information format.
END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
d22 2
a23 2
Copyright © 1992-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Contributed by
Cygnus Support. Written by Julia Menapace, Jim Kingdon, and David
d67 4
a70 4
“Stabs” refers to a format for information that describes a program to a
debugger. This format was apparently invented by Peter Kessler at the
University of California at Berkeley, for the ‘pdx’ Pascal debugger; the
format has spread widely since then.
d73 1
a73 1
stabs. It is believed to be comprehensive for stabs used by C. The
d79 3
a81 3
Other sources of information on stabs are ‘Dbx and Dbxtool
Interfaces’, 2nd edition, by Sun, 1988, and ‘AIX Version 3.2 Files
Reference’, Fourth Edition, September 1992, "dbx Stabstring Grammar" in
d100 3
a102 3
The GNU C compiler compiles C source in a ‘.c’ file into assembly
language in a ‘.s’ file, which the assembler translates into a ‘.o’
file, which the linker combines with other ‘.o’ files and libraries to
d105 1
a105 1
With the ‘-g’ option, GCC puts in the ‘.s’ file additional debugging
d108 2
a109 2
information describes features of the source file like line numbers, the
types and scopes of variables, and function names, parameters, and
d113 1
a113 1
encapsulated in assembler directives known collectively as “stab”
d121 1
a121 1
table of the ‘.o’ file it is building. The linker consolidates the ‘.o’
d135 3
a137 3
either ‘.stabs’ (string), ‘.stabn’ (number), or ‘.stabd’ (dot). IBM's
XCOFF assembler uses ‘.stabx’ (and some other directives such as ‘.file’
and ‘.bi’) instead of ‘.stabs’, ‘.stabn’ or ‘.stabd’.
d146 3
a148 3
For ‘.stabn’ and ‘.stabd’, there is no STRING (the ‘n_strx’ field is
zero; see *note Symbol Tables::). For ‘.stabd’, the VALUE field is
implicit and has the value of the current file location. For ‘.stabx’,
d152 7
a158 7
The number in the TYPE field gives some basic information about which
type of stab this is (or whether it _is_ a stab, as opposed to an
ordinary symbol). Each valid type number defines a different stab type;
further, the stab type defines the exact interpretation of, and possible
values for, any remaining STRING, DESC, or VALUE fields present in the
stab. *Note Stab Types::, for a list in numeric order of the valid TYPE
field values for stab directives.
d176 7
a182 7
contain a pair of colons (*note Nested Symbols::). NAME can be omitted,
which means the stab represents an unnamed object. For example,
‘:t10=*2’ defines type 10 as a pointer to type 2, but does not give the
type a name. Omitting the NAME field is supported by AIX dbx and GDB
after about version 4.8, but not other debuggers. GCC sometimes uses a
single space as the name instead of omitting the name altogether;
apparently that is supported by most debuggers.
d184 1
a184 1
The SYMBOL-DESCRIPTOR following the ‘:’ is an alphabetic character
d187 3
a189 3
the stab represents a local variable. For a list of symbol descriptors,
see *note Symbol Descriptors::. The ‘c’ symbol descriptor is an
exception in that it is not followed by type information. *Note
d192 10
a201 10
TYPE-INFORMATION is either a TYPE-NUMBER, or ‘TYPE-NUMBER=’. A
TYPE-NUMBER alone is a type reference, referring directly to a type that
has already been defined.
The ‘TYPE-NUMBER=’ form is a type definition, where the number
represents a new type which is about to be defined. The type definition
may refer to other types by number, and those type numbers may be
followed by ‘=’ and nested definitions. Also, the Lucid compiler will
repeat ‘TYPE-NUMBER=’ more than once if it wants to define several type
numbers at once.
d204 6
a209 6
is non-numeric then it is a TYPE-DESCRIPTOR, and tells what kind of type
is about to be defined. Any other values following the TYPE-DESCRIPTOR
vary, depending on the TYPE-DESCRIPTOR. *Note Type Descriptors::, for a
list of TYPE-DESCRIPTOR values. If a number follows the ‘=’ then the
number is a TYPE-REFERENCE. For a full description of types, *note
Types::.
d213 16
a228 16
(FILE-NUMBER,FILETYPE-NUMBER) (the parentheses appear in the string, and
serve to distinguish the two cases). The FILE-NUMBER is 0 for the base
source file, 1 for the first included file, 2 for the next, and so on.
The FILETYPE-NUMBER is a number starting with 1 which is incremented for
each new type defined in the file. (Separating the file number and the
type number permits the ‘N_BINCL’ optimization to succeed more often;
see *note Include Files::).
There is an AIX extension for type attributes. Following the ‘=’ are
any number of type attributes. Each one starts with ‘@@’ and ends with
‘;’. Debuggers, including AIX's dbx and GDB 4.10, skip any type
attributes they do not recognize. GDB 4.9 and other versions of dbx may
not do this. Because of a conflict with C++ (*note Cplusplus::), new
attributes should not be defined which begin with a digit, ‘(’, or ‘-’;
GDB may be unable to distinguish those from the C++ type descriptor ‘@@’.
The attributes are:
d230 1
a230 1
‘aBOUNDARY’
d234 1
a234 1
‘pINTEGER’
d238 1
a238 1
‘P’
d240 2
a241 2
array elements are placed more closely in memory, to save memory at
the expense of speed.
d243 1
a243 1
‘sSIZE’
d247 1
a247 1
‘S’
d249 3
a251 3
characters, or a bitstring instead of a set. It doesn't change the
layout of the data being represented, but does enable the debugger
to know which type it is.
d253 1
a253 1
‘V’
d259 1
d261 2
a262 2
GDB, and some versions of dbx, can handle arbitrarily long strings. But
many versions of dbx (or assemblers or linkers, I'm not sure which)
d264 2
a265 2
must work with such systems need to split the ‘.stabs’ directive into
several ‘.stabs’ directives. Each stab duplicates every field except
d272 1
a272 1
backslashes), AIX can use ‘?’ instead of backslash.
d288 1
a288 1
When compiled with ‘-g’, the program above yields the following ‘.s’
d290 1
a290 1
of the ‘.s’ file in the description of the stabs that follows.
d298 2
a299 2
This simple "hello world" example demonstrates several of the stab types
used to describe C language source files.
d382 1
a382 1
Most languages allow the main program to have any name. The ‘N_MAIN’
d384 5
a388 5
Only the string field is significant; it is the name of a function which
is the main program. Most C compilers do not use this stab (they expect
the debugger to assume that the name is ‘main’), but some C compilers
emit an ‘N_MAIN’ stab for the ‘main’ function. I'm not sure how XCOFF
handles this.
d397 4
a400 4
file. This information is contained in a symbol of stab type ‘N_SO’;
the string field contains the name of the file. The value of the symbol
is the start address of the portion of the text section corresponding to
that file.
d409 1
a409 1
‘N_SO_AS’ (0x1)
d411 2
a412 1
‘N_SO_C’ (0x2)
d414 2
a415 1
‘N_SO_ANSI_C’ (0x3)
d417 2
a418 1
‘N_SO_CC’ (0x4)
d420 2
a421 1
‘N_SO_FORTRAN’ (0x5)
d423 2
a424 1
‘N_SO_PASCAL’ (0x6)
d426 2
a427 1
‘N_SO_FORTRAN90’ (0x7)
d429 2
a430 1
‘N_SO_OBJC’ (0x32)
d432 2
a433 1
‘N_SO_OBJCPLUS’ (0x33)
d436 2
a437 2
Some compilers (for example, GCC2 and SunOS4 ‘/bin/cc’) also include
the directory in which the source was compiled, in a second ‘N_SO’
d440 3
a442 3
‘cfront’ C++ compiler can have additional ‘N_SO’ symbols for nonexistent
source files after the ‘N_SO’ for the real source file; these are
believed to contain no useful information.
d451 2
a452 2
Instead of ‘N_SO’ symbols, XCOFF uses a ‘.file’ assembler directive
which assembles to a ‘C_FILE’ symbol; explaining this in detail is
d456 1
a456 1
with an ‘N_SO’ symbol with an empty string for the name. The value is
d459 3
a461 3
just need to figure it ended when you see an ‘N_SO’ for a different
source file, or a symbol ending in ‘.o’ (which at least some linkers
insert to mark the start of a new ‘.o’ file).
d470 3
a472 3
traditional ‘N_SOL’ approach, Sun's ‘N_BINCL’ approach, and the XCOFF
‘C_BINCL’ approach (which despite the similar name has little in common
with ‘N_BINCL’).
d474 1
a474 1
An ‘N_SOL’ symbol specifies which include file subsequent symbols
d478 1
a478 1
‘N_SOL’ symbol with the name of the main source file.
d480 1
a480 1
The ‘N_BINCL’ approach works as follows. An ‘N_BINCL’ symbol
d483 4
a486 3
fields. The end of the include file is marked by an ‘N_EINCL’ symbol
(which has no string field). In an object file, there is no significant
data in the ‘N_EINCL’ symbol. ‘N_BINCL’ and ‘N_EINCL’ can be nested.
d489 1
a489 1
between an ‘N_BINCL’ and ‘N_EINCL’ pair (as will generally be the case
d491 1
a491 1
additional occurrence is replaced by an ‘N_EXCL’ symbol. I believe the
d496 18
a513 18
‘N_BINCL’ symbol to the total of all the characters in the stabs strings
included in the header file, omitting any file numbers. The value of an
‘N_EXCL’ symbol is the same as the value of the ‘N_BINCL’ symbol it
replaces. This information can be used to match up ‘N_EXCL’ and
‘N_BINCL’ symbols which have the same filename. The ‘N_EINCL’ value,
and the values of the other and description fields for all three, appear
to always be zero.
For the start of an include file in XCOFF, use the ‘.bi’ assembler
directive, which generates a ‘C_BINCL’ symbol. A ‘.ei’ directive, which
generates a ‘C_EINCL’ symbol, denotes the end of the include file. Both
directives are followed by the name of the source file in quotes, which
becomes the string for the symbol. The value of each symbol, produced
automatically by the assembler and linker, is the offset into the
executable of the beginning (inclusive, as you'd expect) or end
(inclusive, as you would not expect) of the portion of the COFF line
table that corresponds to this include file. ‘C_BINCL’ and ‘C_EINCL’ do
not nest.
d521 1
a521 1
An ‘N_SLINE’ symbol represents the start of a source line. The desc
d525 1
a525 1
to the function in which the ‘N_SLINE’ symbol occurs.
d527 8
a534 7
GNU documents ‘N_DSLINE’ and ‘N_BSLINE’ symbols for line numbers in
the data or bss segments, respectively. They are identical to ‘N_SLINE’
but are relocated differently by the linker. They were intended to be
used to describe the source location of a variable declaration, but I
believe that GCC2 actually puts the line number in the desc field of the
stab for the variable itself. GDB has been ignoring these symbols
(unless they contain a string field) since at least GDB 3.5.
d537 3
a539 3
flow of control statements, there may be more than one line number entry
for the same source line. In this case there is a line number entry at
the start of each code range, each with the same line number.
d544 1
a544 1
fixed with the ‘C_BINCL’ method of marking include files (*note Include
d553 2
a554 2
All of the following stabs normally use the ‘N_FUN’ symbol type.
However, Sun's ‘acc’ compiler on SunOS4 uses ‘N_GSYM’ and ‘N_STSYM’,
d560 4
a563 3
symbol. BSD Fortran is said to use ‘N_FNAME’ with the same restriction;
the value of the symbol is not useful (I'm not sure it really does use
this, because GDB doesn't handle this and no one has complained).
d565 2
a566 2
A function is represented by an ‘F’ symbol descriptor for a global
(extern) function, and ‘f’ for a static (local) function. For a.out,
d569 12
a580 12
2.0.1 and GCC put out an address which gets relocated by the linker. In
a future release SunPRO is planning to put out zero, in which case the
address can be found from the ELF (non-stab) symbol. Because looking
things up in the ELF symbols would probably be slow, I'm not sure how to
find which symbol of that name is the right one, and this doesn't
provide any way to deal with nested functions, it would probably be
better to make the value of the stab an address relative to the start of
the file, or just absolute. See *note ELF Linker Relocation:: for more
information on linker relocation of stabs in ELF files. For XCOFF, the
stab uses the ‘C_FUN’ storage class and the value of the stab is
meaningless; the address of the function can be found from the csect
symbol (XTY_LD/XMC_PR).
d583 1
a583 1
function; thus ‘foo:f5’ means that foo is a function returning type 5.
d585 1
a585 1
function from the stab for the function; it is in the next ‘N_SLINE’
d590 1
a590 1
not used for old (non-prototyped) function definitions in C. If the
d593 5
a597 5
preceded by ‘;’. An argument type of 0 means that additional arguments
are being passed, whose types and number may vary (‘...’ in ANSI C). GDB
has tolerated this extension (parsed the syntax, if not necessarily used
the information) since at least version 4.8; I don't know whether all
versions of dbx tolerate it. The argument types given here are not
d601 2
a602 2
which is declared without a prototype takes a ‘float’ argument, the
value is passed as a ‘double’ but then converted to a ‘float’.
d608 8
a615 8
defined in another source file are specified (i.e., a function prototype
in ANSI C), traditionally compilers emit no stab; the only way for the
debugger to find the information is if the source file where the
function is defined was also compiled with debugging symbols. As an
extension the Solaris compiler uses symbol descriptor ‘P’ followed by
the return type of the function, followed by the arguments, each
preceded by ‘;’, as in a stab with symbol descriptor ‘f’ or ‘F’. This
use of symbol descriptor ‘P’ can be distinguished from its use for
d617 1
a617 1
has symbol type ‘N_FUN’.
d619 1
a619 1
The AIX documentation also defines symbol descriptor ‘J’ as an
d621 2
a622 2
function. It also says symbol descriptor ‘m’ is a module in Modula-2 or
extended Pascal.
d625 3
a627 3
functions returning the ‘void’ type in C. I don't see why this couldn't
be used for all languages (inventing a ‘void’ type for this purpose if
necessary), but the AIX documentation defines ‘I’, ‘P’, and ‘Q’ for
d632 2
a633 2
The following example shows a stab for a function ‘main’ which
returns type number ‘1’. The ‘_main’ specified for the value is a
d647 1
a647 1
mark the end of a function with an ‘N_FUN’ symbol with an empty string
d665 1
a665 1
symbol (before the ‘:’). This feature is used by GCC, and presumably
d697 11
a707 10
The program's block structure is represented by the ‘N_LBRAC’ (left
brace) and the ‘N_RBRAC’ (right brace) stab types. The variables
defined inside a block precede the ‘N_LBRAC’ symbol for most compilers,
including GCC. Other compilers, such as the Convex, Acorn RISC machine,
and Sun ‘acc’ compilers, put the variables after the ‘N_LBRAC’ symbol.
The values of the ‘N_LBRAC’ and ‘N_RBRAC’ symbols are the start and end
addresses of the code of the block, respectively. For most machines,
they are relative to the starting address of this source file. For the
Gould NP1, they are absolute. For stabs in sections (*note Stab
Sections::), they are relative to the function in which they occur.
d709 2
a710 2
The ‘N_LBRAC’ and ‘N_RBRAC’ stabs that describe the block scope of a
procedure are located after the ‘N_FUN’ stab that represents the
d713 1
a713 1
Sun documents the desc field of ‘N_LBRAC’ and ‘N_RBRAC’ symbols as
d717 3
a719 3
For XCOFF, block scope is indicated with ‘C_BLOCK’ symbols. If the
name of the symbol is ‘.bb’, then it is the beginning of the block; if
the name of the symbol is ‘.be’; it is the end of the block.
d729 1
a729 1
point. The ‘N_ENTRY’ stab is for this; however, the Sun FORTRAN
d731 5
a735 5
of a ‘C_ENTRY’ stab is significant; the address of the alternate entry
point comes from the corresponding external symbol. A previous revision
of this document said that the value of an ‘N_ENTRY’ stab was the
address of the alternate entry point, but I don't know the source for
that information.
d743 1
a743 1
The ‘c’ symbol descriptor indicates that this stab represents a
d746 1
a746 1
is followed by ‘=’ and one of the following:
d748 1
a748 1
‘b VALUE’
d752 1
a752 1
‘c VALUE’
d755 1
a755 1
‘e TYPE-INFORMATION , VALUE’
d760 1
a760 1
right value if VALUE does not fit in a host ‘int’, but it does not
d764 2
a765 2
constants, but GDB has never imposed that restriction; I don't know
about other debuggers.
d767 1
a767 1
‘i VALUE’
d769 2
a770 2
sort of generic integer type (for GDB, a host ‘int’); to specify
the type explicitly, use ‘e’ instead.
d772 4
a775 4
‘r VALUE’
Real constant. VALUE is the real value, which can be ‘INF’
(optionally preceded by a sign) for infinity, ‘QNAN’ for a quiet
NaN (not-a-number), or ‘SNAN’ for a signalling NaN. If it is a
d777 1
a777 1
‘atof’.
d779 5
a783 5
‘s STRING’
String constant. STRING is a string enclosed in either ‘'’ (in
which case ‘'’ characters within the string are represented as ‘\'’
or ‘"’ (in which case ‘"’ characters within the string are
represented as ‘\"’).
d785 1
a785 1
‘S TYPE-INFORMATION , ELEMENTS , BITS , PATTERN’
d793 2
a794 2
hexadecimal representation of the set. AIX documentation refers to
a limit of 32 bytes, but I see no reason why this limit should
d804 1
a804 1
The above information is followed by ‘;’.
d833 1
a833 1
long as that function executes (C calls such variables “automatic”), it
d839 1
a839 1
‘-’, or ‘(’, only those characters precluded from being used for symbol
d842 1
a842 1
‘TYPE-NUMBER=’. This is a bad idea; there is no guarantee that type
d844 1
a844 1
variables use the ‘N_LSYM’ stab type, or ‘C_LSYM’ for XCOFF.
d849 1
a849 1
defined in; see *note Block Structure::.
d866 3
a868 3
See *note Procedures:: for more information on the ‘N_FUN’ stab, and
*note Block Structure:: for more information on the ‘N_LBRAC’ and
‘N_RBRAC’ stabs.
d877 2
a878 2
represented by the ‘G’ symbol descriptor. These stabs use the ‘N_GSYM’
stab type (C_GSYM for XCOFF). The type information for the stab (*note
d893 5
a897 5
The address of the variable represented by the ‘N_GSYM’ is not
contained in the ‘N_GSYM’ stab. The debugger gets this information from
the external symbol for the global variable. In the example above, the
‘.global _g_foo’ and ‘_g_foo:’ lines tell the assembler to produce an
external symbol.
d899 1
a899 1
Some compilers, like GCC, output ‘N_GSYM’ stabs only once, where the
d901 1
a901 1
‘N_GSYM’ stab for each compilation unit which references the variable.
d909 2
a910 2
Register variables have their own stab type, ‘N_RSYM’ (‘C_RSYM’ for
XCOFF), and their own symbol descriptor, ‘r’. The stab's value is the
d913 1
a913 1
AIX defines a separate symbol descriptor ‘d’ for floating point
d916 1
a916 1
the compiler actually uses ‘d’.
d936 6
a941 6
A ‘N_BCOMM’ stab begins a common block and an ‘N_ECOMM’ stab ends it.
The only field that is significant in these two stabs is the string,
which names a normal (non-debugging) symbol that gives the address of
the common block. According to IBM documentation, only the ‘N_BCOMM’
has the name of the common block (even though their compiler actually
puts it both places).
d944 7
a950 7
‘N_BCOMM’ and the ‘N_ECOMM’; the value of each stab is the offset within
the common block of that variable. IBM uses the ‘C_ECOML’ stab type,
and there is a corresponding ‘N_ECOML’ stab type, but Sun's Fortran
compiler uses ‘N_GSYM’ instead. The variables within a common block use
the ‘V’ symbol descriptor (I believe this is true of all Fortran
variables). Other stabs (at least type declarations using ‘C_DECL’) can
also be between the ‘N_BCOMM’ and the ‘N_ECOMM’.
d958 5
a962 5
Initialized static variables are represented by the ‘S’ and ‘V’ symbol
descriptors. ‘S’ means file scope static, and ‘V’ means procedure scope
static. One exception: in XCOFF, IBM's xlc compiler always uses ‘V’,
and whether it is file scope or not is distinguished by whether the stab
is located within a function.
d964 2
a965 2
In a.out files, ‘N_STSYM’ means the data section, ‘N_FUN’ means the
text section, and ‘N_LCSYM’ means the bss section. For those systems
d967 1
a967 1
‘N_ROSYM’ means the read-only data section.
d984 8
a991 8
‘C_STSYM’ can be used for all statics. Also, each static variable is
enclosed in a static block. A ‘C_BSTAT’ (emitted with a ‘.bs’ assembler
directive) symbol begins the static block; its value is the symbol
number of the csect symbol whose value is the address of the static
block, its section is the section of the variables in that static block,
and its name is ‘.bs’. A ‘C_ESTAT’ (emitted with a ‘.es’ assembler
directive) symbol ends the static block; its name is ‘.es’ and its value
and section are ignored.
d997 2
a998 2
descriptor ‘S’ means that the address is absolute (the linker relocates
it) and symbol descriptor ‘V’ means that the address is relative to the
d1004 1
a1004 1
descriptor ‘S’ symbol be an offset relative to the start of the file,
d1016 3
a1018 3
which allows allocating arrays with ‘malloc’, but which avoids blurring
the line between arrays and pointers the way that C does. In stabs such
a variable uses the ‘b’ symbol descriptor.
d1033 2
a1034 2
In this example, ‘real’ is type 6 and type 3 is an integral type
which is the type of the subscripts of the array (probably ‘integer’).
d1036 7
a1042 7
The ‘b’ symbol descriptor is like ‘V’ in that it denotes a statically
allocated symbol whose scope is local to a function; see *Note
Statics::. The value of the symbol, instead of being the address of the
variable itself, is the address of a pointer to that variable. So in
the above example, the value of the ‘foo’ stab is the address of a
pointer to a real, the value of the ‘foo10’ stab is the address of a
pointer to a 10-element array of reals, and the value of the ‘foo10_5’
d1058 5
a1062 5
Parameters passed on the stack use the symbol descriptor ‘p’ and the
‘N_PSYM’ symbol type (or ‘C_PSYM’ for XCOFF). The value of the symbol is
an offset used to locate the parameter on the stack; its exact meaning
is machine-dependent, but on most machines it is an offset from the
frame pointer.
d1076 1
a1076 1
The type definition of ‘argv’ is interesting because it contains
d1078 1
a1078 1
‘argv’ (type 20) is pointer to type 21.
d1080 1
a1080 1
The following symbol descriptors are also said to go with ‘N_PSYM’.
d1111 4
a1114 4
descriptor ‘P’ or ‘R’ to indicate an argument which is in a register.
Symbol type ‘C_RPSYM’ is used in XCOFF and ‘N_RSYM’ is used otherwise.
The symbol's value is the register number. ‘P’ and ‘R’ mean the same
thing; the difference is that ‘P’ is a GNU invention and ‘R’ is an IBM
d1117 2
a1118 2
There is at least one case where GCC uses a ‘p’ and ‘r’ pair rather
than ‘P’; this is where the argument is passed in the argument list and
d1121 1
a1121 1
According to the AIX documentation, symbol descriptor ‘D’ is for a
d1123 3
a1125 3
unnecessary--why not just use ‘R’ with a register number which indicates
that it's a floating point register? I haven't verified whether the
system actually does what the documentation indicates.
d1127 1
a1127 1
On the sparc and hppa, for a ‘P’ symbol whose type is a structure or
d1129 11
a1139 11
sparc, this is also true of a ‘p’ and ‘r’ pair (using Sun ‘cc’) or a ‘p’
symbol. However, if a (small) structure is really in a register, ‘r’ is
used. And, to top it all off, on the hppa it might be a structure which
was passed on the stack and loaded into a register and for which there
is a ‘p’ and ‘r’ pair! I believe that symbol descriptor ‘i’ is supposed
to deal with this case (it is said to mean "value parameter by
reference, indirect access"; I don't know the source for this
information), but I don't know details or what compilers or debuggers
use it, if any (not GDB or GCC). It is not clear to me whether this case
needs to be dealt with differently than parameters passed by reference
(*note Reference Parameters::).
d1154 2
a1155 2
by the prologue (for example, the parameter is declared as a ‘float’,
but the calling conventions specify that it is passed as a ‘double’),
d1157 1
a1157 1
symbol descriptor ‘p’ and the type which is passed. The second symbol
d1167 1
a1167 1
if ‘f’ is passed as a double at stack offset 8, and the prologue
d1170 2
a1171 2
.stabs "f:p13",160,0,3,8 # 160 is ‘N_PSYM’, here 13 is ‘double’
.stabs "f:r12",64,0,3,0 # 64 is ‘N_RSYM’, here 12 is ‘float’
d1173 1
a1173 1
In both stabs 3 is the line number where ‘f’ is declared (*note Line
d1177 2
a1178 2
It uses a single ‘p’ symbol descriptor for an argument which is stored
as a local variable but uses ‘N_LSYM’ instead of ‘N_PSYM’. In this
d1193 1
a1193 1
there are stabs for ‘stream’ and ‘format’. On most machines, the
d1197 5
a1201 5
of arguments, the debugger can print all three arguments. To do so, the
parameter symbol (symbol descriptor ‘p’) (not necessarily ‘r’ or symbol
descriptor omitted symbols) needs to contain the actual type as passed
(for example, ‘double’ not ‘float’ if it is passed as a double and
converted to a float).
d1209 7
a1215 6
If the parameter is passed by reference (e.g., Pascal ‘VAR’ parameters),
then the symbol descriptor is ‘v’ if it is in the argument list, or ‘a’
if it in a register. Other than the fact that these contain the address
of the parameter rather than the parameter itself, they are identical to
‘p’ and ‘R’, respectively. I believe ‘a’ is an AIX invention; ‘v’ is
supported by all stabs-using systems as far as I know.
d1225 6
a1230 6
called function until run-time. Such parameters have two stabs: a ‘x’
for the array itself, and a ‘C’, which represents the size of the array.
The value of the ‘x’ stab is the offset in the argument list where the
address of the array is stored (it this right? it is a guess); the
value of the ‘C’ stab is the offset in the argument list where the size
of the array (in elements? in bytes?) is stored.
d1241 1
a1241 1
descriptors that may follow the ‘=’ in a type definition.
d1263 1
a1263 1
Certain types are built in (‘int’, ‘short’, ‘void’, ‘float’, etc.); the
d1266 2
a1267 2
types do not specify everything that a debugger would need to know about
the type--in some cases they merely specify enough information to
d1271 2
a1272 2
ways have been invented to describe them. Sun's ‘acc’ uses special
builtin type descriptors (‘b’ and ‘R’), and IBM uses negative type
d1291 1
a1291 1
point, and ‘void’.
d1305 1
a1305 1
values fit within an ‘int’, then they are given normally. For example:
d1310 1
a1310 1
Builtin types can also be described as subranges of ‘int’:
d1316 2
a1317 2
in an ‘int’. Traditionally this is only used for ‘unsigned int’ and
‘unsigned long’:
d1338 1
a1338 1
convention for ‘unsigned long long’.
d1343 1
a1343 1
convention for ‘long long’. To distinguish this from a legitimate
d1360 2
a1361 2
However, GCC writes ‘long double’ the same way it writes ‘double’, so
there is no way to distinguish.
d1365 2
a1366 2
Complex types are defined the same way as floating-point types; there
is no way to distinguish a single-precision complex from a
d1369 1
a1369 1
The C ‘void’ type is defined as itself:
d1381 1
a1381 1
This is the method used by Sun's ‘acc’ for defining builtin types.
d1384 13
a1396 12
‘b SIGNED CHAR-FLAG WIDTH ; OFFSET ; NBITS ;’
Define an integral type. SIGNED is ‘u’ for unsigned or ‘s’ for
signed. CHAR-FLAG is ‘c’ which indicates this is a character type,
or is omitted. I assume this is to distinguish an integral type
from a character type of the same size, for example it might make
sense to set it for the C type ‘wchar_t’ so the debugger can print
such variables differently (Solaris does not do this). Sun sets it
on the C types ‘signed char’ and ‘unsigned char’ which arguably is
wrong. WIDTH and OFFSET appear to be for small objects stored in
larger ones, for example a ‘short’ in an ‘int’ register. WIDTH is
normally the number of bytes in the type. OFFSET seems to always
be zero. NBITS is the number of bits in the type.
d1398 1
a1398 1
Note that type descriptor ‘b’ used for builtin types conflicts with
d1401 2
a1402 2
descriptor will be a digit, ‘(’, or ‘-’ for a Pascal space type, or
‘u’ or ‘s’ for a builtin type.
d1404 1
a1404 1
‘w’
d1409 1
a1409 1
‘R FP-TYPE ; BYTES ;’
d1413 1
a1413 1
‘1 (NF_SINGLE)’
d1416 1
a1416 1
‘2 (NF_DOUBLE)’
d1419 5
a1423 3
‘3 (NF_COMPLEX)’
‘4 (NF_COMPLEX16)’
‘5 (NF_COMPLEX32)’
d1425 2
a1426 2
describes them as Fortran ‘complex’, ‘double complex’, and
‘complex*16’, respectively, but what does that mean? (i.e.,
d1429 1
a1429 1
‘6 (NF_LDOUBLE)’
d1431 2
a1432 2
‘long double’, and new codes should be used for other floating
point formats (‘NF_DOUBLE’ can be used if a ‘long double’ is
d1439 1
a1439 1
‘g TYPE-INFORMATION ; NBITS’
d1444 1
a1444 1
‘c TYPE-INFORMATION ; NBITS’
d1449 1
a1449 1
The C ‘void’ type is defined as a signed integral type 0 bits long:
d1465 3
a1467 3
debugger knows about the builtin types anyway, the idea of negative type
numbers is simply to give a special type number which indicates the
builtin type. There is no stab defining these types.
d1472 11
a1482 11
‘int’ or ‘long’) might have different sizes depending on compiler
options, the target architecture, the ABI, etc. This issue doesn't come
up for IBM tools since (so far) they just target the RS/6000; the sizes
indicated below for each size are what the IBM RS/6000 tools use. To
deal with differing sizes, either define separate negative type numbers
for each size (which works but requires changing the debugger, and,
unless you get both AIX dbx and GDB to accept the change, introduces an
incompatibility), or use a type attribute (*note String Field::) to
define a new type with the appropriate size (which merely requires a
debugger which understands type attributes, like AIX dbx or GDB). For
example,
d1506 7
a1512 7
type depends _only_ on the negative type number given; these do not vary
depending on the language, the target system, or anything else. One can
always define separate type numbers--in the following list you will see
for example separate ‘int’ and ‘integer*4’ types which are identical
except for the name. But compatibility can be maintained by not
inventing new negative type numbers and instead just defining a new type
with a new name. For example:
d1516 2
a1517 2
Here is the list of negative type numbers. The phrase “integral
type” is used to mean twos-complement (I strongly suspect that all
d1521 2
a1522 2
‘-1’
‘int’, 32 bit signed integral type.
d1524 5
a1528 5
‘-2’
‘char’, 8 bit type holding a character. Both GDB and dbx on AIX
treat this as signed. GCC uses this type whether ‘char’ is signed
or not, which seems like a bad idea. The AIX compiler (‘xlc’)
seems to avoid this type; it uses -5 instead for ‘char’.
d1530 2
a1531 2
‘-3’
‘short’, 16 bit signed integral type.
d1533 2
a1534 2
‘-4’
‘long’, 32 bit signed integral type.
d1536 2
a1537 2
‘-5’
‘unsigned char’, 8 bit unsigned integral type.
d1539 2
a1540 2
‘-6’
‘signed char’, 8 bit signed integral type.
d1542 2
a1543 2
‘-7’
‘unsigned short’, 16 bit unsigned integral type.
d1545 2
a1546 2
‘-8’
‘unsigned int’, 32 bit unsigned integral type.
d1548 2
a1549 2
‘-9’
‘unsigned’, 32 bit unsigned integral type.
d1551 2
a1552 2
‘-10’
‘unsigned long’, 32 bit unsigned integral type.
d1554 2
a1555 2
‘-11’
‘void’, type indicating the lack of a value.
d1557 2
a1558 2
‘-12’
‘float’, IEEE single precision.
d1560 2
a1561 2
‘-13’
‘double’, IEEE double precision.
d1563 5
a1567 5
‘-14’
‘long double’, IEEE double precision. The compiler claims the size
will increase in a future release, and for binary compatibility you
have to avoid using ‘long double’. I hope when they increase it
they use a new negative type number.
d1569 2
a1570 2
‘-15’
‘integer’. 32 bit signed integral type.
d1572 2
a1573 2
‘-16’
‘boolean’. 32 bit type. GDB and GCC assume that zero is false,
d1577 2
a1578 2
‘-17’
‘short real’. IEEE single precision.
d1580 2
a1581 2
‘-18’
‘real’. IEEE double precision.
d1583 2
a1584 2
‘-19’
‘stringptr’. *Note Strings::.
d1586 2
a1587 2
‘-20’
‘character’, 8 bit unsigned character type.
d1589 5
a1593 5
‘-21’
‘logical*1’, 8 bit type. This Fortran type has a split personality
in that it is used for boolean variables, but can also be used for
unsigned integers. 0 is false, 1 is true, and other values are
non-boolean.
d1595 2
a1596 2
‘-22’
‘logical*2’, 16 bit type. This Fortran type has a split
d1601 2
a1602 2
‘-23’
‘logical*4’, 32 bit type. This Fortran type has a split
d1607 2
a1608 2
‘-24’
‘logical’, 32 bit type. This Fortran type has a split personality
d1613 2
a1614 2
‘-25’
‘complex’. A complex type consisting of two IEEE single-precision
d1617 2
a1618 2
‘-26’
‘complex’. A complex type consisting of two IEEE double-precision
d1621 2
a1622 2
‘-27’
‘integer*1’, 8 bit signed integral type.
d1624 2
a1625 2
‘-28’
‘integer*2’, 16 bit signed integral type.
d1627 2
a1628 2
‘-29’
‘integer*4’, 32 bit signed integral type.
d1630 2
a1631 2
‘-30’
‘wchar’. Wide character, 16 bits wide, unsigned (what format?
d1634 2
a1635 2
‘-31’
‘long long’, 64 bit signed integral type.
d1637 2
a1638 2
‘-32’
‘unsigned long long’, 64 bit unsigned integral type.
d1640 2
a1641 2
‘-33’
‘logical*8’, 64 bit unsigned integral type.
d1643 2
a1644 2
‘-34’
‘integer*8’, 64 bit signed integral type.
d1652 1
a1652 1
‘b TYPE-INFORMATION ; BYTES’
d1655 1
a1655 1
This use of the ‘b’ type descriptor can be distinguished from its
d1658 1
a1658 1
digit, ‘(’, or ‘-’.
d1660 1
a1660 1
‘B TYPE-INFORMATION’
d1666 1
a1666 1
‘d TYPE-INFORMATION’
d1670 1
a1670 1
‘k TYPE-INFORMATION’
d1675 1
a1675 1
‘M TYPE-INFORMATION ; LENGTH’
d1677 2
a1678 2
repetitions of TYPE-INFORMATION, for example ‘character*3’ is
represented by ‘M-2;3’, where ‘-2’ is a reference to a character
d1681 1
a1681 1
LENGTH is a bound, like those in range types; see *note
d1684 1
a1684 1
‘S TYPE-INFORMATION’
d1689 1
a1689 1
In CHILL, if it is a bitstring instead of a set, also use the ‘S’
d1692 1
a1692 1
‘* TYPE-INFORMATION’
d1705 6
a1710 6
Another way is with the ‘x’ type descriptor, which is followed by ‘s’
for a structure tag, ‘u’ for a union tag, or ‘e’ for a enumerator tag,
followed by the name of the tag, followed by ‘:’. If the name contains
‘::’ between a ‘<’ and ‘>’ pair (for C++ templates), such a ‘::’ does
not end the name--only a single ‘:’ ends the name; see *note Nested
Symbols::.
d1721 1
a1721 1
Not all debuggers support the ‘x’ type descriptor, so on some
d1726 1
a1726 1
Modula-2 imported types, at least on AIX, use the ‘i’ type
d1728 1
a1728 1
type is imported, followed by ‘:’, followed by the name of the type.
d1734 1
a1734 1
String Field::), or what. The symbol ends with ‘;’.
d1742 1
a1742 1
The ‘r’ type descriptor defines a type as a subrange of another type.
d1744 5
a1748 5
subrange, a semicolon, an integral lower bound, a semicolon, an integral
upper bound, and a semicolon. The AIX documentation does not specify
the trailing semicolon, in an effort to specify array indexes more
cleanly, but a subrange which is not an array index has always included
a trailing semicolon (*note Arrays::).
d1752 8
a1759 8
‘A OFFSET’
The bound is passed by reference on the stack at offset OFFSET from
the argument list. *Note Parameters::, for more information on
such offsets.
‘T OFFSET’
The bound is passed by value on the stack at offset OFFSET from the
argument list.
d1761 1
a1761 1
‘a REGISTER-NUMBER’
d1765 1
a1765 1
‘t REGISTER-NUMBER’
d1768 1
a1768 1
‘J’
d1771 1
a1771 1
Subranges are also used for builtin types; see *note Traditional
d1780 1
a1780 1
Arrays use the ‘a’ type descriptor. Following the type descriptor is
d1782 2
a1783 2
type is a range type, it ends in a semicolon; otherwise (for example, if
it is a type reference), there does not appear to be any way to tell
d1786 8
a1793 8
type as not ending in a semicolon (but this is not right for range types
which are not array indexes, *note Subranges::). I think probably the
best solution is to specify that a semicolon ends a range type, and that
the index type and element type of an array are separated by a
semicolon, but that if the index type is a range type, the extra
semicolon can be omitted. GDB (at least through version 4.9) doesn't
support any kind of index type other than a range anyway; I'm not sure
about dbx.
d1798 3
a1800 3
‘TYPE-NUMBER=’ if it is defining a new type). According to a comment in
GDB, this is also true of the type of the array elements; it gives
‘ar1;1;10;ar1;1;10;4’ as a legitimate way to express a two dimensional
d1805 3
a1807 3
descriptor ‘r’ and some parameters. It defines the size of the array.
In the example below, the range ‘r1;0;2;’ defines an index type which is
a subrange of type 1 (integer), with a lower bound of 0 and an upper
d1825 8
a1832 7
If an array is “packed”, the elements are spaced more closely than
normal, saving memory at the expense of speed. For example, an array of
3-byte objects might, if unpacked, have each element aligned on a 4-byte
boundary, but if packed, have no padding. One way to specify that
something is packed is with type attributes (*note String Field::). In
the case of arrays, another is to use the ‘P’ type descriptor instead of
‘a’. Other than specifying a packed array, ‘P’ is identical to ‘a’.
d1834 1
a1834 1
An open array is represented by the ‘A’ type descriptor followed by
d1862 1
a1862 1
‘n TYPE-INFORMATION ; BYTES’
d1869 2
a1870 2
‘z TYPE-INFORMATION ; BYTES’
Just like ‘n’ except that this is a gstring, not an ordinary
d1873 1
a1873 1
‘N’
d1877 1
a1877 1
just an array of characters use the ‘S’ type attribute (*note String
d1886 1
a1886 1
Enumerations are defined with the ‘e’ type descriptor.
d1889 2
a1890 2
The type definition is located after the ‘N_RBRAC’ that marks the end of
the previous procedure's block scope, and before the ‘N_FUN’ that marks
d1902 11
a1912 10
The symbol descriptor (‘T’) says that the stab describes a structure,
enumeration, or union tag. The type descriptor ‘e’, following the ‘22=’
of the type definition narrows it down to an enumeration type.
Following the ‘e’ is a list of the elements of the enumeration. The
format is ‘NAME:VALUE,’. The list of elements ends with ‘;’. The fact
that VALUE is specified as an integer can cause problems if the value is
large. GCC 2.5.2 tries to output it in octal in that case with a
leading zero, which is probably a good thing, although GDB 4.11 supports
octal only in cases where decimal is perfectly good. Negative decimal
values are supported by both GDB and dbx.
d1917 1
a1917 1
type of another size for debuggers which support them; see *note String
d1921 1
a1921 1
enumeration values (‘first’, ‘second’, and ‘third’ in the above
d1923 8
a1930 8
whole (rather than being in a more local namespace like structure member
names), they are defined in the type definition for the enumeration type
rather than each having their own symbol. In order to be fast, GDB will
only get symbols from such types (in its initial scan of the stabs) if
the type is the first thing defined after a ‘T’ or ‘t’ symbol descriptor
(the above example fulfills this requirement). If the type does not
have a name, the compiler should emit it in a nameless stab (*note
String Field::); GCC does this.
d1941 1
a1941 1
instance of the structure in global scope. Then a ‘typedef’ equates the
d1943 5
a1947 5
structure tag, the structure ‘typedef’, and the structure instance. The
stabs for the tag and the ‘typedef’ are emitted when the definitions are
encountered. Since the structure elements are not initialized, the stab
and code for the structure variable itself is located at the end of the
program in the bss section.
d1958 1
a1958 1
The structure tag has an ‘N_LSYM’ stab type because, like the
d1960 2
a1961 2
symbol descriptor is ‘T’, for enumeration, structure, or tag type. The
type descriptor ‘s’ following the ‘16=’ of the type definition narrows
d1964 1
a1964 1
Following the ‘s’ type descriptor is the number of bytes the
d1966 2
a1967 2
The structure element descriptions are of the form ‘NAME:TYPE, BIT
OFFSET FROM THE START OF THE STRUCT, NUMBER OF BITS IN THE ELEMENT’.
d1974 1
a1974 1
defined types. For these, the type following the ‘NAME:’ part of the
d1977 5
a1981 5
embedded after the ‘NAME:’. The type definition for the array element
looks just like a type definition for a stand-alone array. The ‘s_next’
field is a pointer to the same kind of structure that the field is an
element of. So the definition of structure type 16 contains a type
definition for an element which is a pointer to type 16.
d1986 2
a1987 2
but then instead of a comma, bit position, comma, and bit size, there is
a colon followed by the name of the variable which each such field
d1991 1
a1991 1
non-method fields; see *note Cplusplus::.
d1999 1
a1999 1
To give a type a name, use the ‘t’ symbol descriptor. The type is
d2005 3
a2007 3
specifies that ‘s_typedef’ refers to type number 16. Such stabs have
symbol type ‘N_LSYM’ (or ‘C_DECL’ for XCOFF). (The Sun documentation
mentions using ‘N_GSYM’ in some cases).
d2010 1
a2010 1
enumeration, use the ‘T’ symbol descriptor instead. I believe C is the
d2015 7
a2021 7
‘o’ and is followed by a name. I don't know what the name means--is it
always the same as the name of the type, or is this type descriptor used
with a nameless stab (*note String Field::)? There optionally follows a
comma followed by type information which defines the type of this type.
If omitted, a semicolon is used in place of the comma and the type
information, and the type is much like a generic pointer type--it has a
known size but little else about it is specified.
d2036 1
a2036 1
variable. Both use the ‘N_LSYM’ stab type. If a union variable is
d2038 1
a2038 1
located immediately preceding the ‘N_LBRAC’ for the procedure's block
d2042 1
a2042 1
for the procedure in which it is defined. The stab type is ‘N_LSYM’.
d2044 2
a2045 2
struct type ‘s_tag’. This is not true. The contents and position of
the stab for ‘u_type’ do not convey any information about its procedure
d2052 1
a2052 1
The symbol descriptor ‘T’, following the ‘name:’ means that the stab
d2054 2
a2055 2
‘u’, following the ‘23=’ of the type definition, narrows it down to a
union type definition. Following the ‘u’ is the number of bytes in the
d2057 2
a2058 2
format is ‘NAME:TYPE, BIT OFFSET INTO THE UNION, NUMBER OF BYTES FOR THE
ELEMENT;’.
d2064 1
a2064 1
‘-20’ specifies where the variable is stored (*note Stack
d2077 1
a2077 1
The simple, traditional, type is type descriptor ‘f’ is followed by
d2082 2
a2083 2
the parameters are part of the type, as in Modula-2 or ANSI C. AIX
provides extensions to specify these, using the ‘f’, ‘F’, ‘p’, and ‘R’
d2086 1
a2086 1
First comes the type descriptor. If it is ‘f’ or ‘F’, this type
d2091 3
a2093 3
colon (this is only present for type descriptors ‘R’ and ‘F’ which
represent Pascal function or procedure parameters), type information for
the parameter, a comma, 0 if passed by reference or 1 if passed by
d2106 1
a2106 1
new type, 25, which is a function returning ‘int’.
d2115 1
a2115 1
information, supported on some systems. (e.g., with ‘-g3’ ‘-gstabs’
d2118 2
a2119 2
A ‘#define MACRO-NAME MACRO-BODY’ is represented with an
‘N_MAC_DEFINE’ stab with a string field of ‘MACRO-NAME MACRO-BODY’.
d2121 2
a2122 2
An ‘#undef MACRO-NAME’ is represented with an ‘N_MAC_UNDEF’ stabs
with a string field of simply ‘MACRO-NAME’.
d2124 3
a2126 3
For both ‘N_MAC_DEFINE’ and ‘N_MAC_UNDEF’, the desc field is the line
number within the file where the corresponding ‘#define’ or ‘#undef’
occurred.
d2162 2
a2163 2
NOTE: In the above example, ‘54’ is ‘N_MAC_DEFINE’ and ‘58’ is
‘N_MAC_UNDEF’.
d2172 2
a2173 2
assembler directives map to them. It also describes the transformations
that the assembler and linker make on data from stabs.
d2189 3
a2191 3
entry for that stab points to a string table entry containing the string
data from the stab. Assembler labels become relocatable addresses.
Symbol table entries in a.out have the format:
d2201 1
a2201 1
If the stab has a string, the ‘n_strx’ field holds the offset in
d2204 1
a2204 1
produced by a ‘.stabn’ or ‘.stabd’ directive), the ‘n_strx’ field is
d2207 1
a2207 1
Symbol table entries with ‘n_type’ field values greater than 0x1f
d2223 1
a2223 1
To do this, use ‘nm -ap’, which dumps the symbol table, including
d2225 2
a2226 2
VALUE, OTHER, DESC, TYPE, STRING. For assembler and linker symbols, the
columns are: VALUE, TYPE, STRING.
d2229 1
a2229 1
value of the stab. Thus for stab types like ‘N_RSYM’ and ‘N_LSYM’,
d2231 1
a2231 1
‘N_ABS’, which tells the linker not to relocate the value.
d2259 1
a2259 1
‘.o’ file. The location is expressed as a data segment offset.
d2274 3
a2276 3
Stabs for global variables do not contain location information. In this
case, the debugger finds location information in the assembler or linker
symbol table entry describing the variable. The source line:
d2286 3
a2288 3
is an external symbol. The upper case ‘D’ signifies that the ‘n_type’
field of the symbol table contains 7, ‘N_DATA’ with local linkage. The
stab's value is zero since the value is not used for ‘N_GSYM’ stabs.
d2309 2
a2310 2
Sections::), use ‘objdump --stabs’ instead of ‘nm’ to show the stabs in
an object or executable file. ‘objdump’ is a GNU utility; Sun does not
d2355 2
a2356 2
* Method Type Descriptor:: The ‘#’ type descriptor
* Member Type Descriptor:: The ‘@@’ type descriptor
d2370 3
a2372 3
In C++, a class name which is declared with ‘class’, ‘struct’, or
‘union’, is not only a tag, as in C, but also a type name. Thus there
should be stabs with both ‘t’ and ‘T’ symbol descriptors (*note
d2376 1
a2376 1
‘T’ symbol descriptor is followed by ‘t’, then the stab defines both a
d2402 1
a2402 1
symbol which contains ‘::’. Such a pair of colons does not end the name
d2405 1
a2405 1
So that a pair of colons in this position always has this meaning, ‘:’
d2408 3
a2410 3
For example, if the string for a stab is ‘foo::bar::baz:t5=*6’, then
‘foo::bar::baz’ is the name of the symbol, ‘t’ is the symbol descriptor,
and ‘5=*6’ is the type information.
d2420 3
a2422 3
C++ adds two more builtin types to the set defined for C. These are
the unknown type and the vtable record type. The unknown type, type 16,
is defined in terms of itself like the void type.
d2429 1
a2429 1
and delta2 used for? >>
d2456 5
a2460 5
The stabs describing C++ language features are an extension of the stabs
describing C. Stabs representing C++ class types elaborate extensively
on the stab format used to describe structure types in C. Stabs
representing class type variables look just like stabs representing C
language variables.
d2470 1
a2470 1
The class ‘baseA’ is represented by two stabs. The first stab
d2472 2
a2473 2
structure tag of the class type. Both stabs are of stab type ‘N_LSYM’.
Since the stab is not located between an ‘N_FUN’ and an ‘N_LBRAC’ stab
d2475 1
a2475 1
then the ‘N_LSYM’ would signify a local variable.
d2491 2
a2492 2
begins with ‘name:’ but then goes on to define a new type number for the
member function, describe its return type, its argument types, its
d2494 3
a2496 3
whether the method is virtual or not. If the method is virtual then the
method description goes on to give the vtable index of the method, and
the type number of the first base class defining the method.
d2501 3
a2503 3
method. Normally this will be a type declared using the ‘#’ type
descriptor; see *note Method Type Descriptor::; static member functions
are declared using the ‘f’ type descriptor instead; see *note Function
d2507 3
a2509 3
other methods. It is ‘op$::OPERATOR-NAME.’ where OPERATOR-NAME is the
operator name such as ‘+’ or ‘+=’. The name ends with a period, and any
characters except the period can occur in the OPERATOR-NAME string.
d2512 4
a2515 4
the method, preceded by a colon and ending with a semi-colon. The types
of the arguments are expressed in the same way argument types are
expressed in C++ name mangling. In this example an ‘int’ and a ‘char’
map to ‘ic’.
d2519 6
a2524 6
that apply to the member function. Here the 2 means public. The letter
encodes any qualifier applied to the method definition. In this case,
‘A’ means that it is a normal function definition. The dot shows that
the method is not virtual. The sections that follow elaborate further
on these fields and describe the additional information present for
virtual methods.
d2581 1
a2581 1
have an implicit argument which is the ‘this’ pointer. The ‘this’
d2584 3
a2586 3
types. Name mangling is described in the ARM (‘The Annotated C++
Reference Manual’, by Ellis and Stroustrup, ISBN 0-201-51459-1);
‘gpcompare.texi’ in Cygnus GCC distributions describes the differences
d2594 3
a2596 3
Here is the stab for the ‘this’ pointer implicit argument. The name
of the ‘this’ pointer is always ‘this’. Type 19, the ‘this’ pointer is
defined as a pointer to type 20, ‘baseA’, but a stab defining ‘baseA’
d2598 2
a2599 2
shortly, here it just outputs a cross reference to the undefined symbol,
by prefixing the symbol name with ‘xs’.
d2622 1
a2622 1
8.7 The ‘#’ Type Descriptor
d2626 1
a2626 1
an extra argument as its first argument, for the ‘this’ pointer.
d2628 1
a2628 1
If the ‘#’ is immediately followed by another ‘#’, the second one
d2633 2
a2634 2
Otherwise, the single ‘#’ is followed by the class type, a comma, the
return type, a comma, and zero or more parameter types separated by
d2636 1
a2636 1
debugging output generated by gcc, a final argument type of ‘void’
d2638 1
a2638 1
If the final argument type of ‘void’ does not appear, the method was
d2648 1
a2648 1
8.8 The ‘@@’ Type Descriptor
d2651 1
a2651 1
The ‘@@’ type descriptor is used for a pointer-to-non-static-member-data
d2663 4
a2666 4
Note that there is a conflict between this and type attributes (*note
String Field::); both use type descriptor ‘@@’. Fortunately, the ‘@@’
type descriptor used in this C++ sense always will be followed by a
digit, ‘(’, or ‘-’, and type attributes never start with those things.
d2674 3
a2676 3
In the simple class definition shown above all member data and functions
were publicly accessible. The example that follows contrasts public,
protected and privately accessible fields and shows how these
d2679 3
a2681 3
If the character following the ‘FIELD-NAME:’ part of the string is
‘/’, then the next character is the visibility. ‘0’ means private, ‘1’
means protected, and ‘2’ means public. Debuggers should ignore
d2683 3
a2685 3
default (such as public) (GDB 4.11 does not, but this should be fixed in
the next GDB release). If no visibility is specified the field is
public. The visibility ‘9’ means that the field has been optimized out
d2687 1
a2687 1
private or protected visibility). Visibility ‘9’ is not supported by
d2706 5
a2710 5
‘vis:T19=s12’ indicates that type number 19 is a 12 byte structure
named ‘vis’ The ‘priv’ field has public visibility (‘/0’), type int
(‘1’), and offset and size ‘,0,32;’. The ‘prot’ field has protected
visibility (‘/1’), type char (‘2’) and offset and size ‘,32,8;’. The
‘pub’ field has type float (‘12’), and offset and size ‘,64,32;’.
d2727 1
a2727 1
left of an ‘A’ in each case. Notice also that in this case two symbol
d2746 1
a2746 1
8.10 Method Modifiers (‘const’, ‘volatile’, ‘const volatile’)
d2754 2
a2755 2
character values. Normal methods use ‘A’, const methods use ‘B’,
volatile methods use ‘C’, and const volatile methods use ‘D’. Consider
d2798 1
a2798 1
This results in the stab below describing class A. It defines a new
d2800 1
a2800 1
struct is ‘Adat’, an integer, starting at structure offset 0 and
d2806 1
a2806 1
vtable pointer field starts with ‘$vf’ and continues with a type
d2809 1
a2809 1
‘$vf20’, followed by the usual colon.
d2823 1
a2823 1
‘A_virt’. Its description starts out using the same format as the
d2825 1
a2825 1
after the ‘A’ there is an asterisk, indicating that the function is
d2837 2
a2838 2
reference is to the type number of the class that the stab is describing
(20).
d2846 1
a2846 1
This is preceded by ‘~%’ and followed by a final semi-colon.
d2883 3
a2885 3
The virtual character is ‘1’ if the base class is virtual and ‘0’ if
not. The visibility character is ‘2’ if the derivation is public, ‘1’
if it is protected, and ‘0’ if it is private. Debuggers should ignore
d2891 2
a2892 2
offset from the start of the object to the part of the object pertaining
to the base class.
d2895 2
a2896 2
type. Finally a semi-colon ends the series, which repeats for each base
class.
d2898 2
a2899 2
The source below defines three base classes ‘A’, ‘B’, and ‘C’ and the
derived class ‘D’.
d2940 1
a2940 1
In the stab describing derived class ‘D’ below, the information about
d2966 4
a2969 4
rule is for virtual inheritance. In the example above, class ‘D’
inherits virtually from base class ‘B’. This means that an instance of
a ‘D’ object will not contain its own ‘B’ part but merely a pointer to a
‘B’ part, known as a virtual base pointer.
d2974 2
a2975 2
Notice that the base offset for ‘B’ is given as 0 even though ‘B’ is not
the first base class. The first base class ‘A’ starts at offset 0.
d2977 5
a2981 5
The field information part of the stab for class ‘D’ describes the
field which is the pointer to the virtual base class ‘B’. The vbase
pointer name is ‘$vb’ followed by a type reference to the virtual base
class. Since the type id for ‘B’ in this example is 25, the vbase
pointer name is ‘$vb25’.
d2990 2
a2991 2
defined earlier as the type of the ‘B’ class ‘this’ pointer. The ‘this’
pointer for a class is a pointer to the class type.
d2996 5
a3000 5
shows that the vbase pointer is the first field in the ‘D’ object,
before any data fields defined by the class. The layout of a ‘D’ class
object is a follows, ‘Adat’ at 0, the vtable pointer for ‘A’ at 32,
‘Cdat’ at 64, the vtable pointer for C at 96, the virtual base pointer
for ‘B’ at 128, and ‘Ddat’ at 160.
d3024 2
a3025 2
does apply to stabs in sections (*note Stab Sections::). Stabs in ECOFF
use these values but add 0x8f300 to distinguish them from non-stab
d3028 1
a3028 1
The symbolic names are defined in the file ‘include/aout/stabs.def’.
d3046 1
a3046 1
‘0x0 N_UNDF’
d3049 1
a3049 1
‘0x2 N_ABS’
d3052 1
a3052 1
‘0x3 N_ABS | N_EXT’
d3055 1
a3055 1
‘0x4 N_TEXT’
d3058 1
a3058 1
‘0x5 N_TEXT | N_EXT’
d3061 1
a3061 1
‘0x6 N_DATA’
d3064 1
a3064 1
‘0x7 N_DATA | N_EXT’
d3067 1
a3067 1
‘0x8 N_BSS’
d3070 1
a3070 1
‘0x9 N_BSS | N_EXT’
d3073 2
a3074 2
‘0x0c N_FN_SEQ’
Same as ‘N_FN’, for Sequent compilers
d3076 1
a3076 1
‘0x0a N_INDR’
d3079 1
a3079 1
‘0x12 N_COMM’
d3082 2
a3083 2
‘0x14 N_SETA’
‘0x15 N_SETA | N_EXT’
d3086 2
a3087 2
‘0x16 N_SETT’
‘0x17 N_SETT | N_EXT’
d3090 2
a3091 2
‘0x18 N_SETD’
‘0x19 N_SETD | N_EXT’
d3094 2
a3095 2
‘0x1a N_SETB’
‘0x1b N_SETB | N_EXT’
d3098 2
a3099 2
‘0x1c N_SETV’
‘0x1d N_SETV | N_EXT’
d3102 1
a3102 1
‘0x1e N_WARNING’
d3105 2
a3106 2
‘0x1f N_FN’
File name of a ‘.o’ file
d3118 2
a3119 2
‘0x20 N_GSYM’
Global symbol; see *note Global Variables::.
d3121 2
a3122 2
‘0x22 N_FNAME’
Function name (for BSD Fortran); see *note Procedures::.
d3124 1
a3124 1
‘0x24 N_FUN’
d3128 2
a3129 2
‘0x26 N_STSYM’
Data segment file-scope variable; see *note Statics::.
d3131 2
a3132 2
‘0x28 N_LCSYM’
BSS segment file-scope variable; see *note Statics::.
d3134 2
a3135 2
‘0x2a N_MAIN’
Name of main routine; see *note Main Program::.
d3137 2
a3138 2
‘0x2c N_ROSYM’
Variable in ‘.rodata’ section; see *note Statics::.
d3140 2
a3141 2
‘0x30 N_PC’
Global symbol (for Pascal); see *note N_PC::.
d3143 2
a3144 2
‘0x32 N_NSYMS’
Number of symbols (according to Ultrix V4.0); see *note N_NSYMS::.
d3146 2
a3147 2
‘0x34 N_NOMAP’
No DST map; see *note N_NOMAP::.
d3149 2
a3150 2
‘0x36 N_MAC_DEFINE’
Name and body of a ‘#define’d macro; see *note Macro define and
d3153 1
a3153 1
‘0x38 N_OBJ’
d3156 2
a3157 2
‘0x3a N_MAC_UNDEF’
Name of an ‘#undef’ed macro; see *note Macro define and undefine::.
d3159 1
a3159 1
‘0x3c N_OPT’
d3162 2
a3163 2
‘0x40 N_RSYM’
Register variable; see *note Register Variables::.
d3165 2
a3166 2
‘0x42 N_M2C’
Modula-2 compilation unit; see *note N_M2C::.
d3168 2
a3169 2
‘0x44 N_SLINE’
Line number in text segment; see *note Line Numbers::.
d3171 2
a3172 2
‘0x46 N_DSLINE’
Line number in data segment; see *note Line Numbers::.
d3174 2
a3175 2
‘0x48 N_BSLINE’
Line number in bss segment; see *note Line Numbers::.
d3177 2
a3178 2
‘0x48 N_BROWS’
Sun source code browser, path to ‘.cb’ file; see *note N_BROWS::.
d3180 2
a3181 2
‘0x4a N_DEFD’
GNU Modula2 definition module dependency; see *note N_DEFD::.
d3183 1
a3183 1
‘0x4c N_FLINE’
d3186 2
a3187 2
‘0x50 N_EHDECL’
GNU C++ exception variable; see *note N_EHDECL::.
d3189 2
a3190 2
‘0x50 N_MOD2’
Modula2 info "for imc" (according to Ultrix V4.0); see *note
d3193 2
a3194 2
‘0x54 N_CATCH’
GNU C++ ‘catch’ clause; see *note N_CATCH::.
d3196 2
a3197 2
‘0x60 N_SSYM’
Structure of union element; see *note N_SSYM::.
d3199 1
a3199 1
‘0x62 N_ENDM’
d3202 2
a3203 2
‘0x64 N_SO’
Path and name of source file; see *note Source Files::.
d3205 1
a3205 1
‘0x80 N_LSYM’
d3209 2
a3210 2
‘0x82 N_BINCL’
Beginning of an include file (Sun only); see *note Include Files::.
d3212 2
a3213 2
‘0x84 N_SOL’
Name of include file; see *note Include Files::.
d3215 2
a3216 2
‘0xa0 N_PSYM’
Parameter variable; see *note Parameters::.
d3218 2
a3219 2
‘0xa2 N_EINCL’
End of an include file; see *note Include Files::.
d3221 2
a3222 2
‘0xa4 N_ENTRY’
Alternate entry point; see *note Alternate Entry Points::.
d3224 2
a3225 2
‘0xc0 N_LBRAC’
Beginning of a lexical block; see *note Block Structure::.
d3227 2
a3228 2
‘0xc2 N_EXCL’
Place holder for a deleted include file; see *note Include Files::.
d3230 2
a3231 2
‘0xc4 N_SCOPE’
Modula2 scope information (Sun linker); see *note N_SCOPE::.
d3233 2
a3234 2
‘0xe0 N_RBRAC’
End of a lexical block; see *note Block Structure::.
d3236 2
a3237 2
‘0xe2 N_BCOMM’
Begin named common block; see *note Common Blocks::.
d3239 2
a3240 2
‘0xe4 N_ECOMM’
End named common block; see *note Common Blocks::.
d3242 2
a3243 2
‘0xe8 N_ECOML’
Member of a common block; see *note Common Blocks::.
d3245 2
a3246 2
‘0xea N_WITH’
Pascal ‘with’ statement: type,,0,0,offset (Solaris2).
d3248 2
a3249 2
‘0xf0 N_NBTEXT’
Gould non-base registers; see *note Gould::.
d3251 2
a3252 2
‘0xf2 N_NBDATA’
Gould non-base registers; see *note Gould::.
d3254 2
a3255 2
‘0xf4 N_NBBSS’
Gould non-base registers; see *note Gould::.
d3257 2
a3258 2
‘0xf6 N_NBSTS’
Gould non-base registers; see *note Gould::.
d3260 2
a3261 2
‘0xf8 N_NBLCS’
Gould non-base registers; see *note Gould::.
d3273 4
a3276 4
‘DIGIT’
‘(’
‘-’
Variable on the stack; see *note Stack Variables::.
d3278 1
a3278 1
‘:’
d3281 2
a3282 2
‘a’
Parameter passed by reference in register; see *note Reference
d3285 2
a3286 2
‘b’
Based variable; see *note Based Variables::.
d3288 2
a3289 2
‘c’
Constant; see *note Constants::.
d3291 2
a3292 2
‘C’
Conformant array bound (Pascal, maybe other languages); *note
d3294 1
a3294 1
can be distinguished because the latter uses ‘N_CATCH’ and the
d3297 2
a3298 2
‘d’
Floating point register variable; see *note Register Variables::.
d3300 2
a3301 2
‘D’
Parameter in floating point register; see *note Register
d3304 2
a3305 2
‘f’
File scope function; see *note Procedures::.
d3307 2
a3308 2
‘F’
Global function; see *note Procedures::.
d3310 2
a3311 2
‘G’
Global variable; see *note Global Variables::.
d3313 1
a3313 1
‘i’
d3316 2
a3317 2
‘I’
Internal (nested) procedure; see *note Nested Procedures::.
d3319 2
a3320 2
‘J’
Internal (nested) function; see *note Nested Procedures::.
d3322 1
a3322 1
‘L’
d3325 2
a3326 2
‘m’
Module; see *note Procedures::.
d3328 2
a3329 2
‘p’
Argument list parameter; see *note Parameters::.
d3331 1
a3331 1
‘pP’
d3334 2
a3335 2
‘pF’
Fortran Function parameter; see *note Parameters::.
d3337 1
a3337 1
‘P’
d3339 12
a3350 12
invented for this symbol descriptor. At least the GNU and Sun uses
can be distinguished by the symbol type. Global Procedure (AIX)
(symbol type used unknown); see *note Procedures::. Register
parameter (GNU) (symbol type ‘N_PSYM’); see *note Parameters::.
Prototype of function referenced by this file (Sun ‘acc’) (symbol
type ‘N_FUN’).
‘Q’
Static Procedure; see *note Procedures::.
‘R’
Register parameter; see *note Register Parameters::.
d3352 2
a3353 2
‘r’
Register variable; see *note Register Variables::.
d3355 2
a3356 2
‘S’
File scope variable; see *note Statics::.
d3358 1
a3358 1
‘s’
d3361 2
a3362 2
‘t’
Type name; see *note Typedefs::.
d3364 2
a3365 2
‘T’
Enumeration, structure, or union tag; see *note Typedefs::.
d3367 2
a3368 2
‘v’
Parameter passed by reference; see *note Reference Parameters::.
d3370 2
a3371 2
‘V’
Procedure scope static variable; see *note Statics::.
d3373 2
a3374 2
‘x’
Conformant array; see *note Conformant Arrays::.
d3376 2
a3377 2
‘X’
Function return variable; see *note Parameters::.
d3386 2
a3387 2
an equals sign. It specifies what kind of type is being defined. *Note
String Field::, for more information about their use.
d3389 3
a3391 3
‘DIGIT’
‘(’
Type reference; see *note String Field::.
d3393 2
a3394 2
‘-’
Reference to builtin type; see *note Negative Type Numbers::.
d3396 2
a3397 2
‘#’
Method (C++); see *note Method Type Descriptor::.
d3399 2
a3400 2
‘*’
Pointer; see *note Miscellaneous Types::.
d3402 1
a3402 1
‘&’
d3405 13
a3417 13
‘@@’
Type Attributes (AIX); see *note String Field::. Member (class and
variable) type (GNU C++); see *note Member Type Descriptor::.
‘a’
Array; see *note Arrays::.
‘A’
Open array; see *note Arrays::.
‘b’
Pascal space type (AIX); see *note Miscellaneous Types::. Builtin
integer type (Sun); see *note Builtin Type Descriptors::. Const
d3420 2
a3421 2
‘B’
Volatile-qualified type; see *note Miscellaneous Types::.
d3423 2
a3424 2
‘c’
Complex builtin type (AIX); see *note Builtin Type Descriptors::.
d3427 1
a3427 1
‘C’
d3430 2
a3431 2
‘d’
File type; see *note Miscellaneous Types::.
d3433 2
a3434 2
‘D’
N-dimensional dynamic array; see *note Arrays::.
d3436 2
a3437 2
‘e’
Enumeration type; see *note Enumerations::.
d3439 2
a3440 2
‘E’
N-dimensional subarray; see *note Arrays::.
d3442 2
a3443 2
‘f’
Function type; see *note Function Types::.
d3445 2
a3446 2
‘F’
Pascal function parameter; see *note Function Types::
d3448 2
a3449 2
‘g’
Builtin floating point type; see *note Builtin Type Descriptors::.
d3451 1
a3451 1
‘G’
d3454 2
a3455 2
‘i’
Imported type (AIX); see *note Cross-References::.
d3458 2
a3459 2
‘k’
Const-qualified type; see *note Miscellaneous Types::.
d3461 1
a3461 1
‘K’
d3464 2
a3465 2
‘M’
Multiple instance type; see *note Miscellaneous Types::.
d3467 2
a3468 2
‘n’
String type; see *note Strings::.
d3470 2
a3471 2
‘N’
Stringptr; see *note Strings::.
d3473 2
a3474 2
‘o’
Opaque type; see *note Typedefs::.
d3476 2
a3477 2
‘p’
Procedure; see *note Function Types::.
d3479 2
a3480 2
‘P’
Packed array; see *note Arrays::.
d3482 2
a3483 2
‘r’
Range type; see *note Subranges::.
d3485 3
a3487 3
‘R’
Builtin floating type; see *note Builtin Type Descriptors:: (Sun).
Pascal subroutine parameter; see *note Function Types:: (AIX).
d3489 2
a3490 2
Pascal subroutine parameter type will always contain a comma, and a
builtin type descriptor never will).
d3492 2
a3493 2
‘s’
Structure type; see *note Structures::.
d3495 2
a3496 2
‘S’
Set type; see *note Miscellaneous Types::.
d3498 2
a3499 2
‘u’
Union; see *note Unions::.
d3501 1
a3501 1
‘v’
d3503 1
a3503 1
like a union within a struct in C. See AIX documentation for
d3506 2
a3507 2
‘w’
Wide character; see *note Builtin Type Descriptors::.
d3509 2
a3510 2
‘x’
Cross-reference; see *note Cross-References::.
d3512 1
a3512 1
‘Y’
d3515 2
a3516 2
‘z’
gstring; see *note Strings::.
d3525 1
a3525 1
described, see *note Stab Types::. This appendix just covers certain
d3531 1
a3531 1
The first line is the symbol type (see ‘include/aout/stab.def’).
d3566 1
a3566 1
-- .stabs: N_PC
d3572 1
a3572 1
‘stabdump.c’ says:
d3583 1
a3583 1
-- .stabn: N_NSYMS
d3594 1
a3594 1
-- .stabs: N_NOMAP
d3606 1
a3606 1
-- .stabs: N_M2C
d3614 1
a3614 1
See ‘Dbx and Dbxtool Interfaces’, 2nd edition, by Sun, 1988, for
d3617 1
d3624 2
a3625 2
-- .stabs: N_BROWS
Sun source code browser, path to ‘.cb’ file
d3627 1
a3627 1
<> "path to associated ‘.cb’ file"
d3637 1
a3637 1
-- .stabn: N_DEFD
d3642 2
a3643 2
non-zero if it is imported with the GNU M2 keyword ‘%INITIALIZE’.
Perhaps ‘N_M2C’ can be used if there are enough empty fields?
d3651 1
a3651 1
-- .stabs: N_EHDECL
d3656 1
a3656 1
Note: conflicts with ‘N_MOD2’.
d3664 1
a3664 1
-- .stab?: N_MOD2
d3667 1
a3667 1
Note: conflicts with ‘N_EHDECL’ <>
d3675 2
a3676 2
-- .stabn: N_CATCH
GNU C++ ‘catch’ clause
d3678 3
a3680 3
GNU C++ ‘catch’ clause. The value is its address. The desc field
is nonzero if this entry is immediately followed by a ‘CAUGHT’ stab
saying what exception was caught. Multiple ‘CAUGHT’ stabs means
d3690 1
a3690 1
-- .stabn: N_SSYM
d3703 1
a3703 1
-- .stab?: N_SCOPE
d3712 5
a3716 5
-- .stab?: N_NBTEXT
-- .stab?: N_NBDATA
-- .stab?: N_NBBSS
-- .stab?: N_NBSTS
-- .stab?: N_NBLCS
d3720 6
a3725 6
they are the values which GNU has been documenting for these values
for a long time, without actually checking what Gould uses. I
include these values only because perhaps some someone actually did
something with the GNU information (I hope not, why GNU knowingly
assigned wrong values to these in the header file is a complete
mystery to me).
d3739 1
a3739 1
-- .stabn: N_LENG
d3749 22
a3770 21
• For GNU C stabs defining local and global variables (‘N_LSYM’ and
‘N_GSYM’), the desc field is supposed to contain the source line
number on which the variable is defined. In reality the desc field
is always 0. (This behavior is defined in ‘dbxout.c’ and putting a
line number in desc is controlled by ‘#ifdef WINNING_GDB’, which
defaults to false). GDB supposedly uses this information if you
say ‘list VAR’. In reality, VAR can be a variable defined in the
program and GDB says ‘function VAR not defined’.
• In GNU C stabs, there seems to be no way to differentiate tag
types: structures, unions, and enums (symbol descriptor ‘T’) and
typedefs (symbol descriptor ‘t’) defined at file scope from types
defined locally to a procedure or other more local scope. They all
use the ‘N_LSYM’ stab type. Types defined at procedure scope are
emitted after the ‘N_RBRAC’ of the preceding function and before
the code of the procedure in which they are defined. This is
exactly the same as types defined in the source file between the
two procedure bodies. GDB over-compensates by placing all types in
block #1, the block for symbols of file scope. This is true for
default, ‘-ansi’ and ‘-traditional’ compiler options. (Bugs
gcc/1063, gdb/1066.)
d3772 2
a3773 2
• What ends the procedure scope? Is it the proc block's ‘N_RBRAC’ or
the next ‘N_FUN’? (I believe it's the first.)
d3798 13
a3810 13
The assembler creates two custom sections, a section named ‘.stab’ which
contains an array of fixed length structures, one struct per stab, and a
section named ‘.stabstr’ containing all the variable length strings that
are referenced by stabs in the ‘.stab’ section. The byte order of the
stabs binary data depends on the object file format. For ELF, it
matches the byte order of the ELF file itself, as determined from the
‘EI_DATA’ field in the ‘e_ident’ member of the ELF header. For SOM, it
is always big-endian (is this true??? FIXME). For COFF, it matches the
byte order of the COFF headers. The meaning of the fields is the same
as for a.out (*note Symbol Table Format::), except that the ‘n_strx’
field is relative to the strings for the current compilation unit (which
can be found using the synthetic N_UNDF stab described below), rather
than the entire string table.
d3812 1
a3812 1
The first stab in the ‘.stab’ section for each compilation unit is
d3814 1
a3814 1
‘.stab’ directive as input to the assembler. This stab contains the
d3817 2
a3818 2
‘n_strx’
Offset in the ‘.stabstr’ section to the source filename.
d3820 2
a3821 2
‘n_type’
‘N_UNDF’.
d3823 1
a3823 1
‘n_other’
d3825 1
a3825 1
overflows from the count in the ‘n_desc’ field.
d3827 1
a3827 1
‘n_desc’
d3831 3
a3833 3
‘n_value’
Size of the string table fragment associated with this source file,
in bytes.
d3835 1
a3835 1
The ‘.stabstr’ section always starts with a null byte (so that string
d3839 4
a3842 4
The ELF section header for the ‘.stab’ section has its ‘sh_link’
member set to the section number of the ‘.stabstr’ section, and the
‘.stabstr’ section has its ELF section header ‘sh_type’ member set to
‘SHT_STRTAB’ to mark it as a string table. SOM and COFF have no way of
d3845 5
a3849 5
For COFF, the ‘.stab’ and ‘.stabstr’ sections may be simply
concatenated by the linker. GDB then uses the ‘n_desc’ fields to figure
out the extent of the original sections. Similarly, the ‘n_value’
fields of the header symbols are added together in order to get the
actual position of the strings in a desired ‘.stabstr’ section.
d3851 1
a3851 1
otherwise manipulate ‘.stab’ and ‘.stabstr’ sections, it also requires
d3853 1
a3853 1
instance, if the linker were to pad in between the ‘.stabstr’ sections
d3855 1
a3855 1
executable's ‘.stabstr’ section would be wrong.
d3860 2
a3861 2
in sections, they remove the leading ‘N_UNDF’ symbol and arranges for
all the ‘n_strx’ fields to be relative to the start of the ‘.stabstr’
d3871 1
a3871 1
apply to COFF or SOM. While GDB no longer supports this hack for Sun
d3875 5
a3879 5
very many stabs. Making sure this is done for ‘N_SLINE’, ‘N_RBRAC’, and
‘N_LBRAC’ stabs is the most important thing (see the descriptions of
those stabs for more information). But Sun's stabs in ELF has taken
this further, to make all addresses in the ‘n_value’ field (functions
and static variables) relative to the source file. For the ‘N_SO’
d3881 2
a3882 2
each section corresponding to a given source file, the compiler puts out
symbols giving the address of each section for a given source file.
d3885 29
a3913 29
‘Bbss.bss’ for the bss section, ‘Ddata.data’ for the data section, and
‘Drodata.rodata’ for the rodata section. For the text section, there is
no such symbol (but there should be, see below). For an example of how
these symbols work, *Note Stab Section Transformations::. GCC does not
provide these symbols; it instead relies on the stabs getting relocated.
Thus addresses which would normally be relative to ‘Bbss.bss’, etc., are
already relocated. The Sun linker provided with Solaris 2.2 and earlier
relocates stabs using normal ELF relocation information, as it would do
for any section. Sun has been threatening to kludge their linker to not
do this (to speed up linking), even though the correct way to avoid
having the linker do these relocations is to have the compiler no longer
output relocatable values. Last I heard they had been talked out of the
linker kludge. See Sun point patch 101052-01 and Sun bug 1142109. With
the Sun compiler this affects ‘S’ symbol descriptor stabs (*note
Statics::) and functions (*note Procedures::). In the latter case, to
adopt the clean solution (making the value of the stab relative to the
start of the compilation unit), it would be necessary to invent a
‘Ttext.text’ symbol, analogous to the ‘Bbss.bss’, etc., symbols. I
recommend this rather than using a zero value and getting the address
from the ELF symbols.
Finding the correct ‘Bbss.bss’, etc., symbol is difficult, because
the linker simply concatenates the ‘.stab’ sections from each ‘.o’ file
without including any information about which part of a ‘.stab’ section
comes from which ‘.o’ file. The way GDB use to do this is to look for
an ELF ‘STT_FILE’ symbol which has the same name as the last component
of the file name from the ‘N_SO’ symbol in the stabs (for example, if
the file name is ‘../../gdb/main.c’, it looks for an ELF ‘STT_FILE’
symbol named ‘main.c’). This loses if different files have the same
d3916 1
a3916 1
have the ‘Bbss.bss’ symbols in the stabs themselves. Having the linker
d3930 2
a3931 2
Copyright © 2000, 2001, 2002, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
d3939 1
a3939 1
functional and useful document “free” in the sense of freedom: to
d3956 2
a3957 2
of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book. We
recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is
d3963 2
a3964 2
that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can
be distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice
d3968 3
a3970 3
of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as "you". You accept
the license if you copy, modify or distribute the work in a way
requiring permission under copyright law.
d3988 6
a3993 6
titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the
notice that says that the Document is released under this License.
If a section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it
is not allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may
contain zero Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify
any Invariant Sections then there are none.
d4004 10
a4013 10
straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed
of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely
available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text
formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats
suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise
Transparent file format whose markup, or absence of markup, has
been arranged to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by
readers is not Transparent. An image format is not Transparent if
used for any substantial amount of text. A copy that is not
"Transparent" is called "Opaque".
d4017 8
a4024 8
SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming
simple HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification.
Examples of transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG.
Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be read and
edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which
the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally available, and
the machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word
processors for output purposes only.
d4062 2
a4063 2
distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the
conditions in section 3.
d4077 6
a4082 5
front cover must present the full title with all words of the title
equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the
covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as
long as they preserve the title of the Document and satisfy these
conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects.
d4090 12
a4101 11
numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable
Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with
each Opaque copy a computer-network location from which the general
network-using public has access to download using public-standard
network protocols a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free
of added material. If you use the latter option, you must take
reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque
copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will
remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one
year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or
through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public.
d4104 3
a4106 3
the Document well before redistributing any large number of copies,
to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the
Document.
d4112 5
a4116 5
release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the
Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing
distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever
possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in
the Modified Version:
d4119 5
a4123 5
distinct from that of the Document, and from those of previous
versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the
History section of the Document). You may use the same title
as a previous version if the original publisher of that
version gives permission.
d4153 6
a4158 6
authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on the
Title Page. If there is no section Entitled "History" in the
Document, create one stating the title, year, authors, and
publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add
an item describing the Modified Version as stated in the
previous sentence.
d4163 5
a4167 5
previous versions it was based on. These may be placed in the
"History" section. You may omit a network location for a work
that was published at least four years before the Document
itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers
to gives permission.
d4170 2
a4171 2
Preserve the Title of the section, and preserve in the section
all the substance and tone of each of the contributor
d4174 4
a4177 3
L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered
in their text and in their titles. Section numbers or the
equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
d4190 5
a4194 5
material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate
some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their
titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's
license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other
section titles.
d4203 9
a4211 9
and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of
the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage
of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document
already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added
by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on
behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old
one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added
the old one.
d4221 2
a4222 2
modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all
of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents,
d4249 2
a4250 2
rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents
in all other respects.
d4254 3
a4256 3
a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this
License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that
document.
d4261 2
a4262 2
separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a
storage or distribution medium, is called an "aggregate" if the
d4307 2
a4308 2
provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the
d4320 4
a4323 4
the licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you
under this License. If your rights have been terminated and not
permanently reinstated, receipt of a copy of some or all of the
same material does not give you any rights to use it.
d4325 1
a4325 1
10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
d4331 1
a4331 1
.
d4338 5
a4342 5
published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the
Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may
choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free
Software Foundation. If the Document specifies that a proxy can
decide which future versions of this License can be used, that
d4346 1
a4346 1
11. RELICENSING
d4376 1
d4393 1
a4393 1
Texts, replace the "with...Texts." line with this:
d4404 3
a4406 3
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free
software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to permit
their use in free software.
d4417 2
a4418 2
* .bb: Block Structure. (line 25)
* .be: Block Structure. (line 25)
d4420 2
a4421 2
* C_BINCL: Include Files. (line 40)
* C_BLOCK: Block Structure. (line 25)
d4426 1
a4426 1
* C_EINCL: Include Files. (line 40)
d4430 2
a4431 2
* C_FILE: Source Files. (line 53)
* C_FUN: Procedures. (line 17)
d4440 1
a4440 2
* N_BROWS: N_BROWS. (line 6)
* N_BROWS <1>: N_BROWS. (line 7)
d4442 2
a4443 4
* N_CATCH: N_CATCH. (line 6)
* N_CATCH <1>: N_CATCH. (line 7)
* N_DEFD: N_DEFD. (line 6)
* N_DEFD <1>: N_DEFD. (line 7)
d4447 1
a4447 2
* N_EHDECL: N_EHDECL. (line 6)
* N_EHDECL <1>: N_EHDECL. (line 7)
d4459 1
a4459 2
* N_LENG: N_LENG. (line 6)
* N_LENG <1>: N_LENG. (line 7)
d4464 1
a4464 2
* N_M2C: N_M2C. (line 6)
* N_M2C <1>: N_M2C. (line 7)
d4470 9
a4478 18
* N_MOD2: N_MOD2. (line 6)
* N_MOD2 <1>: N_MOD2. (line 7)
* N_NBBSS: Gould. (line 8)
* N_NBBSS <1>: Gould. (line 11)
* N_NBDATA: Gould. (line 7)
* N_NBDATA <1>: Gould. (line 11)
* N_NBLCS: Gould. (line 10)
* N_NBLCS <1>: Gould. (line 11)
* N_NBSTS: Gould. (line 9)
* N_NBSTS <1>: Gould. (line 11)
* N_NBTEXT: Gould. (line 6)
* N_NBTEXT <1>: Gould. (line 11)
* N_NOMAP: N_NOMAP. (line 6)
* N_NOMAP <1>: N_NOMAP. (line 7)
* N_NSYMS: N_NSYMS. (line 6)
* N_NSYMS <1>: N_NSYMS. (line 7)
* N_PC: N_PC. (line 6)
* N_PC <1>: N_PC. (line 7)
d4484 1
a4484 2
* N_SCOPE: N_SCOPE. (line 6)
* N_SCOPE <1>: N_SCOPE. (line 7)
d4488 1
a4488 2
* N_SSYM: N_SSYM. (line 6)
* N_SSYM <1>: N_SSYM. (line 7)
d4495 93
a4587 93
Node: Top1358
Node: Overview2405
Node: Flow3835
Node: Stabs Format5397
Node: String Field7015
Node: C Example12540
Node: Assembly Code13097
Node: Program Structure15068
Node: Main Program15794
Node: Source Files16371
Node: Include Files18901
Node: Line Numbers21674
Node: Procedures23232
Node: Nested Procedures29251
Node: Block Structure30431
Node: Alternate Entry Points31895
Node: Constants32640
Node: Variables35843
Node: Stack Variables36531
Node: Global Variables38268
Node: Register Variables39455
Node: Common Blocks40297
Node: Statics41598
Node: Based Variables44253
Node: Parameters45675
Node: Register Parameters47310
Node: Local Variable Parameters49658
Node: Reference Parameters52645
Node: Conformant Arrays53293
Node: Types54027
Node: Builtin Types54978
Node: Traditional Builtin Types56152
Node: Traditional Integer Types56557
Node: Traditional Other Types58893
Node: Builtin Type Descriptors59819
Node: Negative Type Numbers63447
Node: Miscellaneous Types70110
Node: Cross-References72052
Node: Subranges73783
Node: Arrays75046
Node: Strings78315
Node: Enumerations79397
Node: Structures81837
Node: Typedefs84593
Node: Unions85943
Node: Function Types87572
Node: Macro define and undefine89193
Node: Symbol Tables90830
Node: Symbol Table Format91282
Node: Transformations On Symbol Tables92749
Node: Transformations On Static Variables94119
Node: Transformations On Global Variables94859
Node: Stab Section Transformations96119
Node: Cplusplus97514
Node: Class Names98105
Node: Nested Symbols98878
Node: Basic Cplusplus Types99748
Node: Simple Classes101308
Node: Class Instance105661
Node: Methods106378
Node: Method Type Descriptor108641
Node: Member Type Descriptor109869
Node: Protections110685
Node: Method Modifiers113859
Node: Virtual Methods115515
Node: Inheritance119339
Node: Virtual Base Classes123075
Node: Static Members125412
Node: Stab Types125882
Node: Non-Stab Symbol Types126510
Node: Stab Symbol Types127997
Node: Symbol Descriptors131992
Node: Type Descriptors134919
Node: Expanded Reference138291
Node: N_PC139713
Node: N_NSYMS140083
Node: N_NOMAP140322
Node: N_M2C140626
Node: N_BROWS141061
Node: N_DEFD141350
Node: N_EHDECL141813
Node: N_MOD2142066
Node: N_CATCH142305
Node: N_SSYM142813
Node: N_SCOPE143096
Node: Gould143284
Node: N_LENG144267
Node: Questions144493
Node: Stab Sections146197
Node: Stab Section Basics146807
Node: ELF Linker Relocation150289
Node: GNU Free Documentation License153900
Node: Symbol Types Index179063
a4589 5
Local Variables:
coding: utf-8
End:
@
1.2
log
@regen and make things compile (all builds except ppc sim)
@
text
@d1 1
a1 1
This is stabs.info, produced by makeinfo version 6.7 from stabs.texinfo.
d3 1
a3 1
Copyright (C) 1992-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Contributed by
d20 2
a21 2
Copyright (C) 1992-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Contributed
by Cygnus Support. Written by Julia Menapace, Jim Kingdon, and David
d65 1
a65 1
"Stabs" refers to a format for information that describes a program to a
d67 1
a67 1
University of California at Berkeley, for the 'pdx' Pascal debugger; the
d77 3
a79 3
Other sources of information on stabs are 'Dbx and Dbxtool
Interfaces', 2nd edition, by Sun, 1988, and 'AIX Version 3.2 Files
Reference', Fourth Edition, September 1992, "dbx Stabstring Grammar" in
d98 3
a100 3
The GNU C compiler compiles C source in a '.c' file into assembly
language in a '.s' file, which the assembler translates into a '.o'
file, which the linker combines with other '.o' files and libraries to
d103 1
a103 1
With the '-g' option, GCC puts in the '.s' file additional debugging
d111 1
a111 1
encapsulated in assembler directives known collectively as "stab"
d119 1
a119 1
table of the '.o' file it is building. The linker consolidates the '.o'
d133 3
a135 3
either '.stabs' (string), '.stabn' (number), or '.stabd' (dot). IBM's
XCOFF assembler uses '.stabx' (and some other directives such as '.file'
and '.bi') instead of '.stabs', '.stabn' or '.stabd'.
d144 3
a146 3
For '.stabn' and '.stabd', there is no STRING (the 'n_strx' field is
zero; see *note Symbol Tables::). For '.stabd', the VALUE field is
implicit and has the value of the current file location. For '.stabx',
d176 1
a176 1
':t10=*2' defines type 10 as a pointer to type 2, but does not give the
d182 1
a182 1
The SYMBOL-DESCRIPTOR following the ':' is an alphabetic character
d186 1
a186 1
see *note Symbol Descriptors::. The 'c' symbol descriptor is an
d190 1
a190 1
TYPE-INFORMATION is either a TYPE-NUMBER, or 'TYPE-NUMBER='. A
d194 1
a194 1
The 'TYPE-NUMBER=' form is a type definition, where the number
d197 2
a198 2
followed by '=' and nested definitions. Also, the Lucid compiler will
repeat 'TYPE-NUMBER=' more than once if it wants to define several type
d205 1
a205 1
list of TYPE-DESCRIPTOR values. If a number follows the '=' then the
d216 1
a216 1
type number permits the 'N_BINCL' optimization to succeed more often;
d219 3
a221 3
There is an AIX extension for type attributes. Following the '=' are
any number of type attributes. Each one starts with '@@' and ends with
';'. Debuggers, including AIX's dbx and GDB 4.10, skip any type
d224 2
a225 2
attributes should not be defined which begin with a digit, '(', or '-';
GDB may be unable to distinguish those from the C++ type descriptor '@@'.
d228 1
a228 1
'aBOUNDARY'
d232 1
a232 1
'pINTEGER'
d236 1
a236 1
'P'
d241 1
a241 1
'sSIZE'
d245 1
a245 1
'S'
d251 1
a251 1
'V'
d261 2
a262 2
must work with such systems need to split the '.stabs' directive into
several '.stabs' directives. Each stab duplicates every field except
d269 1
a269 1
backslashes), AIX can use '?' instead of backslash.
d285 1
a285 1
When compiled with '-g', the program above yields the following '.s'
d287 1
a287 1
of the '.s' file in the description of the stabs that follows.
d379 1
a379 1
Most languages allow the main program to have any name. The 'N_MAIN'
d383 2
a384 2
the debugger to assume that the name is 'main'), but some C compilers
emit an 'N_MAIN' stab for the 'main' function. I'm not sure how XCOFF
d394 1
a394 1
file. This information is contained in a symbol of stab type 'N_SO';
d406 1
a406 1
'N_SO_AS' (0x1)
d408 1
a408 1
'N_SO_C' (0x2)
d410 1
a410 1
'N_SO_ANSI_C' (0x3)
d412 1
a412 1
'N_SO_CC' (0x4)
d414 1
a414 1
'N_SO_FORTRAN' (0x5)
d416 1
a416 1
'N_SO_PASCAL' (0x6)
d418 1
a418 1
'N_SO_FORTRAN90' (0x7)
d420 1
a420 1
'N_SO_OBJC' (0x32)
d422 1
a422 1
'N_SO_OBJCPLUS' (0x33)
d425 2
a426 2
Some compilers (for example, GCC2 and SunOS4 '/bin/cc') also include
the directory in which the source was compiled, in a second 'N_SO'
d429 2
a430 2
'cfront' C++ compiler can have additional 'N_SO' symbols for nonexistent
source files after the 'N_SO' for the real source file; these are
d440 2
a441 2
Instead of 'N_SO' symbols, XCOFF uses a '.file' assembler directive
which assembles to a 'C_FILE' symbol; explaining this in detail is
d445 1
a445 1
with an 'N_SO' symbol with an empty string for the name. The value is
d448 3
a450 3
just need to figure it ended when you see an 'N_SO' for a different
source file, or a symbol ending in '.o' (which at least some linkers
insert to mark the start of a new '.o' file).
d459 3
a461 3
traditional 'N_SOL' approach, Sun's 'N_BINCL' approach, and the XCOFF
'C_BINCL' approach (which despite the similar name has little in common
with 'N_BINCL').
d463 1
a463 1
An 'N_SOL' symbol specifies which include file subsequent symbols
d467 1
a467 1
'N_SOL' symbol with the name of the main source file.
d469 1
a469 1
The 'N_BINCL' approach works as follows. An 'N_BINCL' symbol
d472 1
a472 1
fields. The end of the include file is marked by an 'N_EINCL' symbol
d474 1
a474 1
data in the 'N_EINCL' symbol. 'N_BINCL' and 'N_EINCL' can be nested.
d477 1
a477 1
between an 'N_BINCL' and 'N_EINCL' pair (as will generally be the case
d479 1
a479 1
additional occurrence is replaced by an 'N_EXCL' symbol. I believe the
d484 1
a484 1
'N_BINCL' symbol to the total of all the characters in the stabs strings
d486 3
a488 3
'N_EXCL' symbol is the same as the value of the 'N_BINCL' symbol it
replaces. This information can be used to match up 'N_EXCL' and
'N_BINCL' symbols which have the same filename. The 'N_EINCL' value,
d492 3
a494 3
For the start of an include file in XCOFF, use the '.bi' assembler
directive, which generates a 'C_BINCL' symbol. A '.ei' directive, which
generates a 'C_EINCL' symbol, denotes the end of the include file. Both
d500 1
a500 1
table that corresponds to this include file. 'C_BINCL' and 'C_EINCL' do
d509 1
a509 1
An 'N_SLINE' symbol represents the start of a source line. The desc
d513 1
a513 1
to the function in which the 'N_SLINE' symbol occurs.
d515 2
a516 2
GNU documents 'N_DSLINE' and 'N_BSLINE' symbols for line numbers in
the data or bss segments, respectively. They are identical to 'N_SLINE'
d531 1
a531 1
fixed with the 'C_BINCL' method of marking include files (*note Include
d540 2
a541 2
All of the following stabs normally use the 'N_FUN' symbol type.
However, Sun's 'acc' compiler on SunOS4 uses 'N_GSYM' and 'N_STSYM',
d547 1
a547 1
symbol. BSD Fortran is said to use 'N_FNAME' with the same restriction;
d551 2
a552 2
A function is represented by an 'F' symbol descriptor for a global
(extern) function, and 'f' for a static (local) function. For a.out,
d564 1
a564 1
stab uses the 'C_FUN' storage class and the value of the stab is
d569 1
a569 1
function; thus 'foo:f5' means that foo is a function returning type 5.
d571 1
a571 1
function from the stab for the function; it is in the next 'N_SLINE'
d579 2
a580 2
preceded by ';'. An argument type of 0 means that additional arguments
are being passed, whose types and number may vary ('...' in ANSI C). GDB
d587 2
a588 2
which is declared without a prototype takes a 'float' argument, the
value is passed as a 'double' but then converted to a 'float'.
d598 1
a598 1
extension the Solaris compiler uses symbol descriptor 'P' followed by
d600 2
a601 2
preceded by ';', as in a stab with symbol descriptor 'f' or 'F'. This
use of symbol descriptor 'P' can be distinguished from its use for
d603 1
a603 1
has symbol type 'N_FUN'.
d605 1
a605 1
The AIX documentation also defines symbol descriptor 'J' as an
d607 1
a607 1
function. It also says symbol descriptor 'm' is a module in Modula-2 or
d611 3
a613 3
functions returning the 'void' type in C. I don't see why this couldn't
be used for all languages (inventing a 'void' type for this purpose if
necessary), but the AIX documentation defines 'I', 'P', and 'Q' for
d618 2
a619 2
The following example shows a stab for a function 'main' which
returns type number '1'. The '_main' specified for the value is a
d633 1
a633 1
mark the end of a function with an 'N_FUN' symbol with an empty string
d651 1
a651 1
symbol (before the ':'). This feature is used by GCC, and presumably
d683 3
a685 3
The program's block structure is represented by the 'N_LBRAC' (left
brace) and the 'N_RBRAC' (right brace) stab types. The variables
defined inside a block precede the 'N_LBRAC' symbol for most compilers,
d687 2
a688 2
and Sun 'acc' compilers, put the variables after the 'N_LBRAC' symbol.
The values of the 'N_LBRAC' and 'N_RBRAC' symbols are the start and end
d694 2
a695 2
The 'N_LBRAC' and 'N_RBRAC' stabs that describe the block scope of a
procedure are located after the 'N_FUN' stab that represents the
d698 1
a698 1
Sun documents the desc field of 'N_LBRAC' and 'N_RBRAC' symbols as
d702 3
a704 3
For XCOFF, block scope is indicated with 'C_BLOCK' symbols. If the
name of the symbol is '.bb', then it is the beginning of the block; if
the name of the symbol is '.be'; it is the end of the block.
d714 1
a714 1
point. The 'N_ENTRY' stab is for this; however, the Sun FORTRAN
d716 1
a716 1
of a 'C_ENTRY' stab is significant; the address of the alternate entry
d718 1
a718 1
of this document said that the value of an 'N_ENTRY' stab was the
d728 1
a728 1
The 'c' symbol descriptor indicates that this stab represents a
d731 1
a731 1
is followed by '=' and one of the following:
d733 1
a733 1
'b VALUE'
d737 1
a737 1
'c VALUE'
d740 1
a740 1
'e TYPE-INFORMATION , VALUE'
d745 1
a745 1
right value if VALUE does not fit in a host 'int', but it does not
d752 1
a752 1
'i VALUE'
d754 2
a755 2
sort of generic integer type (for GDB, a host 'int'); to specify
the type explicitly, use 'e' instead.
d757 4
a760 4
'r VALUE'
Real constant. VALUE is the real value, which can be 'INF'
(optionally preceded by a sign) for infinity, 'QNAN' for a quiet
NaN (not-a-number), or 'SNAN' for a signalling NaN. If it is a
d762 1
a762 1
'atof'.
d764 5
a768 5
's STRING'
String constant. STRING is a string enclosed in either ''' (in
which case ''' characters within the string are represented as '\''
or '"' (in which case '"' characters within the string are
represented as '\"').
d770 1
a770 1
'S TYPE-INFORMATION , ELEMENTS , BITS , PATTERN'
d789 1
a789 1
The above information is followed by ';'.
d818 1
a818 1
long as that function executes (C calls such variables "automatic"), it
d824 1
a824 1
'-', or '(', only those characters precluded from being used for symbol
d827 1
a827 1
'TYPE-NUMBER='. This is a bad idea; there is no guarantee that type
d829 1
a829 1
variables use the 'N_LSYM' stab type, or 'C_LSYM' for XCOFF.
d851 3
a853 3
See *note Procedures:: for more information on the 'N_FUN' stab, and
*note Block Structure:: for more information on the 'N_LBRAC' and
'N_RBRAC' stabs.
d862 1
a862 1
represented by the 'G' symbol descriptor. These stabs use the 'N_GSYM'
d878 2
a879 2
The address of the variable represented by the 'N_GSYM' is not
contained in the 'N_GSYM' stab. The debugger gets this information from
d881 1
a881 1
'.global _g_foo' and '_g_foo:' lines tell the assembler to produce an
d884 1
a884 1
Some compilers, like GCC, output 'N_GSYM' stabs only once, where the
d886 1
a886 1
'N_GSYM' stab for each compilation unit which references the variable.
d894 2
a895 2
Register variables have their own stab type, 'N_RSYM' ('C_RSYM' for
XCOFF), and their own symbol descriptor, 'r'. The stab's value is the
d898 1
a898 1
AIX defines a separate symbol descriptor 'd' for floating point
d901 1
a901 1
the compiler actually uses 'd'.
d921 1
a921 1
A 'N_BCOMM' stab begins a common block and an 'N_ECOMM' stab ends it.
d924 1
a924 1
the common block. According to IBM documentation, only the 'N_BCOMM'
d929 7
a935 7
'N_BCOMM' and the 'N_ECOMM'; the value of each stab is the offset within
the common block of that variable. IBM uses the 'C_ECOML' stab type,
and there is a corresponding 'N_ECOML' stab type, but Sun's Fortran
compiler uses 'N_GSYM' instead. The variables within a common block use
the 'V' symbol descriptor (I believe this is true of all Fortran
variables). Other stabs (at least type declarations using 'C_DECL') can
also be between the 'N_BCOMM' and the 'N_ECOMM'.
d943 3
a945 3
Initialized static variables are represented by the 'S' and 'V' symbol
descriptors. 'S' means file scope static, and 'V' means procedure scope
static. One exception: in XCOFF, IBM's xlc compiler always uses 'V',
d949 2
a950 2
In a.out files, 'N_STSYM' means the data section, 'N_FUN' means the
text section, and 'N_LCSYM' means the bss section. For those systems
d952 1
a952 1
'N_ROSYM' means the read-only data section.
d969 2
a970 2
'C_STSYM' can be used for all statics. Also, each static variable is
enclosed in a static block. A 'C_BSTAT' (emitted with a '.bs' assembler
d974 2
a975 2
and its name is '.bs'. A 'C_ESTAT' (emitted with a '.es' assembler
directive) symbol ends the static block; its name is '.es' and its value
d982 2
a983 2
descriptor 'S' means that the address is absolute (the linker relocates
it) and symbol descriptor 'V' means that the address is relative to the
d989 1
a989 1
descriptor 'S' symbol be an offset relative to the start of the file,
d1001 1
a1001 1
which allows allocating arrays with 'malloc', but which avoids blurring
d1003 1
a1003 1
a variable uses the 'b' symbol descriptor.
d1018 2
a1019 2
In this example, 'real' is type 6 and type 3 is an integral type
which is the type of the subscripts of the array (probably 'integer').
d1021 1
a1021 1
The 'b' symbol descriptor is like 'V' in that it denotes a statically
d1025 3
a1027 3
the above example, the value of the 'foo' stab is the address of a
pointer to a real, the value of the 'foo10' stab is the address of a
pointer to a 10-element array of reals, and the value of the 'foo10_5'
d1043 2
a1044 2
Parameters passed on the stack use the symbol descriptor 'p' and the
'N_PSYM' symbol type (or 'C_PSYM' for XCOFF). The value of the symbol is
d1061 1
a1061 1
The type definition of 'argv' is interesting because it contains
d1063 1
a1063 1
'argv' (type 20) is pointer to type 21.
d1065 1
a1065 1
The following symbol descriptors are also said to go with 'N_PSYM'.
d1096 4
a1099 4
descriptor 'P' or 'R' to indicate an argument which is in a register.
Symbol type 'C_RPSYM' is used in XCOFF and 'N_RSYM' is used otherwise.
The symbol's value is the register number. 'P' and 'R' mean the same
thing; the difference is that 'P' is a GNU invention and 'R' is an IBM
d1102 2
a1103 2
There is at least one case where GCC uses a 'p' and 'r' pair rather
than 'P'; this is where the argument is passed in the argument list and
d1106 1
a1106 1
According to the AIX documentation, symbol descriptor 'D' is for a
d1108 1
a1108 1
unnecessary--why not just use 'R' with a register number which indicates
d1112 1
a1112 1
On the sparc and hppa, for a 'P' symbol whose type is a structure or
d1114 2
a1115 2
sparc, this is also true of a 'p' and 'r' pair (using Sun 'cc') or a 'p'
symbol. However, if a (small) structure is really in a register, 'r' is
d1118 1
a1118 1
is a 'p' and 'r' pair! I believe that symbol descriptor 'i' is supposed
d1139 2
a1140 2
by the prologue (for example, the parameter is declared as a 'float',
but the calling conventions specify that it is passed as a 'double'),
d1142 1
a1142 1
symbol descriptor 'p' and the type which is passed. The second symbol
d1152 1
a1152 1
if 'f' is passed as a double at stack offset 8, and the prologue
d1155 2
a1156 2
.stabs "f:p13",160,0,3,8 # 160 is 'N_PSYM', here 13 is 'double'
.stabs "f:r12",64,0,3,0 # 64 is 'N_RSYM', here 12 is 'float'
d1158 1
a1158 1
In both stabs 3 is the line number where 'f' is declared (*note Line
d1162 2
a1163 2
It uses a single 'p' symbol descriptor for an argument which is stored
as a local variable but uses 'N_LSYM' instead of 'N_PSYM'. In this
d1178 1
a1178 1
there are stabs for 'stream' and 'format'. On most machines, the
d1183 1
a1183 1
parameter symbol (symbol descriptor 'p') (not necessarily 'r' or symbol
d1185 1
a1185 1
(for example, 'double' not 'float' if it is passed as a double and
d1194 2
a1195 2
If the parameter is passed by reference (e.g., Pascal 'VAR' parameters),
then the symbol descriptor is 'v' if it is in the argument list, or 'a'
d1198 1
a1198 1
'p' and 'R', respectively. I believe 'a' is an AIX invention; 'v' is
d1209 3
a1211 3
called function until run-time. Such parameters have two stabs: a 'x'
for the array itself, and a 'C', which represents the size of the array.
The value of the 'x' stab is the offset in the argument list where the
d1213 1
a1213 1
value of the 'C' stab is the offset in the argument list where the size
d1225 1
a1225 1
descriptors that may follow the '=' in a type definition.
d1247 1
a1247 1
Certain types are built in ('int', 'short', 'void', 'float', etc.); the
d1255 2
a1256 2
ways have been invented to describe them. Sun's 'acc' uses special
builtin type descriptors ('b' and 'R'), and IBM uses negative type
d1275 1
a1275 1
point, and 'void'.
d1289 1
a1289 1
values fit within an 'int', then they are given normally. For example:
d1294 1
a1294 1
Builtin types can also be described as subranges of 'int':
d1300 2
a1301 2
in an 'int'. Traditionally this is only used for 'unsigned int' and
'unsigned long':
d1322 1
a1322 1
convention for 'unsigned long long'.
d1327 1
a1327 1
convention for 'long long'. To distinguish this from a legitimate
d1344 1
a1344 1
However, GCC writes 'long double' the same way it writes 'double', so
d1353 1
a1353 1
The C 'void' type is defined as itself:
d1365 1
a1365 1
This is the method used by Sun's 'acc' for defining builtin types.
d1368 3
a1370 3
'b SIGNED CHAR-FLAG WIDTH ; OFFSET ; NBITS ;'
Define an integral type. SIGNED is 'u' for unsigned or 's' for
signed. CHAR-FLAG is 'c' which indicates this is a character type,
d1373 1
a1373 1
sense to set it for the C type 'wchar_t' so the debugger can print
d1375 1
a1375 1
on the C types 'signed char' and 'unsigned char' which arguably is
d1377 1
a1377 1
larger ones, for example a 'short' in an 'int' register. WIDTH is
d1381 1
a1381 1
Note that type descriptor 'b' used for builtin types conflicts with
d1384 2
a1385 2
descriptor will be a digit, '(', or '-' for a Pascal space type, or
'u' or 's' for a builtin type.
d1387 1
a1387 1
'w'
d1392 1
a1392 1
'R FP-TYPE ; BYTES ;'
d1396 1
a1396 1
'1 (NF_SINGLE)'
d1399 1
a1399 1
'2 (NF_DOUBLE)'
d1402 3
a1404 3
'3 (NF_COMPLEX)'
'4 (NF_COMPLEX16)'
'5 (NF_COMPLEX32)'
d1406 2
a1407 2
describes them as Fortran 'complex', 'double complex', and
'complex*16', respectively, but what does that mean? (i.e.,
d1410 1
a1410 1
'6 (NF_LDOUBLE)'
d1412 2
a1413 2
'long double', and new codes should be used for other floating
point formats ('NF_DOUBLE' can be used if a 'long double' is
d1420 1
a1420 1
'g TYPE-INFORMATION ; NBITS'
d1425 1
a1425 1
'c TYPE-INFORMATION ; NBITS'
d1430 1
a1430 1
The C 'void' type is defined as a signed integral type 0 bits long:
d1453 1
a1453 1
'int' or 'long') might have different sizes depending on compiler
d1490 1
a1490 1
for example separate 'int' and 'integer*4' types which are identical
d1497 2
a1498 2
Here is the list of negative type numbers. The phrase "integral
type" is used to mean twos-complement (I strongly suspect that all
d1502 2
a1503 2
'-1'
'int', 32 bit signed integral type.
d1505 5
a1509 5
'-2'
'char', 8 bit type holding a character. Both GDB and dbx on AIX
treat this as signed. GCC uses this type whether 'char' is signed
or not, which seems like a bad idea. The AIX compiler ('xlc')
seems to avoid this type; it uses -5 instead for 'char'.
d1511 2
a1512 2
'-3'
'short', 16 bit signed integral type.
d1514 2
a1515 2
'-4'
'long', 32 bit signed integral type.
d1517 2
a1518 2
'-5'
'unsigned char', 8 bit unsigned integral type.
d1520 2
a1521 2
'-6'
'signed char', 8 bit signed integral type.
d1523 2
a1524 2
'-7'
'unsigned short', 16 bit unsigned integral type.
d1526 2
a1527 2
'-8'
'unsigned int', 32 bit unsigned integral type.
d1529 2
a1530 2
'-9'
'unsigned', 32 bit unsigned integral type.
d1532 2
a1533 2
'-10'
'unsigned long', 32 bit unsigned integral type.
d1535 2
a1536 2
'-11'
'void', type indicating the lack of a value.
d1538 2
a1539 2
'-12'
'float', IEEE single precision.
d1541 2
a1542 2
'-13'
'double', IEEE double precision.
d1544 2
a1545 2
'-14'
'long double', IEEE double precision. The compiler claims the size
d1547 1
a1547 1
have to avoid using 'long double'. I hope when they increase it
d1550 2
a1551 2
'-15'
'integer'. 32 bit signed integral type.
d1553 2
a1554 2
'-16'
'boolean'. 32 bit type. GDB and GCC assume that zero is false,
d1558 2
a1559 2
'-17'
'short real'. IEEE single precision.
d1561 2
a1562 2
'-18'
'real'. IEEE double precision.
d1564 2
a1565 2
'-19'
'stringptr'. *Note Strings::.
d1567 2
a1568 2
'-20'
'character', 8 bit unsigned character type.
d1570 2
a1571 2
'-21'
'logical*1', 8 bit type. This Fortran type has a split personality
d1576 2
a1577 2
'-22'
'logical*2', 16 bit type. This Fortran type has a split
d1582 2
a1583 2
'-23'
'logical*4', 32 bit type. This Fortran type has a split
d1588 2
a1589 2
'-24'
'logical', 32 bit type. This Fortran type has a split personality
d1594 2
a1595 2
'-25'
'complex'. A complex type consisting of two IEEE single-precision
d1598 2
a1599 2
'-26'
'complex'. A complex type consisting of two IEEE double-precision
d1602 2
a1603 2
'-27'
'integer*1', 8 bit signed integral type.
d1605 2
a1606 2
'-28'
'integer*2', 16 bit signed integral type.
d1608 2
a1609 2
'-29'
'integer*4', 32 bit signed integral type.
d1611 2
a1612 2
'-30'
'wchar'. Wide character, 16 bits wide, unsigned (what format?
d1615 2
a1616 2
'-31'
'long long', 64 bit signed integral type.
d1618 2
a1619 2
'-32'
'unsigned long long', 64 bit unsigned integral type.
d1621 2
a1622 2
'-33'
'logical*8', 64 bit unsigned integral type.
d1624 2
a1625 2
'-34'
'integer*8', 64 bit signed integral type.
d1633 1
a1633 1
'b TYPE-INFORMATION ; BYTES'
d1636 1
a1636 1
This use of the 'b' type descriptor can be distinguished from its
d1639 1
a1639 1
digit, '(', or '-'.
d1641 1
a1641 1
'B TYPE-INFORMATION'
d1647 1
a1647 1
'd TYPE-INFORMATION'
d1651 1
a1651 1
'k TYPE-INFORMATION'
d1656 1
a1656 1
'M TYPE-INFORMATION ; LENGTH'
d1658 2
a1659 2
repetitions of TYPE-INFORMATION, for example 'character*3' is
represented by 'M-2;3', where '-2' is a reference to a character
d1665 1
a1665 1
'S TYPE-INFORMATION'
d1670 1
a1670 1
In CHILL, if it is a bitstring instead of a set, also use the 'S'
d1673 1
a1673 1
'* TYPE-INFORMATION'
d1686 5
a1690 5
Another way is with the 'x' type descriptor, which is followed by 's'
for a structure tag, 'u' for a union tag, or 'e' for a enumerator tag,
followed by the name of the tag, followed by ':'. If the name contains
'::' between a '<' and '>' pair (for C++ templates), such a '::' does
not end the name--only a single ':' ends the name; see *note Nested
d1702 1
a1702 1
Not all debuggers support the 'x' type descriptor, so on some
d1707 1
a1707 1
Modula-2 imported types, at least on AIX, use the 'i' type
d1709 1
a1709 1
type is imported, followed by ':', followed by the name of the type.
d1715 1
a1715 1
String Field::), or what. The symbol ends with ';'.
d1723 1
a1723 1
The 'r' type descriptor defines a type as a subrange of another type.
d1733 1
a1733 1
'A OFFSET'
d1738 1
a1738 1
'T OFFSET'
d1742 1
a1742 1
'a REGISTER-NUMBER'
d1746 1
a1746 1
't REGISTER-NUMBER'
d1749 1
a1749 1
'J'
d1761 1
a1761 1
Arrays use the 'a' type descriptor. Following the type descriptor is
d1779 1
a1779 1
'TYPE-NUMBER=' if it is defining a new type). According to a comment in
d1781 1
a1781 1
'ar1;1;10;ar1;1;10;4' as a legitimate way to express a two dimensional
d1786 2
a1787 2
descriptor 'r' and some parameters. It defines the size of the array.
In the example below, the range 'r1;0;2;' defines an index type which is
d1806 1
a1806 1
If an array is "packed", the elements are spaced more closely than
d1811 2
a1812 2
the case of arrays, another is to use the 'P' type descriptor instead of
'a'. Other than specifying a packed array, 'P' is identical to 'a'.
d1814 1
a1814 1
An open array is represented by the 'A' type descriptor followed by
d1842 1
a1842 1
'n TYPE-INFORMATION ; BYTES'
d1849 2
a1850 2
'z TYPE-INFORMATION ; BYTES'
Just like 'n' except that this is a gstring, not an ordinary
d1853 1
a1853 1
'N'
d1857 1
a1857 1
just an array of characters use the 'S' type attribute (*note String
d1866 1
a1866 1
Enumerations are defined with the 'e' type descriptor.
d1869 2
a1870 2
The type definition is located after the 'N_RBRAC' that marks the end of
the previous procedure's block scope, and before the 'N_FUN' that marks
d1882 2
a1883 2
The symbol descriptor ('T') says that the stab describes a structure,
enumeration, or union tag. The type descriptor 'e', following the '22='
d1885 2
a1886 2
Following the 'e' is a list of the elements of the enumeration. The
format is 'NAME:VALUE,'. The list of elements ends with ';'. The fact
d1900 1
a1900 1
enumeration values ('first', 'second', and 'third' in the above
d1906 1
a1906 1
the type is the first thing defined after a 'T' or 't' symbol descriptor
d1920 1
a1920 1
instance of the structure in global scope. Then a 'typedef' equates the
d1922 2
a1923 2
structure tag, the structure 'typedef', and the structure instance. The
stabs for the tag and the 'typedef' are emitted when the definitions are
d1937 1
a1937 1
The structure tag has an 'N_LSYM' stab type because, like the
d1939 2
a1940 2
symbol descriptor is 'T', for enumeration, structure, or tag type. The
type descriptor 's' following the '16=' of the type definition narrows
d1943 1
a1943 1
Following the 's' type descriptor is the number of bytes the
d1945 2
a1946 2
The structure element descriptions are of the form 'NAME:TYPE, BIT
OFFSET FROM THE START OF THE STRUCT, NUMBER OF BITS IN THE ELEMENT'.
d1953 1
a1953 1
defined types. For these, the type following the 'NAME:' part of the
d1956 2
a1957 2
embedded after the 'NAME:'. The type definition for the array element
looks just like a type definition for a stand-alone array. The 's_next'
d1978 1
a1978 1
To give a type a name, use the 't' symbol descriptor. The type is
d1984 3
a1986 3
specifies that 's_typedef' refers to type number 16. Such stabs have
symbol type 'N_LSYM' (or 'C_DECL' for XCOFF). (The Sun documentation
mentions using 'N_GSYM' in some cases).
d1989 1
a1989 1
enumeration, use the 'T' symbol descriptor instead. I believe C is the
d1994 1
a1994 1
'o' and is followed by a name. I don't know what the name means--is it
d2015 1
a2015 1
variable. Both use the 'N_LSYM' stab type. If a union variable is
d2017 1
a2017 1
located immediately preceding the 'N_LBRAC' for the procedure's block
d2021 1
a2021 1
for the procedure in which it is defined. The stab type is 'N_LSYM'.
d2023 2
a2024 2
struct type 's_tag'. This is not true. The contents and position of
the stab for 'u_type' do not convey any information about its procedure
d2031 1
a2031 1
The symbol descriptor 'T', following the 'name:' means that the stab
d2033 2
a2034 2
'u', following the '23=' of the type definition, narrows it down to a
union type definition. Following the 'u' is the number of bytes in the
d2036 2
a2037 2
format is 'NAME:TYPE, BIT OFFSET INTO THE UNION, NUMBER OF BYTES FOR THE
ELEMENT;'.
d2043 1
a2043 1
'-20' specifies where the variable is stored (*note Stack
d2056 1
a2056 1
The simple, traditional, type is type descriptor 'f' is followed by
d2062 1
a2062 1
provides extensions to specify these, using the 'f', 'F', 'p', and 'R'
d2065 1
a2065 1
First comes the type descriptor. If it is 'f' or 'F', this type
d2070 1
a2070 1
colon (this is only present for type descriptors 'R' and 'F' which
d2085 1
a2085 1
new type, 25, which is a function returning 'int'.
d2094 1
a2094 1
information, supported on some systems. (e.g., with '-g3' '-gstabs'
d2097 2
a2098 2
A '#define MACRO-NAME MACRO-BODY' is represented with an
'N_MAC_DEFINE' stab with a string field of 'MACRO-NAME MACRO-BODY'.
d2100 2
a2101 2
An '#undef MACRO-NAME' is represented with an 'N_MAC_UNDEF' stabs
with a string field of simply 'MACRO-NAME'.
d2103 2
a2104 2
For both 'N_MAC_DEFINE' and 'N_MAC_UNDEF', the desc field is the line
number within the file where the corresponding '#define' or '#undef'
d2141 2
a2142 2
NOTE: In the above example, '54' is 'N_MAC_DEFINE' and '58' is
'N_MAC_UNDEF'.
d2180 1
a2180 1
If the stab has a string, the 'n_strx' field holds the offset in
d2183 1
a2183 1
produced by a '.stabn' or '.stabd' directive), the 'n_strx' field is
d2186 1
a2186 1
Symbol table entries with 'n_type' field values greater than 0x1f
d2202 1
a2202 1
To do this, use 'nm -ap', which dumps the symbol table, including
d2208 1
a2208 1
value of the stab. Thus for stab types like 'N_RSYM' and 'N_LSYM',
d2210 1
a2210 1
'N_ABS', which tells the linker not to relocate the value.
d2238 1
a2238 1
'.o' file. The location is expressed as a data segment offset.
d2265 3
a2267 3
is an external symbol. The upper case 'D' signifies that the 'n_type'
field of the symbol table contains 7, 'N_DATA' with local linkage. The
stab's value is zero since the value is not used for 'N_GSYM' stabs.
d2288 2
a2289 2
Sections::), use 'objdump --stabs' instead of 'nm' to show the stabs in
an object or executable file. 'objdump' is a GNU utility; Sun does not
d2334 2
a2335 2
* Method Type Descriptor:: The '#' type descriptor
* Member Type Descriptor:: The '@@' type descriptor
d2349 3
a2351 3
In C++, a class name which is declared with 'class', 'struct', or
'union', is not only a tag, as in C, but also a type name. Thus there
should be stabs with both 't' and 'T' symbol descriptors (*note
d2355 1
a2355 1
'T' symbol descriptor is followed by 't', then the stab defines both a
d2381 1
a2381 1
symbol which contains '::'. Such a pair of colons does not end the name
d2384 1
a2384 1
So that a pair of colons in this position always has this meaning, ':'
d2387 3
a2389 3
For example, if the string for a stab is 'foo::bar::baz:t5=*6', then
'foo::bar::baz' is the name of the symbol, 't' is the symbol descriptor,
and '5=*6' is the type information.
d2449 1
a2449 1
The class 'baseA' is represented by two stabs. The first stab
d2451 2
a2452 2
structure tag of the class type. Both stabs are of stab type 'N_LSYM'.
Since the stab is not located between an 'N_FUN' and an 'N_LBRAC' stab
d2454 1
a2454 1
then the 'N_LSYM' would signify a local variable.
d2470 1
a2470 1
begins with 'name:' but then goes on to define a new type number for the
d2480 1
a2480 1
method. Normally this will be a type declared using the '#' type
d2482 1
a2482 1
are declared using the 'f' type descriptor instead; see *note Function
d2486 2
a2487 2
other methods. It is 'op$::OPERATOR-NAME.' where OPERATOR-NAME is the
operator name such as '+' or '+='. The name ends with a period, and any
d2493 2
a2494 2
expressed in C++ name mangling. In this example an 'int' and a 'char'
map to 'ic'.
d2500 1
a2500 1
'A' means that it is a normal function definition. The dot shows that
d2560 1
a2560 1
have an implicit argument which is the 'this' pointer. The 'this'
d2563 3
a2565 3
types. Name mangling is described in the ARM ('The Annotated C++
Reference Manual', by Ellis and Stroustrup, ISBN 0-201-51459-1);
'gpcompare.texi' in Cygnus GCC distributions describes the differences
d2573 3
a2575 3
Here is the stab for the 'this' pointer implicit argument. The name
of the 'this' pointer is always 'this'. Type 19, the 'this' pointer is
defined as a pointer to type 20, 'baseA', but a stab defining 'baseA'
d2578 1
a2578 1
by prefixing the symbol name with 'xs'.
d2601 1
a2601 1
8.7 The '#' Type Descriptor
d2605 1
a2605 1
an extra argument as its first argument, for the 'this' pointer.
d2607 1
a2607 1
If the '#' is immediately followed by another '#', the second one
d2612 1
a2612 1
Otherwise, the single '#' is followed by the class type, a comma, the
d2615 1
a2615 1
debugging output generated by gcc, a final argument type of 'void'
d2617 1
a2617 1
If the final argument type of 'void' does not appear, the method was
d2627 1
a2627 1
8.8 The '@@' Type Descriptor
d2630 1
a2630 1
The '@@' type descriptor is used for a pointer-to-non-static-member-data
d2643 1
a2643 1
String Field::); both use type descriptor '@@'. Fortunately, the '@@'
d2645 1
a2645 1
digit, '(', or '-', and type attributes never start with those things.
d2658 3
a2660 3
If the character following the 'FIELD-NAME:' part of the string is
'/', then the next character is the visibility. '0' means private, '1'
means protected, and '2' means public. Debuggers should ignore
d2664 1
a2664 1
public. The visibility '9' means that the field has been optimized out
d2666 1
a2666 1
private or protected visibility). Visibility '9' is not supported by
d2685 5
a2689 5
'vis:T19=s12' indicates that type number 19 is a 12 byte structure
named 'vis' The 'priv' field has public visibility ('/0'), type int
('1'), and offset and size ',0,32;'. The 'prot' field has protected
visibility ('/1'), type char ('2') and offset and size ',32,8;'. The
'pub' field has type float ('12'), and offset and size ',64,32;'.
d2706 1
a2706 1
left of an 'A' in each case. Notice also that in this case two symbol
d2725 1
a2725 1
8.10 Method Modifiers ('const', 'volatile', 'const volatile')
d2733 2
a2734 2
character values. Normal methods use 'A', const methods use 'B',
volatile methods use 'C', and const volatile methods use 'D'. Consider
d2779 1
a2779 1
struct is 'Adat', an integer, starting at structure offset 0 and
d2785 1
a2785 1
vtable pointer field starts with '$vf' and continues with a type
d2788 1
a2788 1
'$vf20', followed by the usual colon.
d2802 1
a2802 1
'A_virt'. Its description starts out using the same format as the
d2804 1
a2804 1
after the 'A' there is an asterisk, indicating that the function is
d2825 1
a2825 1
This is preceded by '~%' and followed by a final semi-colon.
d2862 3
a2864 3
The virtual character is '1' if the base class is virtual and '0' if
not. The visibility character is '2' if the derivation is public, '1'
if it is protected, and '0' if it is private. Debuggers should ignore
d2877 2
a2878 2
The source below defines three base classes 'A', 'B', and 'C' and the
derived class 'D'.
d2919 1
a2919 1
In the stab describing derived class 'D' below, the information about
d2945 4
a2948 4
rule is for virtual inheritance. In the example above, class 'D'
inherits virtually from base class 'B'. This means that an instance of
a 'D' object will not contain its own 'B' part but merely a pointer to a
'B' part, known as a virtual base pointer.
d2953 2
a2954 2
Notice that the base offset for 'B' is given as 0 even though 'B' is not
the first base class. The first base class 'A' starts at offset 0.
d2956 5
a2960 5
The field information part of the stab for class 'D' describes the
field which is the pointer to the virtual base class 'B'. The vbase
pointer name is '$vb' followed by a type reference to the virtual base
class. Since the type id for 'B' in this example is 25, the vbase
pointer name is '$vb25'.
d2969 1
a2969 1
defined earlier as the type of the 'B' class 'this' pointer. The 'this'
d2975 5
a2979 5
shows that the vbase pointer is the first field in the 'D' object,
before any data fields defined by the class. The layout of a 'D' class
object is a follows, 'Adat' at 0, the vtable pointer for 'A' at 32,
'Cdat' at 64, the vtable pointer for C at 96, the virtual base pointer
for 'B' at 128, and 'Ddat' at 160.
d3007 1
a3007 1
The symbolic names are defined in the file 'include/aout/stabs.def'.
d3025 1
a3025 1
'0x0 N_UNDF'
d3028 1
a3028 1
'0x2 N_ABS'
d3031 1
a3031 1
'0x3 N_ABS | N_EXT'
d3034 1
a3034 1
'0x4 N_TEXT'
d3037 1
a3037 1
'0x5 N_TEXT | N_EXT'
d3040 1
a3040 1
'0x6 N_DATA'
d3043 1
a3043 1
'0x7 N_DATA | N_EXT'
d3046 1
a3046 1
'0x8 N_BSS'
d3049 1
a3049 1
'0x9 N_BSS | N_EXT'
d3052 2
a3053 2
'0x0c N_FN_SEQ'
Same as 'N_FN', for Sequent compilers
d3055 1
a3055 1
'0x0a N_INDR'
d3058 1
a3058 1
'0x12 N_COMM'
d3061 2
a3062 2
'0x14 N_SETA'
'0x15 N_SETA | N_EXT'
d3065 2
a3066 2
'0x16 N_SETT'
'0x17 N_SETT | N_EXT'
d3069 2
a3070 2
'0x18 N_SETD'
'0x19 N_SETD | N_EXT'
d3073 2
a3074 2
'0x1a N_SETB'
'0x1b N_SETB | N_EXT'
d3077 2
a3078 2
'0x1c N_SETV'
'0x1d N_SETV | N_EXT'
d3081 1
a3081 1
'0x1e N_WARNING'
d3084 2
a3085 2
'0x1f N_FN'
File name of a '.o' file
d3097 1
a3097 1
'0x20 N_GSYM'
d3100 1
a3100 1
'0x22 N_FNAME'
d3103 1
a3103 1
'0x24 N_FUN'
d3107 1
a3107 1
'0x26 N_STSYM'
d3110 1
a3110 1
'0x28 N_LCSYM'
d3113 1
a3113 1
'0x2a N_MAIN'
d3116 2
a3117 2
'0x2c N_ROSYM'
Variable in '.rodata' section; see *note Statics::.
d3119 1
a3119 1
'0x30 N_PC'
d3122 1
a3122 1
'0x32 N_NSYMS'
d3125 1
a3125 1
'0x34 N_NOMAP'
d3128 2
a3129 2
'0x36 N_MAC_DEFINE'
Name and body of a '#define'd macro; see *note Macro define and
d3132 1
a3132 1
'0x38 N_OBJ'
d3135 2
a3136 2
'0x3a N_MAC_UNDEF'
Name of an '#undef'ed macro; see *note Macro define and undefine::.
d3138 1
a3138 1
'0x3c N_OPT'
d3141 1
a3141 1
'0x40 N_RSYM'
d3144 1
a3144 1
'0x42 N_M2C'
d3147 1
a3147 1
'0x44 N_SLINE'
d3150 1
a3150 1
'0x46 N_DSLINE'
d3153 1
a3153 1
'0x48 N_BSLINE'
d3156 2
a3157 2
'0x48 N_BROWS'
Sun source code browser, path to '.cb' file; see *note N_BROWS::.
d3159 1
a3159 1
'0x4a N_DEFD'
d3162 1
a3162 1
'0x4c N_FLINE'
d3165 1
a3165 1
'0x50 N_EHDECL'
d3168 1
a3168 1
'0x50 N_MOD2'
d3172 2
a3173 2
'0x54 N_CATCH'
GNU C++ 'catch' clause; see *note N_CATCH::.
d3175 1
a3175 1
'0x60 N_SSYM'
d3178 1
a3178 1
'0x62 N_ENDM'
d3181 1
a3181 1
'0x64 N_SO'
d3184 1
a3184 1
'0x80 N_LSYM'
d3188 1
a3188 1
'0x82 N_BINCL'
d3191 1
a3191 1
'0x84 N_SOL'
d3194 1
a3194 1
'0xa0 N_PSYM'
d3197 1
a3197 1
'0xa2 N_EINCL'
d3200 1
a3200 1
'0xa4 N_ENTRY'
d3203 1
a3203 1
'0xc0 N_LBRAC'
d3206 1
a3206 1
'0xc2 N_EXCL'
d3209 1
a3209 1
'0xc4 N_SCOPE'
d3212 1
a3212 1
'0xe0 N_RBRAC'
d3215 1
a3215 1
'0xe2 N_BCOMM'
d3218 1
a3218 1
'0xe4 N_ECOMM'
d3221 1
a3221 1
'0xe8 N_ECOML'
d3224 2
a3225 2
'0xea N_WITH'
Pascal 'with' statement: type,,0,0,offset (Solaris2).
d3227 1
a3227 1
'0xf0 N_NBTEXT'
d3230 1
a3230 1
'0xf2 N_NBDATA'
d3233 1
a3233 1
'0xf4 N_NBBSS'
d3236 1
a3236 1
'0xf6 N_NBSTS'
d3239 1
a3239 1
'0xf8 N_NBLCS'
d3252 3
a3254 3
'DIGIT'
'('
'-'
d3257 1
a3257 1
':'
d3260 1
a3260 1
'a'
d3264 1
a3264 1
'b'
d3267 1
a3267 1
'c'
d3270 1
a3270 1
'C'
d3273 1
a3273 1
can be distinguished because the latter uses 'N_CATCH' and the
d3276 1
a3276 1
'd'
d3279 1
a3279 1
'D'
d3283 1
a3283 1
'f'
d3286 1
a3286 1
'F'
d3289 1
a3289 1
'G'
d3292 1
a3292 1
'i'
d3295 1
a3295 1
'I'
d3298 1
a3298 1
'J'
d3301 1
a3301 1
'L'
d3304 1
a3304 1
'm'
d3307 1
a3307 1
'p'
d3310 1
a3310 1
'pP'
d3313 1
a3313 1
'pF'
d3316 1
a3316 1
'P'
d3321 3
a3323 3
parameter (GNU) (symbol type 'N_PSYM'); see *note Parameters::.
Prototype of function referenced by this file (Sun 'acc') (symbol
type 'N_FUN').
d3325 1
a3325 1
'Q'
d3328 1
a3328 1
'R'
d3331 1
a3331 1
'r'
d3334 1
a3334 1
'S'
d3337 1
a3337 1
's'
d3340 1
a3340 1
't'
d3343 1
a3343 1
'T'
d3346 1
a3346 1
'v'
d3349 1
a3349 1
'V'
d3352 1
a3352 1
'x'
d3355 1
a3355 1
'X'
d3368 2
a3369 2
'DIGIT'
'('
d3372 1
a3372 1
'-'
d3375 1
a3375 1
'#'
d3378 1
a3378 1
'*'
d3381 1
a3381 1
'&'
d3384 1
a3384 1
'@@'
d3388 1
a3388 1
'a'
d3391 1
a3391 1
'A'
d3394 1
a3394 1
'b'
d3399 1
a3399 1
'B'
d3402 1
a3402 1
'c'
d3406 1
a3406 1
'C'
d3409 1
a3409 1
'd'
d3412 1
a3412 1
'D'
d3415 1
a3415 1
'e'
d3418 1
a3418 1
'E'
d3421 1
a3421 1
'f'
d3424 1
a3424 1
'F'
d3427 1
a3427 1
'g'
d3430 1
a3430 1
'G'
d3433 1
a3433 1
'i'
d3437 1
a3437 1
'k'
d3440 1
a3440 1
'K'
d3443 1
a3443 1
'M'
d3446 1
a3446 1
'n'
d3449 1
a3449 1
'N'
d3452 1
a3452 1
'o'
d3455 1
a3455 1
'p'
d3458 1
a3458 1
'P'
d3461 1
a3461 1
'r'
d3464 1
a3464 1
'R'
d3471 1
a3471 1
's'
d3474 1
a3474 1
'S'
d3477 1
a3477 1
'u'
d3480 1
a3480 1
'v'
d3485 1
a3485 1
'w'
d3488 1
a3488 1
'x'
d3491 1
a3491 1
'Y'
d3494 1
a3494 1
'z'
d3510 1
a3510 1
The first line is the symbol type (see 'include/aout/stab.def').
d3545 1
a3545 1
-- '.stabs': N_PC
d3551 1
a3551 1
'stabdump.c' says:
d3562 1
a3562 1
-- '.stabn': N_NSYMS
d3573 1
a3573 1
-- '.stabs': N_NOMAP
d3585 1
a3585 1
-- '.stabs': N_M2C
d3593 1
a3593 1
See 'Dbx and Dbxtool Interfaces', 2nd edition, by Sun, 1988, for
d3602 2
a3603 2
-- '.stabs': N_BROWS
Sun source code browser, path to '.cb' file
d3605 1
a3605 1
<> "path to associated '.cb' file"
d3615 1
a3615 1
-- '.stabn': N_DEFD
d3620 2
a3621 2
non-zero if it is imported with the GNU M2 keyword '%INITIALIZE'.
Perhaps 'N_M2C' can be used if there are enough empty fields?
d3629 1
a3629 1
-- '.stabs': N_EHDECL
d3634 1
a3634 1
Note: conflicts with 'N_MOD2'.
d3642 1
a3642 1
-- '.stab?': N_MOD2
d3645 1
a3645 1
Note: conflicts with 'N_EHDECL' <>
d3653 2
a3654 2
-- '.stabn': N_CATCH
GNU C++ 'catch' clause
d3656 3
a3658 3
GNU C++ 'catch' clause. The value is its address. The desc field
is nonzero if this entry is immediately followed by a 'CAUGHT' stab
saying what exception was caught. Multiple 'CAUGHT' stabs means
d3668 1
a3668 1
-- '.stabn': N_SSYM
d3681 1
a3681 1
-- '.stab?': N_SCOPE
d3690 5
a3694 5
-- '.stab?': N_NBTEXT
-- '.stab?': N_NBDATA
-- '.stab?': N_NBBSS
-- '.stab?': N_NBSTS
-- '.stab?': N_NBLCS
d3717 1
a3717 1
-- '.stabn': N_LENG
d3727 2
a3728 2
* For GNU C stabs defining local and global variables ('N_LSYM' and
'N_GSYM'), the desc field is supposed to contain the source line
d3730 2
a3731 2
is always 0. (This behavior is defined in 'dbxout.c' and putting a
line number in desc is controlled by '#ifdef WINNING_GDB', which
d3733 2
a3734 2
say 'list VAR'. In reality, VAR can be a variable defined in the
program and GDB says 'function VAR not defined'.
d3736 3
a3738 3
* In GNU C stabs, there seems to be no way to differentiate tag
types: structures, unions, and enums (symbol descriptor 'T') and
typedefs (symbol descriptor 't') defined at file scope from types
d3740 2
a3741 2
use the 'N_LSYM' stab type. Types defined at procedure scope are
emitted after the 'N_RBRAC' of the preceding function and before
d3746 1
a3746 1
default, '-ansi' and '-traditional' compiler options. (Bugs
d3749 2
a3750 2
* What ends the procedure scope? Is it the proc block's 'N_RBRAC' or
the next 'N_FUN'? (I believe it's the first.)
d3775 1
a3775 1
The assembler creates two custom sections, a section named '.stab' which
d3777 2
a3778 2
section named '.stabstr' containing all the variable length strings that
are referenced by stabs in the '.stab' section. The byte order of the
d3781 1
a3781 1
'EI_DATA' field in the 'e_ident' member of the ELF header. For SOM, it
d3784 1
a3784 1
as for a.out (*note Symbol Table Format::), except that the 'n_strx'
d3789 1
a3789 1
The first stab in the '.stab' section for each compilation unit is
d3791 1
a3791 1
'.stab' directive as input to the assembler. This stab contains the
d3794 2
a3795 2
'n_strx'
Offset in the '.stabstr' section to the source filename.
d3797 2
a3798 2
'n_type'
'N_UNDF'.
d3800 1
a3800 1
'n_other'
d3802 1
a3802 1
overflows from the count in the 'n_desc' field.
d3804 1
a3804 1
'n_desc'
d3808 1
a3808 1
'n_value'
d3812 1
a3812 1
The '.stabstr' section always starts with a null byte (so that string
d3816 4
a3819 4
The ELF section header for the '.stab' section has its 'sh_link'
member set to the section number of the '.stabstr' section, and the
'.stabstr' section has its ELF section header 'sh_type' member set to
'SHT_STRTAB' to mark it as a string table. SOM and COFF have no way of
d3822 3
a3824 3
For COFF, the '.stab' and '.stabstr' sections may be simply
concatenated by the linker. GDB then uses the 'n_desc' fields to figure
out the extent of the original sections. Similarly, the 'n_value'
d3826 1
a3826 1
actual position of the strings in a desired '.stabstr' section.
d3828 1
a3828 1
otherwise manipulate '.stab' and '.stabstr' sections, it also requires
d3830 1
a3830 1
instance, if the linker were to pad in between the '.stabstr' sections
d3832 1
a3832 1
executable's '.stabstr' section would be wrong.
d3837 2
a3838 2
in sections, they remove the leading 'N_UNDF' symbol and arranges for
all the 'n_strx' fields to be relative to the start of the '.stabstr'
d3852 2
a3853 2
very many stabs. Making sure this is done for 'N_SLINE', 'N_RBRAC', and
'N_LBRAC' stabs is the most important thing (see the descriptions of
d3855 2
a3856 2
this further, to make all addresses in the 'n_value' field (functions
and static variables) relative to the source file. For the 'N_SO'
d3862 2
a3863 2
'Bbss.bss' for the bss section, 'Ddata.data' for the data section, and
'Drodata.rodata' for the rodata section. For the text section, there is
d3867 1
a3867 1
Thus addresses which would normally be relative to 'Bbss.bss', etc., are
d3875 1
a3875 1
the Sun compiler this affects 'S' symbol descriptor stabs (*note
d3879 1
a3879 1
'Ttext.text' symbol, analogous to the 'Bbss.bss', etc., symbols. I
d3883 8
a3890 8
Finding the correct 'Bbss.bss', etc., symbol is difficult, because
the linker simply concatenates the '.stab' sections from each '.o' file
without including any information about which part of a '.stab' section
comes from which '.o' file. The way GDB use to do this is to look for
an ELF 'STT_FILE' symbol which has the same name as the last component
of the file name from the 'N_SO' symbol in the stabs (for example, if
the file name is '../../gdb/main.c', it looks for an ELF 'STT_FILE'
symbol named 'main.c'). This loses if different files have the same
d3893 1
a3893 1
have the 'Bbss.bss' symbols in the stabs themselves. Having the linker
d3907 1
a3907 1
Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
d3916 1
a3916 1
functional and useful document "free" in the sense of freedom: to
d4485 93
a4577 93
Node: Top1360
Node: Overview2407
Node: Flow3821
Node: Stabs Format5347
Node: String Field6909
Node: C Example12338
Node: Assembly Code12883
Node: Program Structure14854
Node: Main Program15580
Node: Source Files16141
Node: Include Files18583
Node: Line Numbers21248
Node: Procedures22782
Node: Nested Procedures28673
Node: Block Structure29849
Node: Alternate Entry Points31253
Node: Constants31986
Node: Variables35097
Node: Stack Variables35785
Node: Global Variables37486
Node: Register Variables38641
Node: Common Blocks39463
Node: Statics40716
Node: Based Variables43295
Node: Parameters44681
Node: Register Parameters46292
Node: Local Variable Parameters48552
Node: Reference Parameters51467
Node: Conformant Arrays52087
Node: Types52805
Node: Builtin Types53752
Node: Traditional Builtin Types54898
Node: Traditional Integer Types55299
Node: Traditional Other Types57607
Node: Builtin Type Descriptors58521
Node: Negative Type Numbers62021
Node: Miscellaneous Types68376
Node: Cross-References70262
Node: Subranges71937
Node: Arrays73176
Node: Strings76401
Node: Enumerations77463
Node: Structures79847
Node: Typedefs82555
Node: Unions83877
Node: Function Types85458
Node: Macro define and undefine87039
Node: Symbol Tables88612
Node: Symbol Table Format89064
Node: Transformations On Symbol Tables90511
Node: Transformations On Static Variables91865
Node: Transformations On Global Variables92601
Node: Stab Section Transformations93845
Node: Cplusplus95228
Node: Class Names95811
Node: Nested Symbols96556
Node: Basic Cplusplus Types97402
Node: Simple Classes98962
Node: Class Instance103255
Node: Methods103972
Node: Method Type Descriptor106191
Node: Member Type Descriptor107391
Node: Protections108183
Node: Method Modifiers111273
Node: Virtual Methods112901
Node: Inheritance116701
Node: Virtual Base Classes120397
Node: Static Members122642
Node: Stab Types123112
Node: Non-Stab Symbol Types123736
Node: Stab Symbol Types125119
Node: Symbol Descriptors128902
Node: Type Descriptors131681
Node: Expanded Reference134893
Node: N_PC136311
Node: N_NSYMS136679
Node: N_NOMAP136920
Node: N_M2C137226
Node: N_BROWS137659
Node: N_DEFD137942
Node: N_EHDECL138399
Node: N_MOD2138650
Node: N_CATCH138887
Node: N_SSYM139381
Node: N_SCOPE139666
Node: Gould139856
Node: N_LENG140849
Node: Questions141077
Node: Stab Sections142719
Node: Stab Section Basics143329
Node: ELF Linker Relocation146671
Node: GNU Free Documentation License150190
Node: Symbol Types Index175350
@
1.1
log
@gdb/info: Generate *.info with gtexinfo-7.1 from pkgsrc-2024Q2
by using mknative-gdb for amd64.
@
text
@d1 1
a1 1
This is stabs.info, produced by makeinfo version 7.1 from stabs.texinfo.
d3 1
a3 1
Copyright © 1992-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Contributed by
d20 2
a21 2
Copyright © 1992-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Contributed by
Cygnus Support. Written by Julia Menapace, Jim Kingdon, and David
d65 1
a65 1
“Stabs” refers to a format for information that describes a program to a
d67 1
a67 1
University of California at Berkeley, for the ‘pdx’ Pascal debugger; the
d77 3
a79 3
Other sources of information on stabs are ‘Dbx and Dbxtool
Interfaces’, 2nd edition, by Sun, 1988, and ‘AIX Version 3.2 Files
Reference’, Fourth Edition, September 1992, "dbx Stabstring Grammar" in
d98 3
a100 3
The GNU C compiler compiles C source in a ‘.c’ file into assembly
language in a ‘.s’ file, which the assembler translates into a ‘.o’
file, which the linker combines with other ‘.o’ files and libraries to
d103 1
a103 1
With the ‘-g’ option, GCC puts in the ‘.s’ file additional debugging
d111 1
a111 1
encapsulated in assembler directives known collectively as “stab”
d119 1
a119 1
table of the ‘.o’ file it is building. The linker consolidates the ‘.o’
d133 3
a135 3
either ‘.stabs’ (string), ‘.stabn’ (number), or ‘.stabd’ (dot). IBM's
XCOFF assembler uses ‘.stabx’ (and some other directives such as ‘.file’
and ‘.bi’) instead of ‘.stabs’, ‘.stabn’ or ‘.stabd’.
d144 3
a146 3
For ‘.stabn’ and ‘.stabd’, there is no STRING (the ‘n_strx’ field is
zero; see *note Symbol Tables::). For ‘.stabd’, the VALUE field is
implicit and has the value of the current file location. For ‘.stabx’,
d176 1
a176 1
‘:t10=*2’ defines type 10 as a pointer to type 2, but does not give the
d182 1
a182 1
The SYMBOL-DESCRIPTOR following the ‘:’ is an alphabetic character
d186 1
a186 1
see *note Symbol Descriptors::. The ‘c’ symbol descriptor is an
d190 1
a190 1
TYPE-INFORMATION is either a TYPE-NUMBER, or ‘TYPE-NUMBER=’. A
d194 1
a194 1
The ‘TYPE-NUMBER=’ form is a type definition, where the number
d197 2
a198 2
followed by ‘=’ and nested definitions. Also, the Lucid compiler will
repeat ‘TYPE-NUMBER=’ more than once if it wants to define several type
d205 1
a205 1
list of TYPE-DESCRIPTOR values. If a number follows the ‘=’ then the
d216 1
a216 1
type number permits the ‘N_BINCL’ optimization to succeed more often;
d219 3
a221 3
There is an AIX extension for type attributes. Following the ‘=’ are
any number of type attributes. Each one starts with ‘@@’ and ends with
‘;’. Debuggers, including AIX's dbx and GDB 4.10, skip any type
d224 2
a225 2
attributes should not be defined which begin with a digit, ‘(’, or ‘-’;
GDB may be unable to distinguish those from the C++ type descriptor ‘@@’.
d228 1
a228 1
‘aBOUNDARY’
d232 1
a232 1
‘pINTEGER’
d236 1
a236 1
‘P’
d241 1
a241 1
‘sSIZE’
d245 1
a245 1
‘S’
d251 1
a251 1
‘V’
d261 2
a262 2
must work with such systems need to split the ‘.stabs’ directive into
several ‘.stabs’ directives. Each stab duplicates every field except
d269 1
a269 1
backslashes), AIX can use ‘?’ instead of backslash.
d285 1
a285 1
When compiled with ‘-g’, the program above yields the following ‘.s’
d287 1
a287 1
of the ‘.s’ file in the description of the stabs that follows.
d379 1
a379 1
Most languages allow the main program to have any name. The ‘N_MAIN’
d383 2
a384 2
the debugger to assume that the name is ‘main’), but some C compilers
emit an ‘N_MAIN’ stab for the ‘main’ function. I'm not sure how XCOFF
d394 1
a394 1
file. This information is contained in a symbol of stab type ‘N_SO’;
d406 1
a406 1
‘N_SO_AS’ (0x1)
d408 1
a408 1
‘N_SO_C’ (0x2)
d410 1
a410 1
‘N_SO_ANSI_C’ (0x3)
d412 1
a412 1
‘N_SO_CC’ (0x4)
d414 1
a414 1
‘N_SO_FORTRAN’ (0x5)
d416 1
a416 1
‘N_SO_PASCAL’ (0x6)
d418 1
a418 1
‘N_SO_FORTRAN90’ (0x7)
d420 1
a420 1
‘N_SO_OBJC’ (0x32)
d422 1
a422 1
‘N_SO_OBJCPLUS’ (0x33)
d425 2
a426 2
Some compilers (for example, GCC2 and SunOS4 ‘/bin/cc’) also include
the directory in which the source was compiled, in a second ‘N_SO’
d429 2
a430 2
‘cfront’ C++ compiler can have additional ‘N_SO’ symbols for nonexistent
source files after the ‘N_SO’ for the real source file; these are
d440 2
a441 2
Instead of ‘N_SO’ symbols, XCOFF uses a ‘.file’ assembler directive
which assembles to a ‘C_FILE’ symbol; explaining this in detail is
d445 1
a445 1
with an ‘N_SO’ symbol with an empty string for the name. The value is
d448 3
a450 3
just need to figure it ended when you see an ‘N_SO’ for a different
source file, or a symbol ending in ‘.o’ (which at least some linkers
insert to mark the start of a new ‘.o’ file).
d459 3
a461 3
traditional ‘N_SOL’ approach, Sun's ‘N_BINCL’ approach, and the XCOFF
‘C_BINCL’ approach (which despite the similar name has little in common
with ‘N_BINCL’).
d463 1
a463 1
An ‘N_SOL’ symbol specifies which include file subsequent symbols
d467 1
a467 1
‘N_SOL’ symbol with the name of the main source file.
d469 1
a469 1
The ‘N_BINCL’ approach works as follows. An ‘N_BINCL’ symbol
d472 1
a472 1
fields. The end of the include file is marked by an ‘N_EINCL’ symbol
d474 1
a474 1
data in the ‘N_EINCL’ symbol. ‘N_BINCL’ and ‘N_EINCL’ can be nested.
d477 1
a477 1
between an ‘N_BINCL’ and ‘N_EINCL’ pair (as will generally be the case
d479 1
a479 1
additional occurrence is replaced by an ‘N_EXCL’ symbol. I believe the
d484 1
a484 1
‘N_BINCL’ symbol to the total of all the characters in the stabs strings
d486 3
a488 3
‘N_EXCL’ symbol is the same as the value of the ‘N_BINCL’ symbol it
replaces. This information can be used to match up ‘N_EXCL’ and
‘N_BINCL’ symbols which have the same filename. The ‘N_EINCL’ value,
d492 3
a494 3
For the start of an include file in XCOFF, use the ‘.bi’ assembler
directive, which generates a ‘C_BINCL’ symbol. A ‘.ei’ directive, which
generates a ‘C_EINCL’ symbol, denotes the end of the include file. Both
d500 1
a500 1
table that corresponds to this include file. ‘C_BINCL’ and ‘C_EINCL’ do
d509 1
a509 1
An ‘N_SLINE’ symbol represents the start of a source line. The desc
d513 1
a513 1
to the function in which the ‘N_SLINE’ symbol occurs.
d515 2
a516 2
GNU documents ‘N_DSLINE’ and ‘N_BSLINE’ symbols for line numbers in
the data or bss segments, respectively. They are identical to ‘N_SLINE’
d531 1
a531 1
fixed with the ‘C_BINCL’ method of marking include files (*note Include
d540 2
a541 2
All of the following stabs normally use the ‘N_FUN’ symbol type.
However, Sun's ‘acc’ compiler on SunOS4 uses ‘N_GSYM’ and ‘N_STSYM’,
d547 1
a547 1
symbol. BSD Fortran is said to use ‘N_FNAME’ with the same restriction;
d551 2
a552 2
A function is represented by an ‘F’ symbol descriptor for a global
(extern) function, and ‘f’ for a static (local) function. For a.out,
d564 1
a564 1
stab uses the ‘C_FUN’ storage class and the value of the stab is
d569 1
a569 1
function; thus ‘foo:f5’ means that foo is a function returning type 5.
d571 1
a571 1
function from the stab for the function; it is in the next ‘N_SLINE’
d579 2
a580 2
preceded by ‘;’. An argument type of 0 means that additional arguments
are being passed, whose types and number may vary (‘...’ in ANSI C). GDB
d587 2
a588 2
which is declared without a prototype takes a ‘float’ argument, the
value is passed as a ‘double’ but then converted to a ‘float’.
d598 1
a598 1
extension the Solaris compiler uses symbol descriptor ‘P’ followed by
d600 2
a601 2
preceded by ‘;’, as in a stab with symbol descriptor ‘f’ or ‘F’. This
use of symbol descriptor ‘P’ can be distinguished from its use for
d603 1
a603 1
has symbol type ‘N_FUN’.
d605 1
a605 1
The AIX documentation also defines symbol descriptor ‘J’ as an
d607 1
a607 1
function. It also says symbol descriptor ‘m’ is a module in Modula-2 or
d611 3
a613 3
functions returning the ‘void’ type in C. I don't see why this couldn't
be used for all languages (inventing a ‘void’ type for this purpose if
necessary), but the AIX documentation defines ‘I’, ‘P’, and ‘Q’ for
d618 2
a619 2
The following example shows a stab for a function ‘main’ which
returns type number ‘1’. The ‘_main’ specified for the value is a
d633 1
a633 1
mark the end of a function with an ‘N_FUN’ symbol with an empty string
d651 1
a651 1
symbol (before the ‘:’). This feature is used by GCC, and presumably
d683 3
a685 3
The program's block structure is represented by the ‘N_LBRAC’ (left
brace) and the ‘N_RBRAC’ (right brace) stab types. The variables
defined inside a block precede the ‘N_LBRAC’ symbol for most compilers,
d687 2
a688 2
and Sun ‘acc’ compilers, put the variables after the ‘N_LBRAC’ symbol.
The values of the ‘N_LBRAC’ and ‘N_RBRAC’ symbols are the start and end
d694 2
a695 2
The ‘N_LBRAC’ and ‘N_RBRAC’ stabs that describe the block scope of a
procedure are located after the ‘N_FUN’ stab that represents the
d698 1
a698 1
Sun documents the desc field of ‘N_LBRAC’ and ‘N_RBRAC’ symbols as
d702 3
a704 3
For XCOFF, block scope is indicated with ‘C_BLOCK’ symbols. If the
name of the symbol is ‘.bb’, then it is the beginning of the block; if
the name of the symbol is ‘.be’; it is the end of the block.
d714 1
a714 1
point. The ‘N_ENTRY’ stab is for this; however, the Sun FORTRAN
d716 1
a716 1
of a ‘C_ENTRY’ stab is significant; the address of the alternate entry
d718 1
a718 1
of this document said that the value of an ‘N_ENTRY’ stab was the
d728 1
a728 1
The ‘c’ symbol descriptor indicates that this stab represents a
d731 1
a731 1
is followed by ‘=’ and one of the following:
d733 1
a733 1
‘b VALUE’
d737 1
a737 1
‘c VALUE’
d740 1
a740 1
‘e TYPE-INFORMATION , VALUE’
d745 1
a745 1
right value if VALUE does not fit in a host ‘int’, but it does not
d752 1
a752 1
‘i VALUE’
d754 2
a755 2
sort of generic integer type (for GDB, a host ‘int’); to specify
the type explicitly, use ‘e’ instead.
d757 4
a760 4
‘r VALUE’
Real constant. VALUE is the real value, which can be ‘INF’
(optionally preceded by a sign) for infinity, ‘QNAN’ for a quiet
NaN (not-a-number), or ‘SNAN’ for a signalling NaN. If it is a
d762 1
a762 1
‘atof’.
d764 5
a768 5
‘s STRING’
String constant. STRING is a string enclosed in either ‘'’ (in
which case ‘'’ characters within the string are represented as ‘\'’
or ‘"’ (in which case ‘"’ characters within the string are
represented as ‘\"’).
d770 1
a770 1
‘S TYPE-INFORMATION , ELEMENTS , BITS , PATTERN’
d789 1
a789 1
The above information is followed by ‘;’.
d818 1
a818 1
long as that function executes (C calls such variables “automatic”), it
d824 1
a824 1
‘-’, or ‘(’, only those characters precluded from being used for symbol
d827 1
a827 1
‘TYPE-NUMBER=’. This is a bad idea; there is no guarantee that type
d829 1
a829 1
variables use the ‘N_LSYM’ stab type, or ‘C_LSYM’ for XCOFF.
d851 3
a853 3
See *note Procedures:: for more information on the ‘N_FUN’ stab, and
*note Block Structure:: for more information on the ‘N_LBRAC’ and
‘N_RBRAC’ stabs.
d862 1
a862 1
represented by the ‘G’ symbol descriptor. These stabs use the ‘N_GSYM’
d878 2
a879 2
The address of the variable represented by the ‘N_GSYM’ is not
contained in the ‘N_GSYM’ stab. The debugger gets this information from
d881 1
a881 1
‘.global _g_foo’ and ‘_g_foo:’ lines tell the assembler to produce an
d884 1
a884 1
Some compilers, like GCC, output ‘N_GSYM’ stabs only once, where the
d886 1
a886 1
‘N_GSYM’ stab for each compilation unit which references the variable.
d894 2
a895 2
Register variables have their own stab type, ‘N_RSYM’ (‘C_RSYM’ for
XCOFF), and their own symbol descriptor, ‘r’. The stab's value is the
d898 1
a898 1
AIX defines a separate symbol descriptor ‘d’ for floating point
d901 1
a901 1
the compiler actually uses ‘d’.
d921 1
a921 1
A ‘N_BCOMM’ stab begins a common block and an ‘N_ECOMM’ stab ends it.
d924 1
a924 1
the common block. According to IBM documentation, only the ‘N_BCOMM’
d929 7
a935 7
‘N_BCOMM’ and the ‘N_ECOMM’; the value of each stab is the offset within
the common block of that variable. IBM uses the ‘C_ECOML’ stab type,
and there is a corresponding ‘N_ECOML’ stab type, but Sun's Fortran
compiler uses ‘N_GSYM’ instead. The variables within a common block use
the ‘V’ symbol descriptor (I believe this is true of all Fortran
variables). Other stabs (at least type declarations using ‘C_DECL’) can
also be between the ‘N_BCOMM’ and the ‘N_ECOMM’.
d943 3
a945 3
Initialized static variables are represented by the ‘S’ and ‘V’ symbol
descriptors. ‘S’ means file scope static, and ‘V’ means procedure scope
static. One exception: in XCOFF, IBM's xlc compiler always uses ‘V’,
d949 2
a950 2
In a.out files, ‘N_STSYM’ means the data section, ‘N_FUN’ means the
text section, and ‘N_LCSYM’ means the bss section. For those systems
d952 1
a952 1
‘N_ROSYM’ means the read-only data section.
d969 2
a970 2
‘C_STSYM’ can be used for all statics. Also, each static variable is
enclosed in a static block. A ‘C_BSTAT’ (emitted with a ‘.bs’ assembler
d974 2
a975 2
and its name is ‘.bs’. A ‘C_ESTAT’ (emitted with a ‘.es’ assembler
directive) symbol ends the static block; its name is ‘.es’ and its value
d982 2
a983 2
descriptor ‘S’ means that the address is absolute (the linker relocates
it) and symbol descriptor ‘V’ means that the address is relative to the
d989 1
a989 1
descriptor ‘S’ symbol be an offset relative to the start of the file,
d1001 1
a1001 1
which allows allocating arrays with ‘malloc’, but which avoids blurring
d1003 1
a1003 1
a variable uses the ‘b’ symbol descriptor.
d1018 2
a1019 2
In this example, ‘real’ is type 6 and type 3 is an integral type
which is the type of the subscripts of the array (probably ‘integer’).
d1021 1
a1021 1
The ‘b’ symbol descriptor is like ‘V’ in that it denotes a statically
d1025 3
a1027 3
the above example, the value of the ‘foo’ stab is the address of a
pointer to a real, the value of the ‘foo10’ stab is the address of a
pointer to a 10-element array of reals, and the value of the ‘foo10_5’
d1043 2
a1044 2
Parameters passed on the stack use the symbol descriptor ‘p’ and the
‘N_PSYM’ symbol type (or ‘C_PSYM’ for XCOFF). The value of the symbol is
d1061 1
a1061 1
The type definition of ‘argv’ is interesting because it contains
d1063 1
a1063 1
‘argv’ (type 20) is pointer to type 21.
d1065 1
a1065 1
The following symbol descriptors are also said to go with ‘N_PSYM’.
d1096 4
a1099 4
descriptor ‘P’ or ‘R’ to indicate an argument which is in a register.
Symbol type ‘C_RPSYM’ is used in XCOFF and ‘N_RSYM’ is used otherwise.
The symbol's value is the register number. ‘P’ and ‘R’ mean the same
thing; the difference is that ‘P’ is a GNU invention and ‘R’ is an IBM
d1102 2
a1103 2
There is at least one case where GCC uses a ‘p’ and ‘r’ pair rather
than ‘P’; this is where the argument is passed in the argument list and
d1106 1
a1106 1
According to the AIX documentation, symbol descriptor ‘D’ is for a
d1108 1
a1108 1
unnecessary--why not just use ‘R’ with a register number which indicates
d1112 1
a1112 1
On the sparc and hppa, for a ‘P’ symbol whose type is a structure or
d1114 2
a1115 2
sparc, this is also true of a ‘p’ and ‘r’ pair (using Sun ‘cc’) or a ‘p’
symbol. However, if a (small) structure is really in a register, ‘r’ is
d1118 1
a1118 1
is a ‘p’ and ‘r’ pair! I believe that symbol descriptor ‘i’ is supposed
d1139 2
a1140 2
by the prologue (for example, the parameter is declared as a ‘float’,
but the calling conventions specify that it is passed as a ‘double’),
d1142 1
a1142 1
symbol descriptor ‘p’ and the type which is passed. The second symbol
d1152 1
a1152 1
if ‘f’ is passed as a double at stack offset 8, and the prologue
d1155 2
a1156 2
.stabs "f:p13",160,0,3,8 # 160 is ‘N_PSYM’, here 13 is ‘double’
.stabs "f:r12",64,0,3,0 # 64 is ‘N_RSYM’, here 12 is ‘float’
d1158 1
a1158 1
In both stabs 3 is the line number where ‘f’ is declared (*note Line
d1162 2
a1163 2
It uses a single ‘p’ symbol descriptor for an argument which is stored
as a local variable but uses ‘N_LSYM’ instead of ‘N_PSYM’. In this
d1178 1
a1178 1
there are stabs for ‘stream’ and ‘format’. On most machines, the
d1183 1
a1183 1
parameter symbol (symbol descriptor ‘p’) (not necessarily ‘r’ or symbol
d1185 1
a1185 1
(for example, ‘double’ not ‘float’ if it is passed as a double and
d1194 2
a1195 2
If the parameter is passed by reference (e.g., Pascal ‘VAR’ parameters),
then the symbol descriptor is ‘v’ if it is in the argument list, or ‘a’
d1198 1
a1198 1
‘p’ and ‘R’, respectively. I believe ‘a’ is an AIX invention; ‘v’ is
d1209 3
a1211 3
called function until run-time. Such parameters have two stabs: a ‘x’
for the array itself, and a ‘C’, which represents the size of the array.
The value of the ‘x’ stab is the offset in the argument list where the
d1213 1
a1213 1
value of the ‘C’ stab is the offset in the argument list where the size
d1225 1
a1225 1
descriptors that may follow the ‘=’ in a type definition.
d1247 1
a1247 1
Certain types are built in (‘int’, ‘short’, ‘void’, ‘float’, etc.); the
d1255 2
a1256 2
ways have been invented to describe them. Sun's ‘acc’ uses special
builtin type descriptors (‘b’ and ‘R’), and IBM uses negative type
d1275 1
a1275 1
point, and ‘void’.
d1289 1
a1289 1
values fit within an ‘int’, then they are given normally. For example:
d1294 1
a1294 1
Builtin types can also be described as subranges of ‘int’:
d1300 2
a1301 2
in an ‘int’. Traditionally this is only used for ‘unsigned int’ and
‘unsigned long’:
d1322 1
a1322 1
convention for ‘unsigned long long’.
d1327 1
a1327 1
convention for ‘long long’. To distinguish this from a legitimate
d1344 1
a1344 1
However, GCC writes ‘long double’ the same way it writes ‘double’, so
d1353 1
a1353 1
The C ‘void’ type is defined as itself:
d1365 1
a1365 1
This is the method used by Sun's ‘acc’ for defining builtin types.
d1368 3
a1370 3
‘b SIGNED CHAR-FLAG WIDTH ; OFFSET ; NBITS ;’
Define an integral type. SIGNED is ‘u’ for unsigned or ‘s’ for
signed. CHAR-FLAG is ‘c’ which indicates this is a character type,
d1373 1
a1373 1
sense to set it for the C type ‘wchar_t’ so the debugger can print
d1375 1
a1375 1
on the C types ‘signed char’ and ‘unsigned char’ which arguably is
d1377 1
a1377 1
larger ones, for example a ‘short’ in an ‘int’ register. WIDTH is
d1381 1
a1381 1
Note that type descriptor ‘b’ used for builtin types conflicts with
d1384 2
a1385 2
descriptor will be a digit, ‘(’, or ‘-’ for a Pascal space type, or
‘u’ or ‘s’ for a builtin type.
d1387 1
a1387 1
‘w’
d1392 1
a1392 1
‘R FP-TYPE ; BYTES ;’
d1396 1
a1396 1
‘1 (NF_SINGLE)’
d1399 1
a1399 1
‘2 (NF_DOUBLE)’
d1402 3
a1404 3
‘3 (NF_COMPLEX)’
‘4 (NF_COMPLEX16)’
‘5 (NF_COMPLEX32)’
d1406 2
a1407 2
describes them as Fortran ‘complex’, ‘double complex’, and
‘complex*16’, respectively, but what does that mean? (i.e.,
d1410 1
a1410 1
‘6 (NF_LDOUBLE)’
d1412 2
a1413 2
‘long double’, and new codes should be used for other floating
point formats (‘NF_DOUBLE’ can be used if a ‘long double’ is
d1420 1
a1420 1
‘g TYPE-INFORMATION ; NBITS’
d1425 1
a1425 1
‘c TYPE-INFORMATION ; NBITS’
d1430 1
a1430 1
The C ‘void’ type is defined as a signed integral type 0 bits long:
d1453 1
a1453 1
‘int’ or ‘long’) might have different sizes depending on compiler
d1490 1
a1490 1
for example separate ‘int’ and ‘integer*4’ types which are identical
d1497 2
a1498 2
Here is the list of negative type numbers. The phrase “integral
type” is used to mean twos-complement (I strongly suspect that all
d1502 2
a1503 2
‘-1’
‘int’, 32 bit signed integral type.
d1505 5
a1509 5
‘-2’
‘char’, 8 bit type holding a character. Both GDB and dbx on AIX
treat this as signed. GCC uses this type whether ‘char’ is signed
or not, which seems like a bad idea. The AIX compiler (‘xlc’)
seems to avoid this type; it uses -5 instead for ‘char’.
d1511 2
a1512 2
‘-3’
‘short’, 16 bit signed integral type.
d1514 2
a1515 2
‘-4’
‘long’, 32 bit signed integral type.
d1517 2
a1518 2
‘-5’
‘unsigned char’, 8 bit unsigned integral type.
d1520 2
a1521 2
‘-6’
‘signed char’, 8 bit signed integral type.
d1523 2
a1524 2
‘-7’
‘unsigned short’, 16 bit unsigned integral type.
d1526 2
a1527 2
‘-8’
‘unsigned int’, 32 bit unsigned integral type.
d1529 2
a1530 2
‘-9’
‘unsigned’, 32 bit unsigned integral type.
d1532 2
a1533 2
‘-10’
‘unsigned long’, 32 bit unsigned integral type.
d1535 2
a1536 2
‘-11’
‘void’, type indicating the lack of a value.
d1538 2
a1539 2
‘-12’
‘float’, IEEE single precision.
d1541 2
a1542 2
‘-13’
‘double’, IEEE double precision.
d1544 2
a1545 2
‘-14’
‘long double’, IEEE double precision. The compiler claims the size
d1547 1
a1547 1
have to avoid using ‘long double’. I hope when they increase it
d1550 2
a1551 2
‘-15’
‘integer’. 32 bit signed integral type.
d1553 2
a1554 2
‘-16’
‘boolean’. 32 bit type. GDB and GCC assume that zero is false,
d1558 2
a1559 2
‘-17’
‘short real’. IEEE single precision.
d1561 2
a1562 2
‘-18’
‘real’. IEEE double precision.
d1564 2
a1565 2
‘-19’
‘stringptr’. *Note Strings::.
d1567 2
a1568 2
‘-20’
‘character’, 8 bit unsigned character type.
d1570 2
a1571 2
‘-21’
‘logical*1’, 8 bit type. This Fortran type has a split personality
d1576 2
a1577 2
‘-22’
‘logical*2’, 16 bit type. This Fortran type has a split
d1582 2
a1583 2
‘-23’
‘logical*4’, 32 bit type. This Fortran type has a split
d1588 2
a1589 2
‘-24’
‘logical’, 32 bit type. This Fortran type has a split personality
d1594 2
a1595 2
‘-25’
‘complex’. A complex type consisting of two IEEE single-precision
d1598 2
a1599 2
‘-26’
‘complex’. A complex type consisting of two IEEE double-precision
d1602 2
a1603 2
‘-27’
‘integer*1’, 8 bit signed integral type.
d1605 2
a1606 2
‘-28’
‘integer*2’, 16 bit signed integral type.
d1608 2
a1609 2
‘-29’
‘integer*4’, 32 bit signed integral type.
d1611 2
a1612 2
‘-30’
‘wchar’. Wide character, 16 bits wide, unsigned (what format?
d1615 2
a1616 2
‘-31’
‘long long’, 64 bit signed integral type.
d1618 2
a1619 2
‘-32’
‘unsigned long long’, 64 bit unsigned integral type.
d1621 2
a1622 2
‘-33’
‘logical*8’, 64 bit unsigned integral type.
d1624 2
a1625 2
‘-34’
‘integer*8’, 64 bit signed integral type.
d1633 1
a1633 1
‘b TYPE-INFORMATION ; BYTES’
d1636 1
a1636 1
This use of the ‘b’ type descriptor can be distinguished from its
d1639 1
a1639 1
digit, ‘(’, or ‘-’.
d1641 1
a1641 1
‘B TYPE-INFORMATION’
d1647 1
a1647 1
‘d TYPE-INFORMATION’
d1651 1
a1651 1
‘k TYPE-INFORMATION’
d1656 1
a1656 1
‘M TYPE-INFORMATION ; LENGTH’
d1658 2
a1659 2
repetitions of TYPE-INFORMATION, for example ‘character*3’ is
represented by ‘M-2;3’, where ‘-2’ is a reference to a character
d1665 1
a1665 1
‘S TYPE-INFORMATION’
d1670 1
a1670 1
In CHILL, if it is a bitstring instead of a set, also use the ‘S’
d1673 1
a1673 1
‘* TYPE-INFORMATION’
d1686 5
a1690 5
Another way is with the ‘x’ type descriptor, which is followed by ‘s’
for a structure tag, ‘u’ for a union tag, or ‘e’ for a enumerator tag,
followed by the name of the tag, followed by ‘:’. If the name contains
‘::’ between a ‘<’ and ‘>’ pair (for C++ templates), such a ‘::’ does
not end the name--only a single ‘:’ ends the name; see *note Nested
d1702 1
a1702 1
Not all debuggers support the ‘x’ type descriptor, so on some
d1707 1
a1707 1
Modula-2 imported types, at least on AIX, use the ‘i’ type
d1709 1
a1709 1
type is imported, followed by ‘:’, followed by the name of the type.
d1715 1
a1715 1
String Field::), or what. The symbol ends with ‘;’.
d1723 1
a1723 1
The ‘r’ type descriptor defines a type as a subrange of another type.
d1733 1
a1733 1
‘A OFFSET’
d1738 1
a1738 1
‘T OFFSET’
d1742 1
a1742 1
‘a REGISTER-NUMBER’
d1746 1
a1746 1
‘t REGISTER-NUMBER’
d1749 1
a1749 1
‘J’
d1761 1
a1761 1
Arrays use the ‘a’ type descriptor. Following the type descriptor is
d1779 1
a1779 1
‘TYPE-NUMBER=’ if it is defining a new type). According to a comment in
d1781 1
a1781 1
‘ar1;1;10;ar1;1;10;4’ as a legitimate way to express a two dimensional
d1786 2
a1787 2
descriptor ‘r’ and some parameters. It defines the size of the array.
In the example below, the range ‘r1;0;2;’ defines an index type which is
d1806 1
a1806 1
If an array is “packed”, the elements are spaced more closely than
d1811 2
a1812 2
the case of arrays, another is to use the ‘P’ type descriptor instead of
‘a’. Other than specifying a packed array, ‘P’ is identical to ‘a’.
d1814 1
a1814 1
An open array is represented by the ‘A’ type descriptor followed by
d1842 1
a1842 1
‘n TYPE-INFORMATION ; BYTES’
d1849 2
a1850 2
‘z TYPE-INFORMATION ; BYTES’
Just like ‘n’ except that this is a gstring, not an ordinary
d1853 1
a1853 1
‘N’
d1857 1
a1857 1
just an array of characters use the ‘S’ type attribute (*note String
d1866 1
a1866 1
Enumerations are defined with the ‘e’ type descriptor.
d1869 2
a1870 2
The type definition is located after the ‘N_RBRAC’ that marks the end of
the previous procedure's block scope, and before the ‘N_FUN’ that marks
d1882 2
a1883 2
The symbol descriptor (‘T’) says that the stab describes a structure,
enumeration, or union tag. The type descriptor ‘e’, following the ‘22=’
d1885 2
a1886 2
Following the ‘e’ is a list of the elements of the enumeration. The
format is ‘NAME:VALUE,’. The list of elements ends with ‘;’. The fact
d1900 1
a1900 1
enumeration values (‘first’, ‘second’, and ‘third’ in the above
d1906 1
a1906 1
the type is the first thing defined after a ‘T’ or ‘t’ symbol descriptor
d1920 1
a1920 1
instance of the structure in global scope. Then a ‘typedef’ equates the
d1922 2
a1923 2
structure tag, the structure ‘typedef’, and the structure instance. The
stabs for the tag and the ‘typedef’ are emitted when the definitions are
d1937 1
a1937 1
The structure tag has an ‘N_LSYM’ stab type because, like the
d1939 2
a1940 2
symbol descriptor is ‘T’, for enumeration, structure, or tag type. The
type descriptor ‘s’ following the ‘16=’ of the type definition narrows
d1943 1
a1943 1
Following the ‘s’ type descriptor is the number of bytes the
d1945 2
a1946 2
The structure element descriptions are of the form ‘NAME:TYPE, BIT
OFFSET FROM THE START OF THE STRUCT, NUMBER OF BITS IN THE ELEMENT’.
d1953 1
a1953 1
defined types. For these, the type following the ‘NAME:’ part of the
d1956 2
a1957 2
embedded after the ‘NAME:’. The type definition for the array element
looks just like a type definition for a stand-alone array. The ‘s_next’
d1978 1
a1978 1
To give a type a name, use the ‘t’ symbol descriptor. The type is
d1984 3
a1986 3
specifies that ‘s_typedef’ refers to type number 16. Such stabs have
symbol type ‘N_LSYM’ (or ‘C_DECL’ for XCOFF). (The Sun documentation
mentions using ‘N_GSYM’ in some cases).
d1989 1
a1989 1
enumeration, use the ‘T’ symbol descriptor instead. I believe C is the
d1994 1
a1994 1
‘o’ and is followed by a name. I don't know what the name means--is it
d2015 1
a2015 1
variable. Both use the ‘N_LSYM’ stab type. If a union variable is
d2017 1
a2017 1
located immediately preceding the ‘N_LBRAC’ for the procedure's block
d2021 1
a2021 1
for the procedure in which it is defined. The stab type is ‘N_LSYM’.
d2023 2
a2024 2
struct type ‘s_tag’. This is not true. The contents and position of
the stab for ‘u_type’ do not convey any information about its procedure
d2031 1
a2031 1
The symbol descriptor ‘T’, following the ‘name:’ means that the stab
d2033 2
a2034 2
‘u’, following the ‘23=’ of the type definition, narrows it down to a
union type definition. Following the ‘u’ is the number of bytes in the
d2036 2
a2037 2
format is ‘NAME:TYPE, BIT OFFSET INTO THE UNION, NUMBER OF BYTES FOR THE
ELEMENT;’.
d2043 1
a2043 1
‘-20’ specifies where the variable is stored (*note Stack
d2056 1
a2056 1
The simple, traditional, type is type descriptor ‘f’ is followed by
d2062 1
a2062 1
provides extensions to specify these, using the ‘f’, ‘F’, ‘p’, and ‘R’
d2065 1
a2065 1
First comes the type descriptor. If it is ‘f’ or ‘F’, this type
d2070 1
a2070 1
colon (this is only present for type descriptors ‘R’ and ‘F’ which
d2085 1
a2085 1
new type, 25, which is a function returning ‘int’.
d2094 1
a2094 1
information, supported on some systems. (e.g., with ‘-g3’ ‘-gstabs’
d2097 2
a2098 2
A ‘#define MACRO-NAME MACRO-BODY’ is represented with an
‘N_MAC_DEFINE’ stab with a string field of ‘MACRO-NAME MACRO-BODY’.
d2100 2
a2101 2
An ‘#undef MACRO-NAME’ is represented with an ‘N_MAC_UNDEF’ stabs
with a string field of simply ‘MACRO-NAME’.
d2103 2
a2104 2
For both ‘N_MAC_DEFINE’ and ‘N_MAC_UNDEF’, the desc field is the line
number within the file where the corresponding ‘#define’ or ‘#undef’
d2141 2
a2142 2
NOTE: In the above example, ‘54’ is ‘N_MAC_DEFINE’ and ‘58’ is
‘N_MAC_UNDEF’.
d2180 1
a2180 1
If the stab has a string, the ‘n_strx’ field holds the offset in
d2183 1
a2183 1
produced by a ‘.stabn’ or ‘.stabd’ directive), the ‘n_strx’ field is
d2186 1
a2186 1
Symbol table entries with ‘n_type’ field values greater than 0x1f
d2202 1
a2202 1
To do this, use ‘nm -ap’, which dumps the symbol table, including
d2208 1
a2208 1
value of the stab. Thus for stab types like ‘N_RSYM’ and ‘N_LSYM’,
d2210 1
a2210 1
‘N_ABS’, which tells the linker not to relocate the value.
d2238 1
a2238 1
‘.o’ file. The location is expressed as a data segment offset.
d2265 3
a2267 3
is an external symbol. The upper case ‘D’ signifies that the ‘n_type’
field of the symbol table contains 7, ‘N_DATA’ with local linkage. The
stab's value is zero since the value is not used for ‘N_GSYM’ stabs.
d2288 2
a2289 2
Sections::), use ‘objdump --stabs’ instead of ‘nm’ to show the stabs in
an object or executable file. ‘objdump’ is a GNU utility; Sun does not
d2334 2
a2335 2
* Method Type Descriptor:: The ‘#’ type descriptor
* Member Type Descriptor:: The ‘@@’ type descriptor
d2349 3
a2351 3
In C++, a class name which is declared with ‘class’, ‘struct’, or
‘union’, is not only a tag, as in C, but also a type name. Thus there
should be stabs with both ‘t’ and ‘T’ symbol descriptors (*note
d2355 1
a2355 1
‘T’ symbol descriptor is followed by ‘t’, then the stab defines both a
d2381 1
a2381 1
symbol which contains ‘::’. Such a pair of colons does not end the name
d2384 1
a2384 1
So that a pair of colons in this position always has this meaning, ‘:’
d2387 3
a2389 3
For example, if the string for a stab is ‘foo::bar::baz:t5=*6’, then
‘foo::bar::baz’ is the name of the symbol, ‘t’ is the symbol descriptor,
and ‘5=*6’ is the type information.
d2449 1
a2449 1
The class ‘baseA’ is represented by two stabs. The first stab
d2451 2
a2452 2
structure tag of the class type. Both stabs are of stab type ‘N_LSYM’.
Since the stab is not located between an ‘N_FUN’ and an ‘N_LBRAC’ stab
d2454 1
a2454 1
then the ‘N_LSYM’ would signify a local variable.
d2470 1
a2470 1
begins with ‘name:’ but then goes on to define a new type number for the
d2480 1
a2480 1
method. Normally this will be a type declared using the ‘#’ type
d2482 1
a2482 1
are declared using the ‘f’ type descriptor instead; see *note Function
d2486 2
a2487 2
other methods. It is ‘op$::OPERATOR-NAME.’ where OPERATOR-NAME is the
operator name such as ‘+’ or ‘+=’. The name ends with a period, and any
d2493 2
a2494 2
expressed in C++ name mangling. In this example an ‘int’ and a ‘char’
map to ‘ic’.
d2500 1
a2500 1
‘A’ means that it is a normal function definition. The dot shows that
d2560 1
a2560 1
have an implicit argument which is the ‘this’ pointer. The ‘this’
d2563 3
a2565 3
types. Name mangling is described in the ARM (‘The Annotated C++
Reference Manual’, by Ellis and Stroustrup, ISBN 0-201-51459-1);
‘gpcompare.texi’ in Cygnus GCC distributions describes the differences
d2573 3
a2575 3
Here is the stab for the ‘this’ pointer implicit argument. The name
of the ‘this’ pointer is always ‘this’. Type 19, the ‘this’ pointer is
defined as a pointer to type 20, ‘baseA’, but a stab defining ‘baseA’
d2578 1
a2578 1
by prefixing the symbol name with ‘xs’.
d2601 1
a2601 1
8.7 The ‘#’ Type Descriptor
d2605 1
a2605 1
an extra argument as its first argument, for the ‘this’ pointer.
d2607 1
a2607 1
If the ‘#’ is immediately followed by another ‘#’, the second one
d2612 1
a2612 1
Otherwise, the single ‘#’ is followed by the class type, a comma, the
d2615 1
a2615 1
debugging output generated by gcc, a final argument type of ‘void’
d2617 1
a2617 1
If the final argument type of ‘void’ does not appear, the method was
d2627 1
a2627 1
8.8 The ‘@@’ Type Descriptor
d2630 1
a2630 1
The ‘@@’ type descriptor is used for a pointer-to-non-static-member-data
d2643 1
a2643 1
String Field::); both use type descriptor ‘@@’. Fortunately, the ‘@@’
d2645 1
a2645 1
digit, ‘(’, or ‘-’, and type attributes never start with those things.
d2658 3
a2660 3
If the character following the ‘FIELD-NAME:’ part of the string is
‘/’, then the next character is the visibility. ‘0’ means private, ‘1’
means protected, and ‘2’ means public. Debuggers should ignore
d2664 1
a2664 1
public. The visibility ‘9’ means that the field has been optimized out
d2666 1
a2666 1
private or protected visibility). Visibility ‘9’ is not supported by
d2685 5
a2689 5
‘vis:T19=s12’ indicates that type number 19 is a 12 byte structure
named ‘vis’ The ‘priv’ field has public visibility (‘/0’), type int
(‘1’), and offset and size ‘,0,32;’. The ‘prot’ field has protected
visibility (‘/1’), type char (‘2’) and offset and size ‘,32,8;’. The
‘pub’ field has type float (‘12’), and offset and size ‘,64,32;’.
d2706 1
a2706 1
left of an ‘A’ in each case. Notice also that in this case two symbol
d2725 1
a2725 1
8.10 Method Modifiers (‘const’, ‘volatile’, ‘const volatile’)
d2733 2
a2734 2
character values. Normal methods use ‘A’, const methods use ‘B’,
volatile methods use ‘C’, and const volatile methods use ‘D’. Consider
d2779 1
a2779 1
struct is ‘Adat’, an integer, starting at structure offset 0 and
d2785 1
a2785 1
vtable pointer field starts with ‘$vf’ and continues with a type
d2788 1
a2788 1
‘$vf20’, followed by the usual colon.
d2802 1
a2802 1
‘A_virt’. Its description starts out using the same format as the
d2804 1
a2804 1
after the ‘A’ there is an asterisk, indicating that the function is
d2825 1
a2825 1
This is preceded by ‘~%’ and followed by a final semi-colon.
d2862 3
a2864 3
The virtual character is ‘1’ if the base class is virtual and ‘0’ if
not. The visibility character is ‘2’ if the derivation is public, ‘1’
if it is protected, and ‘0’ if it is private. Debuggers should ignore
d2877 2
a2878 2
The source below defines three base classes ‘A’, ‘B’, and ‘C’ and the
derived class ‘D’.
d2919 1
a2919 1
In the stab describing derived class ‘D’ below, the information about
d2945 4
a2948 4
rule is for virtual inheritance. In the example above, class ‘D’
inherits virtually from base class ‘B’. This means that an instance of
a ‘D’ object will not contain its own ‘B’ part but merely a pointer to a
‘B’ part, known as a virtual base pointer.
d2953 2
a2954 2
Notice that the base offset for ‘B’ is given as 0 even though ‘B’ is not
the first base class. The first base class ‘A’ starts at offset 0.
d2956 5
a2960 5
The field information part of the stab for class ‘D’ describes the
field which is the pointer to the virtual base class ‘B’. The vbase
pointer name is ‘$vb’ followed by a type reference to the virtual base
class. Since the type id for ‘B’ in this example is 25, the vbase
pointer name is ‘$vb25’.
d2969 1
a2969 1
defined earlier as the type of the ‘B’ class ‘this’ pointer. The ‘this’
d2975 5
a2979 5
shows that the vbase pointer is the first field in the ‘D’ object,
before any data fields defined by the class. The layout of a ‘D’ class
object is a follows, ‘Adat’ at 0, the vtable pointer for ‘A’ at 32,
‘Cdat’ at 64, the vtable pointer for C at 96, the virtual base pointer
for ‘B’ at 128, and ‘Ddat’ at 160.
d3007 1
a3007 1
The symbolic names are defined in the file ‘include/aout/stabs.def’.
d3025 1
a3025 1
‘0x0 N_UNDF’
d3028 1
a3028 1
‘0x2 N_ABS’
d3031 1
a3031 1
‘0x3 N_ABS | N_EXT’
d3034 1
a3034 1
‘0x4 N_TEXT’
d3037 1
a3037 1
‘0x5 N_TEXT | N_EXT’
d3040 1
a3040 1
‘0x6 N_DATA’
d3043 1
a3043 1
‘0x7 N_DATA | N_EXT’
d3046 1
a3046 1
‘0x8 N_BSS’
d3049 1
a3049 1
‘0x9 N_BSS | N_EXT’
d3052 2
a3053 2
‘0x0c N_FN_SEQ’
Same as ‘N_FN’, for Sequent compilers
d3055 1
a3055 1
‘0x0a N_INDR’
d3058 1
a3058 1
‘0x12 N_COMM’
d3061 2
a3062 2
‘0x14 N_SETA’
‘0x15 N_SETA | N_EXT’
d3065 2
a3066 2
‘0x16 N_SETT’
‘0x17 N_SETT | N_EXT’
d3069 2
a3070 2
‘0x18 N_SETD’
‘0x19 N_SETD | N_EXT’
d3073 2
a3074 2
‘0x1a N_SETB’
‘0x1b N_SETB | N_EXT’
d3077 2
a3078 2
‘0x1c N_SETV’
‘0x1d N_SETV | N_EXT’
d3081 1
a3081 1
‘0x1e N_WARNING’
d3084 2
a3085 2
‘0x1f N_FN’
File name of a ‘.o’ file
d3097 1
a3097 1
‘0x20 N_GSYM’
d3100 1
a3100 1
‘0x22 N_FNAME’
d3103 1
a3103 1
‘0x24 N_FUN’
d3107 1
a3107 1
‘0x26 N_STSYM’
d3110 1
a3110 1
‘0x28 N_LCSYM’
d3113 1
a3113 1
‘0x2a N_MAIN’
d3116 2
a3117 2
‘0x2c N_ROSYM’
Variable in ‘.rodata’ section; see *note Statics::.
d3119 1
a3119 1
‘0x30 N_PC’
d3122 1
a3122 1
‘0x32 N_NSYMS’
d3125 1
a3125 1
‘0x34 N_NOMAP’
d3128 2
a3129 2
‘0x36 N_MAC_DEFINE’
Name and body of a ‘#define’d macro; see *note Macro define and
d3132 1
a3132 1
‘0x38 N_OBJ’
d3135 2
a3136 2
‘0x3a N_MAC_UNDEF’
Name of an ‘#undef’ed macro; see *note Macro define and undefine::.
d3138 1
a3138 1
‘0x3c N_OPT’
d3141 1
a3141 1
‘0x40 N_RSYM’
d3144 1
a3144 1
‘0x42 N_M2C’
d3147 1
a3147 1
‘0x44 N_SLINE’
d3150 1
a3150 1
‘0x46 N_DSLINE’
d3153 1
a3153 1
‘0x48 N_BSLINE’
d3156 2
a3157 2
‘0x48 N_BROWS’
Sun source code browser, path to ‘.cb’ file; see *note N_BROWS::.
d3159 1
a3159 1
‘0x4a N_DEFD’
d3162 1
a3162 1
‘0x4c N_FLINE’
d3165 1
a3165 1
‘0x50 N_EHDECL’
d3168 1
a3168 1
‘0x50 N_MOD2’
d3172 2
a3173 2
‘0x54 N_CATCH’
GNU C++ ‘catch’ clause; see *note N_CATCH::.
d3175 1
a3175 1
‘0x60 N_SSYM’
d3178 1
a3178 1
‘0x62 N_ENDM’
d3181 1
a3181 1
‘0x64 N_SO’
d3184 1
a3184 1
‘0x80 N_LSYM’
d3188 1
a3188 1
‘0x82 N_BINCL’
d3191 1
a3191 1
‘0x84 N_SOL’
d3194 1
a3194 1
‘0xa0 N_PSYM’
d3197 1
a3197 1
‘0xa2 N_EINCL’
d3200 1
a3200 1
‘0xa4 N_ENTRY’
d3203 1
a3203 1
‘0xc0 N_LBRAC’
d3206 1
a3206 1
‘0xc2 N_EXCL’
d3209 1
a3209 1
‘0xc4 N_SCOPE’
d3212 1
a3212 1
‘0xe0 N_RBRAC’
d3215 1
a3215 1
‘0xe2 N_BCOMM’
d3218 1
a3218 1
‘0xe4 N_ECOMM’
d3221 1
a3221 1
‘0xe8 N_ECOML’
d3224 2
a3225 2
‘0xea N_WITH’
Pascal ‘with’ statement: type,,0,0,offset (Solaris2).
d3227 1
a3227 1
‘0xf0 N_NBTEXT’
d3230 1
a3230 1
‘0xf2 N_NBDATA’
d3233 1
a3233 1
‘0xf4 N_NBBSS’
d3236 1
a3236 1
‘0xf6 N_NBSTS’
d3239 1
a3239 1
‘0xf8 N_NBLCS’
d3252 3
a3254 3
‘DIGIT’
‘(’
‘-’
d3257 1
a3257 1
‘:’
d3260 1
a3260 1
‘a’
d3264 1
a3264 1
‘b’
d3267 1
a3267 1
‘c’
d3270 1
a3270 1
‘C’
d3273 1
a3273 1
can be distinguished because the latter uses ‘N_CATCH’ and the
d3276 1
a3276 1
‘d’
d3279 1
a3279 1
‘D’
d3283 1
a3283 1
‘f’
d3286 1
a3286 1
‘F’
d3289 1
a3289 1
‘G’
d3292 1
a3292 1
‘i’
d3295 1
a3295 1
‘I’
d3298 1
a3298 1
‘J’
d3301 1
a3301 1
‘L’
d3304 1
a3304 1
‘m’
d3307 1
a3307 1
‘p’
d3310 1
a3310 1
‘pP’
d3313 1
a3313 1
‘pF’
d3316 1
a3316 1
‘P’
d3321 3
a3323 3
parameter (GNU) (symbol type ‘N_PSYM’); see *note Parameters::.
Prototype of function referenced by this file (Sun ‘acc’) (symbol
type ‘N_FUN’).
d3325 1
a3325 1
‘Q’
d3328 1
a3328 1
‘R’
d3331 1
a3331 1
‘r’
d3334 1
a3334 1
‘S’
d3337 1
a3337 1
‘s’
d3340 1
a3340 1
‘t’
d3343 1
a3343 1
‘T’
d3346 1
a3346 1
‘v’
d3349 1
a3349 1
‘V’
d3352 1
a3352 1
‘x’
d3355 1
a3355 1
‘X’
d3368 2
a3369 2
‘DIGIT’
‘(’
d3372 1
a3372 1
‘-’
d3375 1
a3375 1
‘#’
d3378 1
a3378 1
‘*’
d3381 1
a3381 1
‘&’
d3384 1
a3384 1
‘@@’
d3388 1
a3388 1
‘a’
d3391 1
a3391 1
‘A’
d3394 1
a3394 1
‘b’
d3399 1
a3399 1
‘B’
d3402 1
a3402 1
‘c’
d3406 1
a3406 1
‘C’
d3409 1
a3409 1
‘d’
d3412 1
a3412 1
‘D’
d3415 1
a3415 1
‘e’
d3418 1
a3418 1
‘E’
d3421 1
a3421 1
‘f’
d3424 1
a3424 1
‘F’
d3427 1
a3427 1
‘g’
d3430 1
a3430 1
‘G’
d3433 1
a3433 1
‘i’
d3437 1
a3437 1
‘k’
d3440 1
a3440 1
‘K’
d3443 1
a3443 1
‘M’
d3446 1
a3446 1
‘n’
d3449 1
a3449 1
‘N’
d3452 1
a3452 1
‘o’
d3455 1
a3455 1
‘p’
d3458 1
a3458 1
‘P’
d3461 1
a3461 1
‘r’
d3464 1
a3464 1
‘R’
d3471 1
a3471 1
‘s’
d3474 1
a3474 1
‘S’
d3477 1
a3477 1
‘u’
d3480 1
a3480 1
‘v’
d3485 1
a3485 1
‘w’
d3488 1
a3488 1
‘x’
d3491 1
a3491 1
‘Y’
d3494 1
a3494 1
‘z’
d3510 1
a3510 1
The first line is the symbol type (see ‘include/aout/stab.def’).
d3545 1
a3545 1
-- .stabs: N_PC
d3551 1
a3551 1
‘stabdump.c’ says:
d3562 1
a3562 1
-- .stabn: N_NSYMS
d3573 1
a3573 1
-- .stabs: N_NOMAP
d3585 1
a3585 1
-- .stabs: N_M2C
d3593 1
a3593 1
See ‘Dbx and Dbxtool Interfaces’, 2nd edition, by Sun, 1988, for
d3602 2
a3603 2
-- .stabs: N_BROWS
Sun source code browser, path to ‘.cb’ file
d3605 1
a3605 1
<> "path to associated ‘.cb’ file"
d3615 1
a3615 1
-- .stabn: N_DEFD
d3620 2
a3621 2
non-zero if it is imported with the GNU M2 keyword ‘%INITIALIZE’.
Perhaps ‘N_M2C’ can be used if there are enough empty fields?
d3629 1
a3629 1
-- .stabs: N_EHDECL
d3634 1
a3634 1
Note: conflicts with ‘N_MOD2’.
d3642 1
a3642 1
-- .stab?: N_MOD2
d3645 1
a3645 1
Note: conflicts with ‘N_EHDECL’ <>
d3653 2
a3654 2
-- .stabn: N_CATCH
GNU C++ ‘catch’ clause
d3656 3
a3658 3
GNU C++ ‘catch’ clause. The value is its address. The desc field
is nonzero if this entry is immediately followed by a ‘CAUGHT’ stab
saying what exception was caught. Multiple ‘CAUGHT’ stabs means
d3668 1
a3668 1
-- .stabn: N_SSYM
d3681 1
a3681 1
-- .stab?: N_SCOPE
d3690 5
a3694 5
-- .stab?: N_NBTEXT
-- .stab?: N_NBDATA
-- .stab?: N_NBBSS
-- .stab?: N_NBSTS
-- .stab?: N_NBLCS
d3717 1
a3717 1
-- .stabn: N_LENG
d3727 2
a3728 2
• For GNU C stabs defining local and global variables (‘N_LSYM’ and
‘N_GSYM’), the desc field is supposed to contain the source line
d3730 2
a3731 2
is always 0. (This behavior is defined in ‘dbxout.c’ and putting a
line number in desc is controlled by ‘#ifdef WINNING_GDB’, which
d3733 2
a3734 2
say ‘list VAR’. In reality, VAR can be a variable defined in the
program and GDB says ‘function VAR not defined’.
d3736 3
a3738 3
• In GNU C stabs, there seems to be no way to differentiate tag
types: structures, unions, and enums (symbol descriptor ‘T’) and
typedefs (symbol descriptor ‘t’) defined at file scope from types
d3740 2
a3741 2
use the ‘N_LSYM’ stab type. Types defined at procedure scope are
emitted after the ‘N_RBRAC’ of the preceding function and before
d3746 1
a3746 1
default, ‘-ansi’ and ‘-traditional’ compiler options. (Bugs
d3749 2
a3750 2
• What ends the procedure scope? Is it the proc block's ‘N_RBRAC’ or
the next ‘N_FUN’? (I believe it's the first.)
d3775 1
a3775 1
The assembler creates two custom sections, a section named ‘.stab’ which
d3777 2
a3778 2
section named ‘.stabstr’ containing all the variable length strings that
are referenced by stabs in the ‘.stab’ section. The byte order of the
d3781 1
a3781 1
‘EI_DATA’ field in the ‘e_ident’ member of the ELF header. For SOM, it
d3784 1
a3784 1
as for a.out (*note Symbol Table Format::), except that the ‘n_strx’
d3789 1
a3789 1
The first stab in the ‘.stab’ section for each compilation unit is
d3791 1
a3791 1
‘.stab’ directive as input to the assembler. This stab contains the
d3794 2
a3795 2
‘n_strx’
Offset in the ‘.stabstr’ section to the source filename.
d3797 2
a3798 2
‘n_type’
‘N_UNDF’.
d3800 1
a3800 1
‘n_other’
d3802 1
a3802 1
overflows from the count in the ‘n_desc’ field.
d3804 1
a3804 1
‘n_desc’
d3808 1
a3808 1
‘n_value’
d3812 1
a3812 1
The ‘.stabstr’ section always starts with a null byte (so that string
d3816 4
a3819 4
The ELF section header for the ‘.stab’ section has its ‘sh_link’
member set to the section number of the ‘.stabstr’ section, and the
‘.stabstr’ section has its ELF section header ‘sh_type’ member set to
‘SHT_STRTAB’ to mark it as a string table. SOM and COFF have no way of
d3822 3
a3824 3
For COFF, the ‘.stab’ and ‘.stabstr’ sections may be simply
concatenated by the linker. GDB then uses the ‘n_desc’ fields to figure
out the extent of the original sections. Similarly, the ‘n_value’
d3826 1
a3826 1
actual position of the strings in a desired ‘.stabstr’ section.
d3828 1
a3828 1
otherwise manipulate ‘.stab’ and ‘.stabstr’ sections, it also requires
d3830 1
a3830 1
instance, if the linker were to pad in between the ‘.stabstr’ sections
d3832 1
a3832 1
executable's ‘.stabstr’ section would be wrong.
d3837 2
a3838 2
in sections, they remove the leading ‘N_UNDF’ symbol and arranges for
all the ‘n_strx’ fields to be relative to the start of the ‘.stabstr’
d3852 2
a3853 2
very many stabs. Making sure this is done for ‘N_SLINE’, ‘N_RBRAC’, and
‘N_LBRAC’ stabs is the most important thing (see the descriptions of
d3855 2
a3856 2
this further, to make all addresses in the ‘n_value’ field (functions
and static variables) relative to the source file. For the ‘N_SO’
d3862 2
a3863 2
‘Bbss.bss’ for the bss section, ‘Ddata.data’ for the data section, and
‘Drodata.rodata’ for the rodata section. For the text section, there is
d3867 1
a3867 1
Thus addresses which would normally be relative to ‘Bbss.bss’, etc., are
d3875 1
a3875 1
the Sun compiler this affects ‘S’ symbol descriptor stabs (*note
d3879 1
a3879 1
‘Ttext.text’ symbol, analogous to the ‘Bbss.bss’, etc., symbols. I
d3883 8
a3890 8
Finding the correct ‘Bbss.bss’, etc., symbol is difficult, because
the linker simply concatenates the ‘.stab’ sections from each ‘.o’ file
without including any information about which part of a ‘.stab’ section
comes from which ‘.o’ file. The way GDB use to do this is to look for
an ELF ‘STT_FILE’ symbol which has the same name as the last component
of the file name from the ‘N_SO’ symbol in the stabs (for example, if
the file name is ‘../../gdb/main.c’, it looks for an ELF ‘STT_FILE’
symbol named ‘main.c’). This loses if different files have the same
d3893 1
a3893 1
have the ‘Bbss.bss’ symbols in the stabs themselves. Having the linker
d3907 1
a3907 1
Copyright © 2000, 2001, 2002, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
d3916 1
a3916 1
functional and useful document “free” in the sense of freedom: to
d4485 93
a4577 93
Node: Top1358
Node: Overview2405
Node: Flow3835
Node: Stabs Format5397
Node: String Field7015
Node: C Example12540
Node: Assembly Code13097
Node: Program Structure15068
Node: Main Program15794
Node: Source Files16371
Node: Include Files18901
Node: Line Numbers21674
Node: Procedures23232
Node: Nested Procedures29251
Node: Block Structure30431
Node: Alternate Entry Points31895
Node: Constants32640
Node: Variables35843
Node: Stack Variables36531
Node: Global Variables38268
Node: Register Variables39455
Node: Common Blocks40297
Node: Statics41598
Node: Based Variables44253
Node: Parameters45675
Node: Register Parameters47310
Node: Local Variable Parameters49658
Node: Reference Parameters52645
Node: Conformant Arrays53293
Node: Types54027
Node: Builtin Types54978
Node: Traditional Builtin Types56152
Node: Traditional Integer Types56557
Node: Traditional Other Types58893
Node: Builtin Type Descriptors59819
Node: Negative Type Numbers63447
Node: Miscellaneous Types70110
Node: Cross-References72052
Node: Subranges73783
Node: Arrays75046
Node: Strings78315
Node: Enumerations79397
Node: Structures81837
Node: Typedefs84593
Node: Unions85943
Node: Function Types87572
Node: Macro define and undefine89193
Node: Symbol Tables90830
Node: Symbol Table Format91282
Node: Transformations On Symbol Tables92749
Node: Transformations On Static Variables94119
Node: Transformations On Global Variables94859
Node: Stab Section Transformations96119
Node: Cplusplus97514
Node: Class Names98105
Node: Nested Symbols98878
Node: Basic Cplusplus Types99748
Node: Simple Classes101308
Node: Class Instance105661
Node: Methods106378
Node: Method Type Descriptor108641
Node: Member Type Descriptor109869
Node: Protections110685
Node: Method Modifiers113859
Node: Virtual Methods115515
Node: Inheritance119339
Node: Virtual Base Classes123075
Node: Static Members125412
Node: Stab Types125882
Node: Non-Stab Symbol Types126510
Node: Stab Symbol Types127997
Node: Symbol Descriptors131992
Node: Type Descriptors134919
Node: Expanded Reference138291
Node: N_PC139713
Node: N_NSYMS140083
Node: N_NOMAP140322
Node: N_M2C140626
Node: N_BROWS141061
Node: N_DEFD141350
Node: N_EHDECL141813
Node: N_MOD2142066
Node: N_CATCH142305
Node: N_SSYM142813
Node: N_SCOPE143096
Node: Gould143284
Node: N_LENG144267
Node: Questions144493
Node: Stab Sections146197
Node: Stab Section Basics146807
Node: ELF Linker Relocation150289
Node: GNU Free Documentation License153900
Node: Symbol Types Index179063
@